Sct1375 Technical Spec

TENDER SPECIFICATION
BHEL PSSR SCT 1375

CONSTRUCTION OF TWO NOS OF 120MTR RCC
CHIMNEY-CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICALS,
C&I AND ALLIED WORKS
at
PHASE III REFINERY PROJECT FOR MRPL-CPP,
MANGALORE, KARNATAKA
VOLUME -I I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
BOOK NO ..
BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICALS LIMITED

(A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA UNDERTAKING)
POWER SECTOR SOUTHERN REGION
690, ANNA SALAI, NANDANAM, CHENNAI 600 035
SECTION: 3.2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01 Rev.A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
C-3
Page 1 of 73
JOB SPECS & DATA SHEETS
C-3.2 STRUCTURAL & ARCHITECTURAL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PROJECT :
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT
OWNER
MANGALORE REFINERY AND PETROCHEMICALS

LTD.
PMC
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD.
JOB NO.
6782
23-01-2007
ISSUED FOR BID PACKAGE
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
GANESH
VGOEL
MBL
Prepared by
Checked by
Approved by
Copyright EIL All rights reserved
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 2 of 73
PART A : STRUCTURAL
PART B : ARCHITECTURE
Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 3 of 73
PART A : STRUCTURAL
CONTENTS
1.0
GENERAL
2.0
REFERENCED STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS
3.0
DESIGN CRITERIA- GENERAL
4.0
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
5.0
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
6.0
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
7.0
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
ENCLOSURE I
FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN
ENCLOSURE II
SITE SPECIFIC SPECTRA FOR MANGALORE
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 4 of 73
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
The design considerations given hereunder establish the minimum basic requirements
of reinforced cement concrete (RCC) structures, structural steel works and masonry
structures. All structures shall be designed for satisfactory performance and functions
for which the same are to be constructed.
a)
All codes referred in this document pertain to BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards)
publications and bearing the prefix IS.
b)
Whenever any reference to BIS code is made, the same shall be taken as the
latest revision (with all amendments issued there to) on the notified date of
submission of tender.
c)
Apart from the BIS codes mentioned in particular in the various clauses of this
document, all other relevant codes related to the specific job under
consideration and/or referred to in the above-mentioned codes, shall be
followed wherever applicable. Reference to some of the codes in the various
clauses of this document does not limit or restrict the scope of applicability of
other relevant codes.
d)
In case of any variation/contradiction between the provisions of BIS codes and

the requirements given hereunder, the provisions given in this document shall
have precedence over all others. In absence of relevant BIS codes, reference
to corresponding British/American codes may be made (in that order of
preference).
All designs, detailing and construction shall strictly conform to the enclosed
standards, specifications and Specific Requirements. Only if relevant
information is not available in this document, reference to relevant BIS code
shall be made.
1.2
The Contractor shall do the structural designing of all structures and prepare complete
set of civil and structural drawings needed for correct and accurate construction. The
design shall be strictly in accordance with Design Criteria given herein.
1.3
Detailed list of drawings/documents [including design calculations, design drawings,

bar bending schedules (for RCC works) and fabrication drawings (for structural steel
works)] and structure-wise quantity statements (showing anticipated, released and
balance quantities of concrete, structural steel and piles) shall be prepared by the
Contractor and submitted monthly for review by Owner/Owners representative. This
list shall also indicate the document/drawing category (approval, review or information
as applicable) together with the scheduled and actual dates of submission of the
documents.
1.4
Before proceeding with design and drawing preparation the Contractor shall submit
detailed general philosophy of design of various parts of (all) the structures and
equipment foundations along with explanatory sketches for review by Owner/Owners
representative. Only after the review and incorporation of comments on the general
philosophy, as offered during the review, the Contractor shall submit any design
document and/or drawing for review or information or issue the same for construction.
Design and detailing of the structures and foundations shall fulfill all functional
requirements for which the same is intended and it shall be ensured that adequate
accesses, clearances, clearing of interferences, provision of cutouts, etc. have been
provided to make the structure/foundation fully operational.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 5 of 73
1.5
The design and AFC drawings shall strictly adhere to the reviewed design basis and
architectural/structural general arrangement and shall incorporate all the comments/
suggestions given by Owner/Owners representative without any extra cost to the
Owner and any implication of time-schedule for completion of works.
1.6
Construction of units/structures identified for design/drawing review (as referred in

Specific Requirements attached in this document) by Owner/owners representative
shall not be taken up at the site till these documents are reviewed by Owner/owners
representative and comments/suggestions given by Owner/owners representative are
incorporated. For all other foundations and structures the Contractor shall directly
submit the AFC drawings to Engineer-in-Charge and construction of such works shall
be taken up immediately. Requisite number of prints of design and drawings for such
foundations/ structures shall also be simultaneously sent to Owner/owners
representative for their information and record. In the event Owner/owners
representative offers any comment on documents/drawings of Information category it
shall be ensured by the Contractor that these comments are duly incorporated in the
documents/ drawings and revised set of document/drawing is issued to site for
construction and simultaneously to Owner/owners representative for records.
Wherever review is carried out the same shall be restricted to following:
a)
Conformance of general arrangement of the structure to already reviewed

design philosophy and design basis.
b)
Overall framing of the building/conceptual foundation system.
c)
Detailed design and drawings including input/ output of computer analysis and
design vis--vis actual drawing.
Irrespective of the identified structures requiring review, the Contractor shall

submit complete sets of design and drawings of all structures/foundation
systems.
1.7
1.8
(i)
Structural design/drawings for any structure/foundation shall be submitted for

review only if referenced input (e.g. architectural drawing, piping GAD,
equipment data sheet, vendor drawing, etc.) have been reviewed by the
concerned Owners specialist in approval/review code-2 or 1.
(ii)
To facilitate an overall systematic review the Contractor shall submit the design
and drawings for each independent building/structure, together with a copy of
the referenced reviewed input data, in one lot.
Submission of all identified documents including design calculations and drawings for
review and/or information/record to the Owner/Owners representative by the
Contractor shall be in requisite (as mentioned elsewhere) number of prints. To ensure
accuracy, correctness and completeness of documents before submission to
Owner/Owners representative, the Contractor shall ensure that all such submitted
designs and drawings are complete in all respects, thoroughly checked, stamped
APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION (AFC), and signed APPROVED by the
Contractor's own responsible Civil/structural graduate (minimum) engineer (irrespective
of the fact that the same are prepared in the Contractor's own design office or by an
approved agency).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 6 of 73
Incomplete, unchecked, unsigned and unstamped documents/drawings and

designs shall not be accepted for review/construction and shall be returned
forthwith.
1.9
The accuracy/correctness of all designs and drawings shall be the sole responsibility of
the Contractor and any delay/loss/damage incurred by the Owner in respect of any
mistake/discrepancy/anomaly in such designs and drawings shall be entirely borne by
the Contractor.
1.10
Owner/Owners representative reserves the right to review any/all or none of the

designs and drawings. Review by Owner/Owners representative shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for correct design and execution of the works.
1.11
All revisions shall be clearly marked and clouded for easy identification. Subsequent
review of such revised documents shall be limited to revision as clouded.
1.12
All fabrication/erection drawings and bar bending schedules shall be prepared by the
Contractor and shall be directly issued for construction to his work site. Also, six copies
of such drawings together with design calculations for all splices, joints and gusset
plates shall simultaneously be submitted to Owner/owners representative at site
(Resident Construction Manager) for review. The Owner/owners representative at site
at his discretion may review all or some or none of these designs & drawings.
Wherever such review is carried out the same shall be restricted to the following:
1.13
a)
Structural layouts, orientation, elevation of structural members.
b)
Section/size of members.
c)
Adequacy of few critical connections and joints for their required strength.
Internationally accepted commercial software viz. STAAD, STAADPRO, COSMOS, GT

STRUDEL, NISA only shall be permitted for analysis and design. STAAD shall not be
allowed for use in dynamic analysis of machine foundations.
In case software packages other than listed above are intended to be used for analysis
and design, the same shall be informed in writing to Owner/owners representative.
Calculations and relevant computer files containing input and detailed output (also
refer clause 1.14) shall be submitted by the Contractor for checking and validation of
the software package. Only after getting written approval from Owner/owners
representative, to this effect, such intended software be put to use for detailed analysis
and design.
1.14
Soft copies of all input files and the following documentation as hard copy shall be
submitted for computer aided analysis and design:
(i)
Complete print out of input and output files.
(ii)
Relevant sketches with node and member numbering, loading, etc.
(iii)
Summary of member end forces, support reactions, stress ratio, deflections,

etc.
Reviewing of designs/drawings is not obligatory on the part of Owner/Owners

representative and complete correctness/soundness of the designs/drawings
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 7 of 73
and their execution at the site shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor
irrespective of the fact whether the same has been reviewed by Owner/Owners
representative or not. Any defect observed during construction or till the defect
liability period of works' shall be rectified and removed by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall carry out whatever modification or reconstruction is needed for
the purpose, to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge/Owner without
any extra cost and/or time implication to the Owner.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
2.0
REFERENCED STANDARDS & PUBLICATIONS
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Page 8 of 73
CODES
Code of practice for plain & reinforce concrete
Code of practice for general construction in steel
Code of practice for use of cold-formed light gauge steel
structural members in general building construction
Code of practice for use of structural steel in overhead
transmission line towers
Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general building
construction
Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding
of carbon and carbon manganese steel
Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general
construction
Code of practice for design loads
Code of practice for construction of stone masonry
Fillers for expansion joints
Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
Code of practice for structural use of unreinforced masonry
Recommended practice for hot dipped galvanizing on iron and
steel
Methods for testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated articles
Code of practice for design & construction of raft foundations
Code of practice for design & construction of machine foundations
Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids
Code of practice for design and construction of foundation
for transmission line towers and poles
Code of practice for earthquake resistant design
and construction of buildings
Criteria for blast resistant design of structures for explosions
above ground
Criteria for design of RC bins
Criteria for design of RCC chimneys
Code of practice for anti-termite measures in buildings
Code of practice for design & construction of steel chimney
Method for determination of mass of zinc coating
Chlorpyrifos emulsifiable concentrates
Criteria for design of steel bins for storage of bulk materials
Recommendations for metal arc welding of carbon and carbon
manganese steel
Two parts polysulphide based sealants
Code of practice for ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structures
subjected to seismic forces
Fire Proofing in Oil and Gas Industry
IS: 456
IS: 800
IS: 801
IS: 802
IS: 806
IS: 814
IS: 816
IS: 875
IS: 1597
IS: 1838
IS: 1893
IS: 1905
IS: 2629
IS: 2633
IS: 2950
IS: 2974
IS: 3370
IS: 4091
IS: 4326
IS: 4991
IS: 4995
IS: 4998
IS: 6313
IS: 6533
IS: 6745
IS: 8944
IS: 9178
IS: 9595
IS: 12118
IS: 13920
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Note
Page 9 of 73
(A publication of Oil Industry Safety Directorate)

Code of practice for Design and construction of Pile foundations
Code of practice for structural safety of buildings - Shallow
foundations
Code of practice for determination of bearing capacity
of shallow foundations
Code of practice for calculation of settlements of
foundations
Determination of dynamic properties of soil
Process Control Room Safety
Code of practice for cement and colored paints
OISD-STD-164
IS: 2911
IS: 1904
IS:6403
IS: 8009(Pt I, II)
IS: 5249
OISD-STD-163
IS:5410
The above list is suggestive and not exhaustive. Apart from these basic codes any
other code referred-to in this document and/or any other related code shall also be
followed wherever required.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
3.0
Page 10 of 73
DESIGN CRITERIA - GENERAL

Pipe racks, technological structures1, compressor sheds and other shed-type
structures shall completely be of steel construction. All other buildings shall be of RCC
(frame-type) construction.
All structures shall be checked and designed to satisfy the worst load combination
(refer IS:875) that produces maximum forces and effects and consequently maximum
stresses. Wind and earthquake (or blast) loads shall not be considered to act
simultaneously.
The design and detailing of all structures, whether concrete or steel, shall suffice a
minimum fire rating of greater of 2 (two) hours or as specified by licensor. Norms as
defined in OISD-STD-164 and IS: 456 shall be strictly adhered to for structural steel
and concrete works, respectively.
3.1
DESIGN LOADS
3.1.1
These loadings shall be applicable to all structures irrespective of the material

employed for construction.
a. Dead Loads
The weight of all permanent construction including walls, fire proofing, floors, roofs,
partitions, stairways and fixed service.
b. Equipment Loads
The empty weight of process equipment including all fixtures, platforms, ladders
and attached piping but excluding contents shall be considered. If piping weight is
not indicated separately or included in the weight of the equipment, the same shall
be taken as 10% of the weight of the equipment.
c. Live Loads
Live loads shall, in general, be as per IS: 875. However, the following minimum live
loads shall be considered in the design of structures:
i.
Process Building/Technological Structure

Operating area
Maintenance area
ii.
7.5 kN/m2
7.5 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
2.5 kN/m2
Service Platform
Vessel/Tower
Isolated platform
5.0 kN/m2
7.5 kN/m2
Compressor House/TG house

Operating area
Maintenance area
iii.
Uncladded-open type structure housing process equipments.

JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
(for valve operation)

Access way
Cross over
iv.
3.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
1.0 kN/ m2
4.0 kN/ m2
3.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
2.5 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
Staircase
Process Building/
Technological Structure
Office
Substation/Control Room
Laboratory
Service platform
ix.
10.0 kN/m2
1.0 kN/m2
Cooling Tower
Operating platform/
Hot water basin cover slab
viii.
Laboratory
Upper floors
vii.
2.5 kN/m2
2.0 kN/m2
Office building
Office area
Lobby
Exit way
Unknown partition
vi.
Substation/Control Room
Panel floor
Unknown partition2
v.
Page 11 of 73
Walkway
Gantry girder
In absence of any suitable provision for live loads for any particular type of floor or
structure as given above (or in BIS Codes), the assumed loading shall be got
approved by the Owner/owner representative.
Live load on various types of roofs shall be as per the requirements given in IS:875.
d. Operating Loads
Operating loads shall include maximum design loads sustained by the equipments
during plant operation.
For definition of unknown partitions refer clause 3.1.2 of IS: 875 (Part 2).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 12 of 73
e. Wind Loads
Wind loads shall generally be as per IS:875 except for switch yard structures &
transmission towers for which IS:802 shall be applicable.
The basic wind speed of the site is taken as 39
m/s.
Values of coefficients k1, k2, k3 shall be as:

k1= 1.0
.for permanent structures and 0.73 for Temporary Facilities.
k3 = 1.0
.
k2 = shall be taken ( as IS : 875 ) for relevant class of structure with Category-2 terrain
with respect to the actual height of the structure.
The design life span of all structures (units & offsite) shall be taken as 50 years.
Temporary structures shall be designed for a design life span of 25 years. Design
life span for boundary wall/barricading structures shall be 5 years.
To account for surface area of piping, platforms and other attachments fixed to the
equipment the surface area of the equipment (vessel/column) exposed to wind
shall be increased by 20% or as specified in the mechanical data sheet of the
equipment.
f.
Seismic Loads
Seismic forces shall be as per site specific spectra for Mangalore document no.
6782-9-25-54-DB-01.
g. Impact & Vibratory Loads

Structures subjected to impact or vibratory loads shall be designed as per the
provisions of IS:875 & IS:2974. Requirements for overhead cranes and monorails
shall be as per IS:800.
h. Blast Forces
All structures subjected to blast forces generated due to accidental blasts from
hydrocarbon ignitions shall be designed to withstand a minimum pressure of 3psi.
i.
Bundle Pull
Bundle Pull for different types of Exchanger shall be taken as under:
Fixed type
Kettle type
All other types
Nil
0.30 x Bundle weight
0.86 x Bundle weight or 30N/mm of diameter
whichever is greater
Total Bundle Pull shall be considered on fixed pedestal alone.

Monorails for exchangers (in Technological Structures) shall be designed for the
weight of the Bundle PLUS 7.0MT (7.0MT being the weight of EXTRACTOR)
j.
Soil and Hydrostatic Pressure

Pressure on basement walls - In the design of basement walls or similar
(approximately vertical) structures below grade, provision shall be made for
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 13 of 73
resisting lateral pressure of the adjacent soil. If a portion or whole of the adjacent
soil is below free water surface, pressure computations shall be based on the
diminished weight of the soil (due to buoyancy) plus full hydrostatic pressure. Due
allowance shall also be made for possible surcharges from fixed or moving loads.
Uplift on Floors - In the design of basement floors and similar (approximately
horizontal) constructions below grade, the upward pressure of water shall be taken
as full hydrostatic pressure applied over the entire plan area. The hydrostatic head
shall be measured from the underside of construction. The downward load due to
over burdens shall be calculated only for the volume over projected plan area (i.e.,
the volume of overburden beyond projected plan area shall not be considered).
Factors of safety against uplift shall be 1.2.
k. Other Loads
Apart from the specified live loads, any other equipment load or possible
overloading during construction/hydro-test/ maintenance/erection shall also be
considered in the design. Under hydro test condition the wind force shall be taken
as 25% of normal loading.
Design of all structures shall also consider any other relevant and consequential
load/stress imparted to the structure.
All liquid retaining/storage structures shall be designed assuming liquid upto the full
height of wall irrespective of provision of any over flow arrangement. Pressure relief
valves or similar pressure relieving devices shall not be made in underground water
retaining/storage RCC structures. Hot water basin in Cooling tower shall be
designed for the weight of water upto top of parapet wall.
All buildings/structures shall be designed to resist the worst combination of the
above loads.
3.2
SOIL INFORMATION FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN

For soil information reference shall be made to the Geo-technical data.
Type of cement, grade of concrete, minimum cement content and maximum water
cement ratio (for concrete), minimum cover to reinforcing steel to be used in
foundations and substructures and any other remedial actions required for foundations
due to aggressiveness of sub soil/water shall be as per the Geo-technical data.
3.3
ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT
No anti-termite treatment shall be provided inside the unit areas.
Offsite and utility buildings shall be provided with anti-termite treatment as per IS: 8944
and IS: 6313.
3.4
FOUNDATIONS
3.4.1
NGL (Natural ground level) and FGL (Finished ground level) shall be marked on all
drawings showing foundation/sub-structure details and related design documents.
3.4.2
Machine/static equipment foundations shall be separated from adjoining parts of

buildings, other foundations and floor/pavement slabs. Joints at floor/pavement slabs
shall be suitably sealed.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 14 of 73
3.4.3
Foundations and structures for machines subject to vibrations shall be so proportioned

that the amplitude and frequency of the foundation/structure are within the permissible
limits as per relevant BIS codes (or as required by the machine vendor).
3.4.4
Machine foundations shall be designed and detailed as per IS: 2974. All appendages
to such foundations shall be reinforced suitably to ensure integral action.
3.4.5
Safe bearing pressure (allowable net safe bearing capacity) shall be based on the
following minimum criteria under Dead Load + Live Load (or with Operating) condition:
-
Foundations in unit areas, utility areas

and foundations for Plant buildings.
25mm settlement.
Non Plant buildings.
40mm settlement.
Raft Foundations
40mm settlement
Foundations for Storage Tanks:

a) Cone/Dome roof tanks.
b) Floating roof tanks.
300mm edge settlement.

150mm edge settlement
For transient loadings viz. with wind/seismic loads, settlement shall not be the
criteria and safe bearing capacity based on shear criteria shall be considered.
3.4.6
Structures supported on RCC strip footings shall be provided with suitable tie beams
connecting all footings at foundation level. Minimum width of footing shall be 1000 mm.
3.4.7
Raft foundations shall be designed as per IS: 2950.
3.4.8
Masonry walls shall be supported on continuous plain cement concrete mats/plinth

beams. Top of plinth beams shall be located minimum 300mm below the finished
grade level. Fouling of plinth beams with cable trenches, drains, pipe ducts, service
lines etc. shall not be acceptable.
3.4.9
Factors of safety for the design of foundations shall be as per Enclosure-I of this
document.
3.4.10
For the design of foundations for vertical vessels and process columns under hydro
test condition minimum 25% wind load shall be considered acting on the equipment.
3.4.11
Minimum depth of foundation for all structures shall be as per Geo-technical data.
Depth of ground water level shall be as per the Geo-technical data and hydrostatic
pressure shall be adequately accounted for in the design.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
3.5
Page 15 of 73
FLOORING DETAILS FOR BUILDINGS
TABLE-1 FLOORING DETAIL
SNo
1(a)
Sub
Grade
1(b)
2(a)
Strl
Grade
Slab
Earthfill base
compacted to 95% dry
density.
Compacted layer of
boulder soling over
thoroughly compacted
Earth fill (in mm)
Lean concrete 1:5:10
over sand layer (in mm)
II
III
200 THICK
200 THICK
150 THICK
50 THICK
50THICK
50THICK
Strl non suspended slab 150 THICK

in M20 Grade concrete
(Reinforced with 8mm
dia bars @200 c/c both
ways) over lean
concrete.
R/F placed
centrally
2(b)
FLOORING TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Finish
Floor finish
Type I:
Type II:
Type III:
As/Architectural
Detail
150 THICK
100 THICK
R/F placed in
two layers at
top & bottom
As/Architectural
Detail
No reinforcement
required.
As/ArchitecturalDetail
Plant Buildings such as Sub-Stations, Control Rooms, Pump Houses,

Utility Compressor Houses, Parking Areas, Stores, Porches.
Ware Houses, Workshops, Cement Godowns, Fire Stations, Process
Compressor Houses.
Non Plant Buildings (viz. Administration, Laboratory, Canteen, Time
Office, Gate House, Training Centre, Guest House, Residential
buildings).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 16 of 73
3.6
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
3.6.1
General
a)
All buildings, structures, foundations, machine/equipment foundations, liquid

retaining/storage structures, pipe/cable trenches, pits etc. shall be designed
based on referenced BIS Codes in general and other relevant BIS Codes as
applicable. It shall be ensured that the skin temperature of concrete at no time
exceeds 800 C.
b)
All concrete structures exposed to atmosphere (including fireproofed

surfaces) shall be painted with anti fungal paint.
c) Minimum cement content and the maximum water-cement ratio for concrete in
super structure shall be as given in Table-2.
TABLE-2 MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT AND MAXIMUM WATERCEMENT RATIO FOR

DURABILITY
Exposure
Plain concrete
Reinforced concrete
Remarks
condition
severe
Grade of Minimum Maximum
Grade of
Minimum
Maximum
Concrete cement free water- Concrete
cement
free watercontent
cement
content
cement
(kg/m3)
ratio
(kg/m3)
ratio
M20
250
0.5
M30
350
0.45
The requirement of grade of concrete, type of cement, minimum cement

content and maximum water-cement ratio for concrete to be used in piles shall
be as per the requirements given in Geo-technical data attached.
Note : Generally the use of one of the following cements shall be considered :
i) Grade 53 & Grade 43 ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS 12269 & IS
8112
ii) Sulphate Resistance Cement As per IS 12330 shall be used only for Sulphur pit
and Sulphur yard of Sulphur unit, or any other area.
d)
All structures shall be of frame-type construction. Detailing shall be as per

provisions of IS: 13920.
e)
Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this document only Limit state method
as per IS: 456 shall be followed in the design.
f)
All machine/equipment foundations, cable/pipe trenches shall be of RCC

construction only. Cable/pipe trenches shall be suitably sloped and adequate
provision shall be made for draining out of accumulated water.
g)
Cable and pipe trenches shall be provided with precast (300mm wide) covers,
adequately designed for the anticipated traffic movement (Cranes/Hydra etc.).
Trenches of different category of loading shall be clearly identified for design.
The covers shall, however, be designed for a minimum uniformly distributed
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 17 of 73
load of 2.0T/m. The walls of cable trenches shall be designed to resist a

minimum surcharge load of 1.0 T/m.
h)
High strength deformed (HSD) TMT steel bars of minimum grade Fe 415,
conforming to IS:1786 shall be used.
i)
Foundations placed at varied depths shall be designed considering bearing

capacity at that particular level with due consideration of an uplift/subsoil water
table.
j)
Minimum embedment of piles in pile caps shall be 100mm.
k)
If the specified design depth of ground water table so warrants all underground
pits, tunnels, basements, cable trenches etc. shall be provided with leak-proof
treatment.
l)
Intermixing of different grades of concrete in the same structure/structural

element (excepting columns, walls, etc. with element extending in sub and
super structure both) shall not be accepted.
m)
Intermixing of different grades of steel (main reinforcement) in the same

structure shall not be accepted.
n)
RCC pits, tanks etc. for storage of corrosive liquids shall be provided with
suitable anticorrosive treatment.
o)
All liquid retaining/storage RCC structures shall be leak-proof and designed as

uncracked section as per IS: 3370 and shall be designed assuming liquid up to
the full height of the wall irrespective of provision of any over flow arrangement.
Parts of such structures not coming in contact with liquid may be designed in
conformance to IS: 456 except ribs of beams of suspended floor slabs &
counter forts of walls (located on the side remote from the liquid) and the roof
which shall be designed as uncracked section. No increase in permissible
stresses in concrete and reinforcement shall be allowed under wind or seismic
conditions for such structures.
p)
PVC water bars (230mm wide, 5mm thick) shall be provided at each
construction joint of all liquid retaining structures. Water bars shall be
embedded in the concrete as per manufacturers recommendations. All pipes
embedded in concrete elements shall be provided with welded puddle flange
with 8mm thick plate and diameter as pipe dia + 200mm. Pipes shall be
placed in position prior to concreting. The sequence of construction shall be
clearly shown on the drawing.
q)
The walls and slabs of liquid retaining/storage structures shall be provided with
reinforcement on both faces.
r)
Provision of pressure relief valves or similar pressure relieving devices shall not
be permitted in underground liquid retaining/storage RCC structures.
s)
Primary framing members and/or any other member which remains constantly
in contact with water or enclosed water vapour shall be designed as uncracked
section.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
t)
RCC storage/process tanks located above floor or roof shall not rest directly on
slab/beam but shall have independent supporting structures which in turn shall
rest on (primary or secondary) beams and/or columns.
u)
Liquid storage structures shall be tested for its water-tightness/leak-proofness

as detailed hereunder:
v)
3.6.2
Page 18 of 73
i)
The structure shall be tested strictly in accordance with IS: 3370 for
water-tightness. The total drop in water surface level shall not exceed
6mm in 24 hours in case of covered reservoirs and 12mm in 24 hours in
case of open reservoirs.
ii)
If the test proves structure to be defective the same shall be repaired.

The repaired structure shall again be tested as stated above. If the
structure is still found unsatisfactory it shall be dismantled and rebuilt.
iii)
Testing after construction and remedial treatments shall conform to

provisions of IS: 6494.
Backfilling around underground liquid storage structures shall be allowed only

after successful hydro-testing and when so certified by the Owner/Owners
representatives at site.
Minimum Cover to Main Reinforcement

Clear cover shall be considered over links / stirrups, unless otherwise specified the
minimum clear cover provided to super structures for R.C.C. works for slab and beam
shall be 30 mm. For column and pedestals the minimum cover from longitudinal
reinforcement shall be 40 mm. The clear cover for foundations and substructures shall
be greater of as recommend in IS : 456 (latest ) or required as per the geo-technical
recommendations. Clear cover for liquid-retaining structures shall be minimum 30 mm
or as required as per the geo-technical recommendations.
3.6.3
Minimum Thickness of Structural Concrete Elements

The following minimum thickness shall be followed:
-
Footings (All types I With without beams)

(Note: Tapered footings shall not have thickness less than
150mm at the edges. Minimum average thickness shall
not be less than 300mm)
Slab thickness in Raft foundations

with beam & slab construction
150mm
Pile Cap
500mm
Basement
A) Wall
150mm
B ) Base Slab With Beams
200mm
C ) Base slab without Beams
300mm
Floor/Roof Slab, Walkway, Canopy Slab
150mm
300mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Cable/Pipe Trench/Launder Walls & Base Slab
125mm
Parapet
100mm
Louvres / Fin.
100mm
Pre-cast Trench Cover/Floor Slab
Louvre ( in contact with liquid )
125mm
Liquid Retaning / Leak Proof Structure

A) Walls
B) Base slab with beams
C) Base slab without beams
150mm
200mm
300mm
Underground Pit
A) walls
B) Base Slab with beams
C) Base slab without beams
150mm
200mm
300mm
3.6.4
Page 19 of 73
Minimum Cover to Foundation Bolts

Minimum distance from the centerline of foundation/anchor bolt to edge of pedestal
shall be the maximum of the following:
3.6.5
i)
Clear distance from the edge of the base plate/base frame to the outer edge
of the pedestal shall be minimum 50mm.
ii)
Clear distance from the face of pocket to the outer edge of the pedestal shall be
75mm.
iii)
Clear distance from the edge of the sleeve or anchor plate to the edge of
pedestal shall be 75mm.
Minimum Height of Pedestals

The minimum projection of outdoor/indoor pedestals supporting equipment/structures
shall be 300mm and 150mm respectively above the high point of pavement/finished
grade level/finished floor level, whichever is higher. The maximum projection of
pedestals for staircase/ladder shall be 200mm.
3.6.6
Concrete Mix
a) Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)
Unless otherwise noted, reinforced concrete conforming to IS: 456 shall be used
using 20mm and down size graded crushed stone aggregate.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 20 of 73
b) Lean Concrete
Mud mat of minimum 75mm thickness of lean concrete mix 1:5:10 (by weight, using
40mm and down size grade crushed stone aggregate) shall be provided under all
RCC foundations except under base slabs of liquid retaining structures for which
the mix shall be 1:3:6 (by weight) and minimum thickness of mud mat shall be
100mm. Mud mat shall extend 75mm on all sides beyond the edges of base slabs
in case of liquid retaining/storage structures and 50mm in case of other
foundations. The exposed surface of mud mat layer in case of liquid
retaining/storage structure shall be finished smooth.
Lean concrete of grade1:5:10 (by weight) shall be used as filler material wherever
loose sub grade exists by removing the loose soil/fill.
c) Plain Cement Concrete (PCC)
Plain cement concrete mud mat of grade M20 (by weight) of minimum 150mm
thickness (using 40mm and down size graded crushed stone aggregate) shall be
provided under all masonry wall foundations.
Plain cement concrete of grade M 20 (by weight) of minimum 40mm thickness
(using 10mm & down size graded aggregates) shall be provided as damp proof
course at plinth level of all masonry walls.
Making-up of levels for placing the foundation at a shallower depth from the
NGL/FGL (from that as specified in the Geo-technical recommendations) by
means of filling of lean concrete is not acceptable.
3.6.7
Grouting & Minimum Grout Thickness

The minimum thickness of grout shall be 25 mm.
All anchor bolt sleeves/pockets and spaces under column bases, shoe plates etc. shall
be grouted with free flow, non-shrink (premix type) grout with 28-day minimum cube
crushing strength of 40N/mm2. Ordinary cement sand (1:2) grout shall only be used
under the base plates of crossover, short pipe supports (not exceeding 1.5 m height)
and small operating platforms (not exceeding 2.0m in height) not supporting any
equipment.
3.6.8
Movement Joints
Expansion and/or separation joints in non-suspended ground floor slab shall be filled
with sand for the full depth of slab except the top 12mm which shall be filled up with
approved two part liquid polysulphide sealing compound conforming to IS: 12118.
Joints in basement slabs shall be made leak proof by providing PVC water stops.
Joints in the super-structure shall be provided by means of gap between two
consecutive structural members. The gap shall be based on the design requirements
and shall be treated to a minimum as under:
a)
When the vibrating equipment is separately supported on a structure, a clear air

gap shall be provided between the vibrating equipment supporting structure
and the surrounding floor with provision of suitable moulding/kerb to stop any
leakage/overflow of any floor wash to the next lower floor.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 21 of 73
b)
In normal floors, expansion and/or separation joints shall be covered both on

top and bottom with 3mm thick Aluminium sheet fixed on both sides of the joint
with brass screws. Provision of movement on one side shall be kept with proper
slotted holes. Similar cover plates shall be provided for all exterior columns on
both interior and exterior faces. The edges of these plates shall be properly
chamfered. Bitumen impregnated fibre board (as per IS:1838) shall be used
between the gap of the two members on either side of the joint for the full depth
in such movement joints. The top 12mm depth shall be filled up with two part
liquid polysulphide sealing compound (as per IS:12118).
c)
For all liquid retaining structures expansion joints shall be filled up with nonabsorbent compressible sheet/bitumen impregnated fibre board (as per
IS:1838) except the top 12mm depth on the water faces which shall be filled
with two part liquid polysulphide sealant (as per IS:12118). In case of
contraction and/or construction joints, such polysulphide sealant shall be used
for 12mm depth on the water faces after forming suitable grooves in concrete.
PVC water bars 230x5mm thick shall be invariably used at suitable location in
all types of joints in liquid retaining structures.
3.7
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR STEEL STRUCTURES
3.7.1
General
Structural steel work shall include the following structures in general, but not limited to:
-
Steel buildings/open structures

Guide structures (for stacks, towers/columns)
Platforms & walkways
Ladders, staircases & hand railing
Pipe racks/pipe supports/cable racks
Crane gantry girders & monorails
Switch yard structures
Design, fabrication and erection of the above works shall be carried out in accordance
with the referenced BIS Codes in general and other relevant BIS codes as applicable
to the specific structure.
Basic consideration of structural frame work shall primarily be stability, ease of
fabrication/erection and overall economy satisfying relevant Indian Standard Codes of
Practice. Simple and fully rigid design as per IS:800 shall be used. Where fully rigid
joints are adopted they shall generally be confined to the major axis of the column
member.
Structural elements continuously exposed to temperatures above 2000 C shall be
designed for reduced stress as per Table 4 of IS:6533 (Part 2). The expected
temperature of steel components shall not be allowed to exceed 4000 C.
Where required by OISD-STD-164 and UL-1709 norms structural steel members shall
be fire-proofed by Vermiculite based material. Vermiculite thickness shall be 28mm
generally, however it shall suitable for 2 hours fire rating with maximum temperature of
steel as 550 C.
Crane gantry girders shall generally be of welded construction and of single span
length. Chequered plate shall be used for gantry girder walkway flooring.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 22 of 73
Steel staircases shall have channels provided as stringers with minimum clear width of
750mm and slope of 41 degree. The vertical height between successive landings shall
not be less than 2.6 m nor exceed 4.0 metres. Treads shall be minimum 230mm wide
made of grating (with suitable nosing) spaced equally so as to restrict the rise to
maximum 200mm.
Handrails, 1000mm high, shall be provided to all walkways, platforms, staircases. Toe
plate (100mmx5mm) shall be provided for all handrailing (except for staircases).
Spacing of uprights shall be 1500mm (maximum). Two types of handrailing shall be
provided.
a)
b)
For walkways, platforms (except platform around circular vessels), staircases:

Top rail, mid-rail and upright shall be 32mm dia (NB) MS tubes.
For platforms around circular vessels: Top rail shall be 32mm dia (NB) MS
tubes but mid-rail and upright shall be of structural steel.
Electro-forged hot dipped galvanized welded MS Gratings shall be minimum 25mm

deep. The maximum size of voids in the grating shall be limited to 30mm x 55mm.The
minimum thickness of galvanizing shall be 120 microns.
Welded connections shall be adopted as far as practicable except for cases where
bolted connections are required viz. (Galvanized) electrical switchyard structures and
transmission towers. Structural connections shall have minimum two bolts of 16mm
dia. unless otherwise limited by the size of members.
Minimum two nuts shall be used for all anchor bolts.
3.7.2
Steel Grade
Structural steel shall be of yield stress of 250 MPa conforming to grade A of IS:2062.
Tubular steel shall conform to Yst 240 of IS:1161.
3.7.3
Permissible Stresses
-
Permissible stresses in structural members shall be as specified in:

IS: 800
IS: 801
IS: 802
IS: 806
Permissible stresses in bolts shall be as specified in:

IS: 800
IS: 801
IS: 802
Hot rolled sections (excluding switchyard structures).

Cold formed light gauge sections
Switchyard structures
Tubular structures
Hot rolled sections

Cold formed light gauge sections.
Switchyard structures.
Permissible stresses in welds shall be as specified in:

IS: 801
IS: 816
Cold formed light gauge sections.

Hot rolled sections
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
3.7.4
Page 23 of 73
Structural elements continuously exposed to temperatures above 200C shall be

designed for reduced stress as per Table-4 of IS:6533 (Part 2). The expected
temperature of steel components shall not be allowed to exceed 400C.
Limiting Deflection
a) The limiting permissible vertical deflection for structural steel members shall be as
specified below:
Gantry girder for electric overhead crane

(Capacity upto 50T)
L/750
Gantry girder for electric over head crane

(Capacity over 50T)
L/1000
Gantry girder for manually operated crane
L/500
Girder/beam for supporting dynamic equipment/hoist
L/450
Grating/Chequered plate
L/200 or 6mm
whichever is
minimum.
L/200
As specified in
relevant BIS
Codes
Purlins supporting any type of roofing

material under (dead load+live load)
or (dead load+wind load) conditions
Other structures/structural components
Where 'L' represents the span.

b) The limiting permissible horizontal
structure/building shall be Height/325.
deflection
for
multi
storeyed
steel
c) The limiting permissible horizontal deflection for structures supporting two-phase

fluid flow piping shall be limited to 25mm or H/325 (H is the height of support above
the pedestal top), which ever is lower.
3.7.5
Design Criteria
i)
Basic consideration of structural frame work shall primarily be stability satisfying

relevant Indian Standard Codes of Practice and specifications given herein.
Simple and fully rigid design as per IS:800 shall be used. Where fully rigid joints
are adopted they shall be confined to the major axis of the column member.
ii)
Where required by OISD-STD-164 norms structural steel members shall be

fireproofed. All such structural steel members shall be provided with one coat of
primer compatible with fire proofing material.
iii)
Crane gantry girders shall be of welded construction and of single span length.
Splicing in the girder shall not be permitted. Chequered plate shall be used for
gantry girder walkway flooring.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 24 of 73
iv)
All steel staircases shall have channels (minimum size MC150) provided as
stringers with minimum clear width of 750mm and slope of 41 degrees. The
vertical height between successive landings shall not exceed 4.0 metres.
Treads shall be minimum 230mm wide made of grating (with suitable nosing)
spaced equally so as to restrict the rise to maximum 200mm.
v)
Ladders shall be provided with safety cages when the top of the ladder is more
than 4.5m above the landing level. Safety cages shall start 2.5 metres above
the lower landing level. Ladders shall be of 450mm clear width with 20mm
diameter MS rungs spaced at 300mm (maximum). Ladders shall preferably be
placed vertical. In no case shall the angle with the vertical exceed five degrees
(bottom of the ladder to be farther from the top to provide a positive slope).
vi)
Hand rails, 1000mm high, shall be provided to all walkways, platforms,

staircases. Toe plate (100mmx5mm) shall be provided for all hand railing
(except for staircases). Spacing of uprights shall be 1500mm (maximum). Two
types of hand railing shall be provided.
a)
For walkways, platforms (except platform supported on vessels),

staircases:
Top rail, mid rail and upright shall be 32 (M) NB galvanized MS tubes.
b)
For platforms supported on vessels:

Top rail shall be 32 (M) NB galvanized MS tubes but mid rail (flat 50x6)
and upright (angle 50x50x6) shall be of structural steel.
vii)
Floor gratings shall be fabricated from mild steel and shall be minimum 25mm
thick. These shall either conform to type-II or III (based on application) of EIL
standard 7-68-0561 or could be made from electro-forging process. If EIL
standard is not adopted, the maximum size of voids in the grating shall be
limited to 30x55mm. Deflection shall not be more than 6mm or span/200, which
ever is lower. Floor gratings shall be hot dip galvanised in accordance with
IS:2629 and tested as per IS:2633 and IS:6745. Quantity of zinc coating shall
2
be minimum 900 g/m of surface area (0.12mm uniform thickness).
It shall be mandatory that a prototype of the grating fulfilling the following is
demonstrated satisfactorily to the Owner/owners site representative prior to
placement of bulk order(s):
a)
above defined requirements.
b)
for gratings manufactured using electro-forging process, the unfused

joints are not in excess of 5% of the total joints. If unfused joints found
are in excess of 5%, the prototype shall stand rejected and a fresh
prototype shall be prepared with revised welding parameters clearing the
requirement of unfused joints limited to 5% of the total joints.
c)
the projection of secondary member above the main member is not more
than 1.5mm.
d)
the unfused 5% joints of b) above are welded by SMAW/GMAW process.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
viii)
ix)
Page 25 of 73
e)
the joints are able to sustain a minimum pull out load of 1.2 times the
allowable shear capacity of the secondary member.
f)
gratings made by electro-forge process shall be subjected to a third party

inspection as per Owner/owners representative approval.
Unless otherwise permitted in writing by Owner/owners representative only

welded connections shall be adopted. All permanent and erection connections
shall have at least two 20mm diameter and 16mm diameter bolts respectively.
All connections shall be designed for full moment carrying capacity of the
connecting members together with 60% full shear carrying capacity for sections
with depth 200mm and above and 50% full shear carrying capacity for sections
with depth less than 200mm or for the actual design forces, whichever is more.
x)
All fabricated structures (except electrical switchyard structures and

transmission towers) shall be given one shop coat of primer compatible with the
final paint system. The paint system shall conform to the painting specification.
xi)
Minimum two nuts shall be used for all anchor bolts.
xii)
Gusset plates of different thicknesses shall not be used in the same truss or
girders. Gusset plates for all bracing shall be of same thickness as that used for
truss/girders unless a higher thickness is required by design.
xiii)
If so required by piping support detail, minimum 20mm diameter plain round MS

rod shall be welded on the top flange for full length on all transverse beams and
at locations where pipes are supported on longitudinal beams of pipe racks,
pipe supporting structural members.
3.7.6
Minimum Thickness
3.7.6.1
The minimum thickness of various structural components (Hot rolled sections) shall be
as given:
a)
General Construction
Trusses, purlins, side girts & bracings
6mm
Columns, beams
7mm
Gussets in trusses & girders

i)
Upto and including 12m span
8mm
ii)
Above 12m span
10mm
Stiffeners
8mm
Base plates
10mm
Chequered plate
6mm (on plain)
Grating
3mm
Insert plates
12mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 26 of 73
The minimum thickness of structural components (except gratings & chequered

plates), which are directly exposed to weather and inaccessible for repainting,
shall be 8mm.
b)
Switchyard Structures
The minimum thickness of various structural components shall be as per
IS:802.
Note: The minimum thickness for rolled beams and channels shall be the mean
flange thickness regardless of the web thickness.
3.7.6.2
The minimum thickness of tubes shall be as specified in IS:806.
3.7.6.3
Structural members exposed to marked corrosive action shall be increased in

thickness or otherwise suitably protected against corrosion.
3.7.7
Electrical Switch yard Structures
3.7.7.1
All electrical switch yard structures shall be of structural steel and designed on the
basis of IS:802. All structural connections shall be with bolts.
3.7.7.2
Structural steel members including bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip galvanized
in accordance with relevant BIS Codes. The zinc coating on tower members shall not
2
be less than 900g/m of the surface area.
3.8
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR MASONRY WORKS
3.8.1
General
All masonry works shall be designed in accordance with the latest revision of
referenced BIS Codes in general and other relevant IS codes as applicable to the
specific structure.
3.8.2
Cement Mortar
All masonry work shall be constructed in cement sand mortar 1:5 for load bearing walls
and 1:6 cement sand mortar for non-load bearing walls except half brick partition walls
which shall be constructed in 1:4 cement sand mortar with two numbers of 6mm
diameter MS bars provided at every fourth course properly anchored with cross walls
or pillars.
3.8.3
Fire Walls
All masonry fire walls shall be of minimum 345mm thickness.
4.0
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
4.1
PIPE RACK
For designing the pipe rack superstructure and foundation the following loads shall be
considered.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 27 of 73
Vertical Loading
At each tier a uniformly distributed load (udl) shall be placed. The magnitude of this udl
per unit length of the span shall be calculated as per the gross actual loading from
pipes at that tier level, including the actual weight of empty pipe, the weight of content
and insulation, if any, divided by the actual extent of the span covered by these pipes.
3
A minimum density as 2600N/m shall be considered for insulation. The material
content shall be taken as one-third volume of pipe filled with water for gas/steam
2
carrying pipes. The minimum loading for any tier shall not be less than 1.25kN/m . If
2
the calculated loading is higher than 1.25kN/m , this shall be rounded off to the next
2
higher multiple of 0.25 (ie 1.50, 1.75, 2.0kN/m ). This udl shall be assumed to be
spread over the entire span.
Vertical loads of flare pipes shall be taken as one-third full of water for Process Unit
piping and one-sixth full for Off site piping.
Friction Force (Longitudinal & Transverse)
Where the pipes are of similar diameter and service conditions, the friction force at
each tier on every portal both in longitudinal and transverse directions shall be 10% of
the design vertical loading of the pipes for four or more pipes supported on a tier, and
30% of the design vertical loading of the pipes for single to three pipes supported on a
tier. Longitudinal friction force shall be considered as uniformly distributed over the
entire span of the beam at each tier and transverse friction force shall be considered
as a concentrated load at each tier level. Friction force on T-supports and trestles shall
be taken as 30% of the vertical loading in longitudinal direction and 10% of vertical
loading in transverse direction, both acting simultaneously, and/or vice versa.
For two-phase fluid flow/transfer lines the frictional force shall be minimum 50% of the
weight of pipe including contents and insulation, acting simultaneously in transverse
and longitudinal directions.
Anchor and Guide Force (Thermal load)
a)
b)
Longitudinal
Transverse
As per piping inputs

As per piping inputs
Live Load
Live loads on pipe rack platforms are imposed loads such as personnel loads, tools
and tackles loads etc. Live loads on pipe rack platforms shall be 300 Kg/m2.
Wind Force
Transverse wind loading shall be calculated depending on the width of the Pipe Rack
as follows:
a) Basic wind pressure shall be considered as per IS: 875.
b) To calculate wind load in transverse direction of piperack, a projected height of
1.25m/1.5m/2.0m shall be considered on all tiers irrespective of height between two
tiers of rack widths of 4m/6m/8m and 10m respectively. For piperacks of widths
greater than 10m, the above projected height shall be taken as 0.8[diameter of
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 28 of 73
largest pipe including insulation (m)] + tan 10[width of rack (m)]. However, this
shall not exceed the height between consecutive tiers.
c) For flare header or any other line supported on extended leg of piperack, the wind
force shall be considered separately.
Loading on Longitudinal Beams
Unless otherwise required from pipe support loadings, the longitudinal beams
connecting portal columns shall be sufficiently strong to sustain a minimum of 25% of
the load on transverse beams. This total load shall be placed as two equal
concentrated loads acting at 1/3 rd span. This load shall be in addition to the piping
loads transferred from the intermediate beams. Other longitudinal axial forces coming
on it from the design of the supporting system shall also be simultaneously taken into
account in the design of the longitudinal beam. Friction & Anchor Forces as per piping
requirements shall also be considered in the design. If beams support monorails, all
such loads shall also be considered to be acting simultaneously along with other loads
mentioned above.
Cable Tray and Walkway Loads
The estimated actual load from electrical, instrumentation trays shall be considered at
the specified locations, together with walkways, if provided.
Earthquake Force
Seismic forces shall be based on IS:1893 (Latest Revision) considering site spectrum.
(Site spectra will be provided later). The important factor shall be taken as 1.5.
Equipment Loads
Equipment loads of surge drums, deaerators, silencers, etc. when supported on pipe
rack shall be considered on actual load basis derived from the data sheets for the
design of foundation and super structure.
Maintenance Loads
Maintenance loads such as loads due to the use of monorail, davit etc. shall be
considered in design only on specific requirement furnished by the user group.
Snow Load
Snow loads wherever applicable shall be as per IS:875.
4.2
RCC AND STEEL CHIMNEYS

RCC and Steel chimneys shall be designed as per the requirements of IS:4998,
IS:6533 and Standard specification no. 6-68-0053.
4.3
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
Machine foundations shall satisfy the following requirements:
a)
The minimum grade of concrete to be used shall be as per clause 3.2 & 3.6.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 29 of 73
b)
Minimum reinforcement as per requirements of IS:2974 shall be provided

unless required otherwise by design.
c)
All units of the foundation system, except foundation raft shall be provided with
symmetric reinforcement on opposite faces, even if not required by design
considerations.
d)
The soil stress below foundations under dead loads shall not exceed 80% of
the allowable soil bearing capacity, or safe load on pile, for static loading.
e)
The combined center of gravity of the machine and foundation system shall, as
far as possible, pass through the center of area of the foundation raft or
centroid of the pile group. Where unavoidable, eccentricity shall be less than
5% for block foundations and 3% for frame foundations.
f)
Foundations shall be so designed that natural frequency of the foundation

system shall not resonate with the following:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Operating speed of the motor.

Operating speed of the machine.
2 x Operating speed of the machine.
Critical speed of the machine (for centrifugal machines).
Natural frequency of the foundation shall preferably be + 20% away from the
above-mentioned frequencies. However, amplitudes of vibration of the
foundation block shall always be checked to be within permissible limits.
g)
h)
Amplitudes of vibration shall be less than values specified by the machine

manufacturer. If not specified, provision of IS:2974 shall be followed.
The foundation and its superstructure shall be separated from adjacent
foundations and platforms. Clear air gaps shall be provided in the
superstructure to avoid transmission of vibration to adjacent structures. Special
note shall be given on the drawing in this respect, and suitable details shown as
required.
i)
Foundations resting partly on rock and partly on soil shall preferably be

avoided. However, if unavoidable, the soil area shall be replaced by lean
concrete (1:4:8). However, Owner/owners representative concurrence shall be
obtained for such cases.
j)
Foundations shall not rest on previously backfilled or sensitive soils.
k)
For frame foundations, base raft shall be cast in a single concreting operation.
A properly designed construction joint shall be provided between the base slab
and columns. The entire superstructure of columns and upper deck shall be
cast in a continuous concreting operation.
l)
If height of the frame columns above raft level exceeds 8.0m, an additional
construction joint at the junction of columns/top-deck may be provided.
m)
Block foundations shall be cast in a single concreting operation.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
4.4
BLAST RESISTANT CONTROL ROOMS

a)
The structure shall be designed on shear wall concept with roof acting as a
diaphragm that transfers the transverse loads to the side shear walls and
columns in proportion to their stiffness. Internal partitions and division walls
shall not be designed as shear walls.
b)
Thickness of reinforced concrete walls shall be 230mm (to meet the criteria of
Tariff Advisory Committee).
c)
RCC wall shall be taken up to 1.5m below FGL or up to top of footing whichever
is shallower, maintaining the wall thickness and R/F same as in superstructure.
d)
All superstructure members shall be designed for reversal of stresses.
e)
Minimum R/F in wall in each face shall be 1% (as total % in both directions) of
gross cross sectional area as calculated from structural design considerations.
The maximum R/F in each face however shall not exceed 2%.
f)
Roof slab shall be doubly reinforced. Minimum R/F on top and bottom shall be
1% of gross cross sectional area (as total % in both directions).
g)
Maximum spacing of bars in walls and roof slab shall not exceed 150mm c/c.
Minimum bar diameter shall be 12mm.
h)
In addition to load combinations of IS:875, the structure shall also be checked

for:
(i)
i)
4.5
Page 30 of 73
1.0 (Dead load + Blast load)
for flexure considerations
(ii)
1.2 (Dead load + Blast load)
for shear considerations
For blast load combinations the design bearing pressure of soil shall not
exceed twice the allowable static bearing pressure of soil. For piles under blast
conditions, the permissible increase shall be one-and-a-half times the allowable
capacity of pile in horizontal and vertical (compression and uplift) directions.
TANK FOUNDATIONS
Storage tanks up to 10.0 metres diameter, shall be supported on ring wall type of
foundations.
4.6
SUPPORTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRANSFER LINE

Structures supporting transfer lines and other two phase flow lines:
A list of piping with two-phase fluid flow shall be developed by the Contractor. Pipe
routing and structures supporting such lines shall be drawn. Only piping with diameter
more than 6" shall be considered critical and governed by this clause. Smaller diameter
piping shall be governed by relevant clauses for pipe rack.
4.6.1
Design loads
Horizontal force not less than 50% of the pipe weight (empty and contents) shall be
considered, acting simultaneously in two orthogonal directions (along the pipe and
across it) at that support.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 31 of 73
4.6.2
Piping supported on Pipe racks
4.6.2.1
Pipe racks supporting two phase flow lines above 6" diameter shall have all portals and
longitudinal beams encased in structural grade concrete. Encasing shall be in all
shapes (excluding profile shapes) with a minimum 50mm cover over the largest
dimension of the steel section. Minimum reinforcing steel as shrinkage/temperature
reinforcement shall be provided as welded wire fabric conforming to IS:1566 with mesh
size of 50mm x 50mm and wire thickness 3mm.
4.6.2.2
Between all successive portals supporting such lines, plan bracings shall be provided.
These shall be provided at least at their supporting elevation (bottom level in case of a
line with spring hangers). Longitudinal bays connecting portals shall be braced
vertically, from supporting level downwards, at least in one bay.
4.6.2.3
If the level difference between two phase fluid piping support and normal pipe
supporting tier of pipe rack is 3 metres or more, additional vertical bracing shall be
provided above the pipe rack level in all such transverse frames.
4.6.3
Isolated trestles
Vertical bracing shall be provided on all faces and horizontal bracing at least at pipe
support level. All members including bracing shall be encased in concrete for the entire
height of the trestles and the fundamental frequency of the structure shall be isolated
from the most critical range which is 4 to7 Hz. The weight of pipe shall not be
considered for dynamic analysis. Encasing details shall be same as mentioned in
clause 4.6.2.1.
4.6.4
Supports from technological structures

Structural members supporting transfer lines from technological structures shall be
adequately braced. Floors shall have plan bracing to effectively transfer horizontal
forces to vertical frames of the structure.
Supports on/from cantilevers shall be avoided. However, if unavoidable, adequate plan
bracing shall be provided.
4.6.5
Permissible stresses
No increase in permissible stresses shall be allowed except in load combination with
wind and seismic, as permitted by IS codes.
4.6.6
Permissible deflections
The deflection at the top of the structure, with all the horizontal forces acting together,
shall be limited to 25mm or height/325, whichever is less.
4.7
COMPRESSOR HOUSE, PUMP HOUSE AND OTHER SHED TYPE STRUCTURES

Roofs of all shed type structures shall have 1:3 slope. MS wind ties (40mm x 6mm)
painted as per painting specifications shall be provided over roof sheeting on the last
purlin towards eaves and the first purlin at ridge, on each slope of the roof. Cladding
shall be provided on all sides starting at 3 metre height from FFL/HPP and continuing
up to roof level. Provision for equipment entry and drop out area shall also be made as
per approved equipment layout.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 32 of 73
Daylight, natural ventilation and rain protection shall be ensured by providing

continuous louvers and roof monitors along the longitudinal sides of the shed. Louvers
shall be provided at various levels of the cladding to act as necessary air inlet/outlet,
and for daylight and rain protection. One louver shall be provided at 3.5metre height
from FFL/HPP, for rain protection of the opening below. Similarly, one louver shall be
provided at eaves level for ventilating the stagnant air, at that level. Sufficient number
of louvers shall also be provided at all intermediate working and equipment levels for
achieving proper day-lighting and ventilation in the sheds as per Factory Act and
National Building Code of India.
Continuous steel ventilator consisting of fixed glass and weld mesh with bird screen
net and sufficient overhang shall be provided on the longitudinal sides of the roof
monitor. Rain water gutters and PVC pipes shall be provided for proper roof drainage.
Gutters shall be of Mild Steel sheets (minimum 3mm thick) painted as per painting
specifications.
5.0
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1
General
5.1.1
The minimum requirements of various materials to be used in Civil and Structural

works are as below:
5.2
Water
5.2.1
Water used in construction for all civil & structural works shall be clean and free from
injurious amounts of oil, acids, alkalies, organic matters or other harmful substances
which may be deleterious to concrete, masonry or steel. The pH value of water
sample shall be not less than 6. Potable water will be considered satisfactory. All
requirements of IS:456, have to be met.
5.2.2
Tests on water samples shall be carried out in accordance with IS:3025 and these
shall fulfill all the guidelines and requirements given in IS:456.
5.2.3
Water for curing shall be of the same quality as used for concreting and masonry
works.
5.3
Aggregate (For Concrete)
5.3.1
General
-
Coarse and fine aggregates for Civil and Structural Works shall conform in all
respects to IS:383 (Specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural
sources for concrete). Aggregates shall be obtained from an approved source
known to produce the same satisfactorily. Aggregates shall consist of naturally
occurring (crushed or uncrushed) stones, gravel and sand or a combination
thereof. These shall be chemically inert, hard, strong, dense durable, clean and
free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amounts of alkalies, vegetable
matter and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite, mica,
shale, sea shells etc.
Aggregates which may chemically react with alkalies of cement or might cause
corrosion of the reinforcement shall not be used.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
Page 33 of 73
The maximum quantities of deleterious materials in the aggregates as

determined in accordance with IS:2386 - Part II (Methods of Test for
aggregates for concrete), shall not exceed the limits defined in IS:383.
Coarse Aggregates
-
Coarse aggregates are the aggregates, which are retained on 4.75mm IS

Sieve. It shall have a specific gravity not less than 2.6 (saturated surface dry
basis).
These may be obtained from crushed or uncrushed gravel or stone and may be
supplied as single sized or graded. The grading of the aggregates shall be as
per IS:383 or as required by the mix design, to obtain densest possible
concrete.
Fine Aggregates
-
Fine aggregates are the aggregates which pass through 4.75mm IS sieve but
not more than ten percent (10%) pass through 150 micron IS sieve. These shall
comply with the requirements of grading zones I, II and III of IS:383. Fine
aggregates conforming to grade zone IV shall not be used for reinforced
concrete works.
Fine aggregates shall consist of material resulting from natural disintegration of

rock and which has been deposited by streams or glacial agencies, or crushed
stone sand or gravel sand. Sand from sea shores, creeks or river banks
affected by tides, shall not be used for filling or concrete works.
Sampling and Testing

The Contractor shall carry out all tests including mix designs of concrete, at the start of
work as well as during any stage of construction as per the requirement. Tests shall be
carried out in accordance with IS:516-Methods of test for strength of concrete and
IS:2386-Methods of test for aggregates for concrete. The method of sampling shall be
in accordance with the requirements given in IS:2430.
5.3.5
Storage of Aggregates
-
Storage of all types of aggregates at the site of work shall be as specified in IS:
4082. Aggregates shall in no case be stored near excavated earth or directly
over ground surface.
Fine aggregates delivered at the site in wet condition or becoming wet due to
rain or any other means, shall not be used for at least 24 hours. For the use of
such aggregates the contractor shall adjust the water content in accordance
with IS:2386 to achieve the desired mix.
5.4
Sand (For Masonry & Filling)
5.4.1
Sand for Masonry Mortars

-
The sand shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone sand or crushed gravel
sand or a combination of any of these. The sand shall be hard, durable, clean
and free from adherent coatings and organic matter and shall not contain the
amount of clay, silt and fine dust more than specified in IS:2116
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
5.4.2
Page 34 of 73
The sand shall not contain any harmful impurities such as iron pyrites, alkalis,
salts, coal or other organic impurities, mica, shale or similar laminated
materials, soft fragments, sea shells in such form or in such quantities as to
affect adversely the hardening, strength or durability of the mortar.
The maximum quantities of clay, fine silt, fine dust and organic impurities in the
sand, when tested in accordance with IS:2386, shall not be more than 5% by
mass in natural sand, or crushed gravel sand or crushed stone sand. For
organic impurities, when determined in accordance with IS:2386, colour of the
liquid shall be lighter than that indicated by the standard solution specified in
IS:2386.
Grading of Sand
The particle size grading of sand for use in mortars shall be within the limits as
specified below:
Grading Of Sand For Use In Masonry Mortars
IS Sieve Designation IS:460
(Part I)
4.75 mm
2.36 mm
1.18 mm
600microns
300 microns
150 microns
Percentage Passing
By Mass
100
90 to 100
70 to 100
40 to 100
5 to 70
5 to 15
Reference To Method
IS:2386 (Part-I)
In case of sand whose grading falls outside the specified limits due to excess or
deficiency of coarse or fine particles, this shall be processed to comply with the
standard by screening through a suitably sized sieve and/or blending with required
quantities of suitable sizes of natural sand particles or crushed stone screening which
are by themselves unsuitable. The various sizes of particles of which the sand is
composed shall be uniformly distributed throughout the mass.
5.4.3
Sampling and Testing

The method of sampling shall be in accordance with IS:2430. The amount of material
required for each test shall be as specified in relevant parts of IS:2386. All tests shall
be carried out in accordance with the relevant parts of IS:2386.
If further confirmation as to the satisfactory nature of the material is required,
compressive test on cement mortar cubes (1:6) may be made in accordance with
IS:2250 using the supplied material in place of standard sand and the strength value
so obtained shall be compared with that of another mortar made with a sand of
acceptable and comparable quality.
5.4.4
Sand for Filling

Sand for filling shall meet the requirements of IS:383 and shall be natural sand, hard,
strong, free from any organic and deleterious materials. Sand obtained from sea
shores, creeks or river banks affected by tides, shall not be used for filling. Fine
aggregates suitable for concreting works shall be suitable for filling also. No sand
below grading zone-III as per IS:383 shall be allowed for filling.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
5.5
Page 35 of 73
Cement
3
Unless otherwise specifically called for, cement for RCC and PCC/lean concrete
works shall be one of the following:
33 grade ordinary or low heat Portland cement
IS:269
43 grade ordinary Portland cement
IS:8112
Portland slag cement
IS:455
Portland Pozzolana cement (fly ash based)
IS:1489 (Part-1)
Portland Pozzolana cement (calcined clay based)
IS:1489 (Part-2)
Sulphate resisting Portland cement
IS:12330
High alumina cement
IS:6452
For masonry applications the use of Masonry cement (conforming to IS:3466) can be
made.
5.6
Steel
5.6.1
General
All steel bars, sections, plates, and other miscellaneous steel materials, etc. shall be
free from loose mill scales, rust as well as oil, mud, paint or other coatings. The
materials, construction specifications such as dimensions, shape, weight, tolerances,
testing etc, for all materials covered under this section, shall conform to respective BIS
codes.
5.6.2
Reinforcement Bars
High strength deformed (HSD) TMT steel bars of minimum grade Fe 415, conforming
to IS:1786 shall be used.
5.6.3
Structural Steel
Structural steel sections shall conform to following BIS codes:
Steel tubes for structural purposes
IS:1161
Mild Steel Tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings
IS:1239
Steel for general structural purposes (Grade A).
IS:2062
Hollow steel sections for structural use.
IS:4923
3
The type of cement selected shall be appropriate for the intended use.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
5.6.4
Page 36 of 73
Miscellaneous Steel Materials

Miscellaneous steel materials shall conform to the following BIS codes:
5.6.5
Expanded Metal Steel Sheets for General purposes.
IS:412
Specification for mild steel and medium tensile

steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete
reinforcement (Grade I)
(For mild steel bars of anchor bolts, rungs, metal inserts,
grating etc.)
IS:432
Hexagonal head bolts, screws & nuts of product Grade C.
IS:1363
Cold formed light gauge structural steel sections.
IS:811
Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners.
IS:1367
Plain washers
IS:2016
Steel wire ropes for general engineering purposes
IS:2266
Thimbles for wire ropes.
IS:2315
Bulldog grips.
IS:2361
Mild Steel Tubes, tubular and other wrought steel

fillings. (For Hand rail tubular sections)
IS:1239
Drop forged sockets for wire ropes for general

engineering purposes.
IS:2485
Steel chequered plates.

Hexagonal bolts and nuts (M42 to M150).
IS:3502
IS:3138
Anchor Bolts
Material for Anchor Bolts such as MS bars, washers, nuts, pipe sleeves and plates etc.
shall be as per relevant BIS codes mentioned above under Clauses 5.6.4.
5.7
Brick
5.7.1
General
Bricks for masonry works shall conform to IS:1077 - Specification for common burnt
clay building bricks and shall be variety of class 5.0 (with minimum compressive
2
strength of 5.0 N/mm ). Physical requirements, quality, dimensions, tolerances etc. of
common burnt clay building bricks shall conform to the requirements of IS:1077.
Bricks shall be hand-moulded or machine-moulded and shall be made from suitable
soils. The bricks shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be
well burnt, sound, hard, tough and uniform in colour. These shall be free from cracks,
chips, flaws, stone or humps of any kind.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 37 of 73
Testing of the bricks shall be done as per IS:5454 and IS:3495. Water absorption shall
not be more than 20% by its dry weight when soaked in cold water for 24 hours.
Locally available bricks of non modular size (230x115x75mm) in place of bricks of
modular size (190x90x90mm) can be used in case the bricks satisfy the other
requirements of IS:1077 (corresponding class as defined above).
5.8
Stone
5.8.1
General
All Stones used for masonry works shall conform to the requirements of following BIS
codes.
5.8.2
Method of identification of natural building stones
IS:1123
Recommendations for dimensions and workmanship

of natural building stones for masonry work
IS:1127
Recommendations for dressing of natural building stones
IS:1129
Quality of Stones
Stones shall be hard, dense, strong, sound, durable, clean and uniform in colour. They
shall also be free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amounts of alkalies,
vegetable matters and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite,
mica, sea shells etc. As far as possible stones from one single quarry shall be used for
anyone work. The strength of stones should be adequate to carry the imposed load
and shall meet all the requirements of IS:1905, taking into account the appropriate
crushing strength of stone and type of the mortar used. The percentage of water
absorption, when tested in accordance with IS:1124, shall not exceed 5 percent.
The length of the stone shall not exceed 3 times the height. Width of stone on base
shall not be less than 150mm and in no case exceed 3/4 th thickness of the wall.
Height of the stone shall not be more than 300mm.
5.9
Admixtures
5.9.1
General Requirements for Admixtures

-
All concrete admixtures shall comply with the following Indian standards:
Specification for integral cement water proofing compounds.
IS:2645
Specification for other admixtures for concrete.
IS:9103
In case of non-availability of any IS code for testing and acceptability criteria,

relevant American, British or German Code shall be applicable.
-
No admixture shall impair the durability of the concrete nor combine with the
ingredients to form harmful compounds nor increase the risk of corrosion of
reinforcement. Use of admixtures shall not reduce the dry density of concrete.
Once the proportion of admixtures have been established, strict check shall be
maintained not to alter the proportions of ingredients and water-cement ratio of
the Design Mix during execution.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
5.9.2
Page 38 of 73
The chloride contents in admixtures shall not exceed 2% by mass of the

admixture or 0.03% by mass of the cement.
Admixtures which do not meet the requirements stipulated in this document

shall not be used.
Water Proofing Compounds

-
The permeability of the specimen with the admixture shall be less than half of
the permeability with a similar specimen without the use of these compounds.
These compounds shall be used in such proportion as recommended by
manufacturer but in no case it shall exceed 3% by weight of cement.
The initial setting time of the cement with the use of these compounds shall not
be less than 30 minutes and final setting time shall not be more than 10 hours.
Tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS:4031.
Compressive strength of the specimen at 3 days shall not be less than

2
160kg/cm nor 80% of the 3 days compressive strength of mortar cubes
prepared with same cement and sand only, whichever is higher. Similarly
2
compressive strength at 7 days shall not be less than 220 kg/cm nor less than
80% of the 7 days compressive strength prepared with the same cement and
sand only, whichever is higher. The test to determine the compressive strength
shall conform to IS:4031.
5.10
Water Bars (Water Stops)
5.10.1
PVC water bars shall be used in reinforced concrete construction of liquid retaining
structures or any other structure to safeguard them from hydrostatic pressure and
water leakage and any relative movement between two parts of the structure due to
thermal loading shrinkage or differential movement of foundations. These shall be
preformed and shall provide a permanent water tight seal along the entire joint in the
poured concrete structures. These shall also be flexible enough to withstand deflection/
displacements at joints arising due to variation of temperatures or settlement of
foundations.
5.10.2
Performance requirements of PVC water bars shall meet the requirements of IS:12200.
These shall be of an approved make and of ribbed/serrated/plane type with a bulb at
the centre. The thickness and width of water bars shall in no case be less than 5mm
and 150mm respectively. However, for concrete sections greater than 300mm thick,
the width of water bars shall not be less than 230mm.
5.11
Bitumen/bituminous Materials
Bitumen to be used for various types of work shall meet all the requirements of
relevant BIS codes as given below:
Specification of Paving Bitumen.
IS:73
Specification for bitumen mastic for flooring (Grade IV)
IS:1195
Specification for Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing. IS:1322
Specification for Bituminous compounds for water proofing
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 39 of 73
and caulking purposes.
IS:1834
Specification for preformed fillers for expansion joint

in concrete pavements and structures.
IS:1838
Specification for bitumen mastic for use in water proofing of roofs
IS:3037
Specification for bitumen primer for use in water proofing

and damp proofing.
IS:3384
Specification for Bitumen Mastic for Tanking and Damp proofing.
IS:5871
Specification for Glass fibre base coal tar pitch & bitumen felts
IS:7193
Code of practice for damp proofing using bitumen mastic
IS:7198
Specification for bitumen Mastic, Anti Static and

electrically conducting grade.
IS:8374
Tests and acceptable criteria shall be as per relevant BIS codes.

5.12
PVC Pipes
PVC Pipes shall conform to the requirements of IS:4985.
5.13
Wood/timber
5.13.1
Wood recommended for platforms of cold vessels or below cold vessels/ exchangers
shall be hard and shall be of group A, grade I, and shall have safe permissible stress of
2
7N/mm in compression, perpendicular to grains on outside location as per IS:883.
General characteristics like durability, treatability etc. shall conform to IS:883 and
IS:3629.
5.13.2
Timber required to be used for form work shall be fairly dry before use. It should
maintain its shape during the use and even when it comes into contact with moisture
from the concrete. Storage of Wood/Timber shall be as per the requirements of
IS:4082.
For proper identification and selection of suitable timber for form work, following codes
shall be referred.
Classification of commercial timbers and their zonal distribution
IS:399
Specification for ballies for general purposes
IS:3337
Specification for Ply wood for concrete shuttering work
IS:4990
5.14
Anti-termite Compounds
5.14.1
Chloropyrifos emulsifiable concentrates (1%) conforming to IS:8944 shall be used for

treatment of soil for protection of buildings against attack by subterranean termites.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 40 of 73
5.15
Polysulphide Sealants
5.15.1
All Polysulphide Sealants shall conform to IS:12118. Test conditions and requirements
shall be as given in the above referred BIS code.
6.0
6.1
Construction
6.1.1
All concrete works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:456, IS:3370,
IS:2974 and other relevant BIS Codes. Concrete mix proportioning and design mix;
sampling and strength test of concrete, production and control of concrete, tolerances
and placing of reinforcement and for cover; transporting, placing, compacting and
curing etc, inspection and testing of structure (including requirement of non-destructive
testing) shall be as specified in IS:456.
6.1.2
Continuous concreting shall be done for structures supporting dynamic equipment as

per the provisions of IS:2974.
6.1.3
The damp proof course shall be laid in two layers of equal thickness and each layer
given two coats of hot bitumen on top (grade A90/S90 conforming to IS:73) at the rate
of 1.7 kg/m2. Dry sharp sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the top layer of bitumen
before hardening.
6.1.4
Form work and stripping of form work shall be as per the provisions of IS:456.
6.1.5
Assembly of reinforcement in RCC structures shall conform to IS:456.
6.1.6
Fabrication of all structural steel works shall be carried out as per the provisions of
IS:800/801/802/806 and other relevant BIS codes. Fabrication shall include cleaning,
straightening, cutting, bending, holding, bolting, welding, machining, painting, marking,
assembling, erecting, inspecting and testing etc. Welding procedure and welder
qualification shall be as per IS:800 and/or referenced BIS codes only.
6.1.7
Erection of all structural steel works including supply of plant & equipment, storing and
handling, setting out, field connections, field welding and security during erection shall
conform to IS:800/801/802/806.
6.1.8
All masonry works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:1597/2212/4326 and
other relevant BIS codes.
6.1.9
The limits of dimensional tolerances for all works shall be as given below:
For Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures:
(a)
Deviation from specified dimensions

of cross section of columns and beams.
(b)
Deviation from dimensions of footings

(see Note below)
(i)
Dimensions in plan
- 6mm to +12mm
-12mm to +50mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 41 of 73
(ii)
Eccentricity
0.02 times the width of the footing in

the direction of deviation but not more
than 50 mm.
(iii)
Thickness
+0.05 times the specified thickness.
Note: Tolerances apply to cast-in-situ concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical
reinforcing steel or dowels.
(c)
Deviation in length (major dimension of single unit)

up to 3m
3m to 4.5m
4.5m to 6m
additional deviation for every subsequent 6m
(d)
Deviation in straightness or bow (deviation from specified line) for a single or

continuous member), e.g, beam, column or slab edge.
Up to 3m
3m to 6m
6m to 12m
additional for every subsequent 6m
(e)
6mm
9mm
12mm
6mm
6mm
9mm
12mm
6mm
Deviation in squareness shall be measured taking the longer of two adjacent

sides as the base line.
The shorter side shall not vary in its distance from a perpendicular so that the
difference between the greatest and shortest dimensions exceeds 6mm. For
this purpose, any error due to lack of straightness shall be ignored. Squareness
shall be checked with respect to the straight lines that are most nearly parallel
with the features being checked. When the nominal angle is other than 90
degrees, the included angle between check lines shall be varied accordingly.
(f)
(g)
Deviation in twists shall be within a limit such that any corner shall not be more
than the limit given below from the plane containing other three corners:
Up to 600mm wide and up to 6m in length
6mm
over 600mm wide and for any length
12mm
Maximum deviation in flatness from a 1.5m straight edge placed in any position
on a nominally plain surface shall not exceed 6mm.
For Steel Structures:

(a)
Columns and tower-type structures
Deviation of column axes at foundation top level with respect to true axes.
i) In longitudinal direction
5mm
ii) In lateral direction
5mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 42 of 73
Deviation in the level of bearing surface of columns at foundation top

with respect to true level.
5mm
Out of plumb (verticality) of column axis from true vertical axis measured at top:
i) Up to and including 30m height
H/1000 or 25mm
whichever is less.
ii) Over 30m height
H/1200 or 35mm
whichever is less.
Deviation in straightness in longitudinal & transverse planes of column at any

point along the height .
H/1000 or 10mm
whichever is less
Difference in the erected positions of adjacent pairs of columns along length or

across width of building prior to connecting trusses/beams with respect to true
distance.
5mm
Deviation in any bearing or seating level with respect to true level

5mm
Deviation in difference in bearing levels of a member on adjacent pair of

columns both across & along the building
5mm
Note 1) Tolerance specified for out-of-plumbness should be read in conjunction with

Deviation in straightness.... & Difference in the erected positions......
Note 2) 'H' is the column height in mm.
Note 3) Tolerance limits as given under clause (a) above for steel structures are
applicable to concrete columns/pedestals also.
(b)
Trusses
Shift at the centre of span of top chord member with respect to the vertical
plane passing through the centre of bottom chord.
1/250 of height of
truss in mm at center
of span or 15mm
whichever is less
Lateral shift of top chord of truss at the centre of span from the vertical plane
passing through the centre of supports of the truss
1/1500 of span of
truss in mm or 10
mm whichever is less
Lateral shift in location of truss from its true position.
10mm
Lateral shift in location of purlin from true position.
5mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 43 of 73
Deviation in difference of bearing levels of truss from the true level

1/1200 of span of truss in
mm or 20mm whichever is
less.
(c)
Gantry girders and Rails
Shift in the centre line of crane rail with respect to centre line of web of gantry
girder
[ web thickness of girder(mm) +2mm]
2
Shift of alignment of crane rail (in plan) with respect to true axis of crane rail
at any point
5 mm
Deviation in crane track gauge with respect to true gauge.

i)
For track gauge upto and

including 15 m
5 mm
ii) For track gauge more than 15m
[5+0.25(S-15)] subject to
maximum 10mm, where S in
metres is true gauge.
Deviation in the crane rail level at

any point from true level
10 mm
Difference in level between crane track rails (across the bay) at
i) Supports of gantry girders
15 mm
ii) Mid span of gantry girders
20 mm
Relative shift of crane rail surfaces

(at a joining) in plan and elevation
2 mm
6.1.10
Construction of all other items of works shall conform to relevant Indian Standards and
sound engineering practices.
6.1.11
The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete safety pertaining to all
construction works.
7.0
7.1
GENERAL
7.1.1
Apart from the conditions mentioned in the Design requirements given in the
document, the following shall be strictly adhered to.
7.1.2
Cable/pipe trenches & precast slab covers shall be designed to withstand the load of
hydra-crane. Seating surface of the slab shall be at least 100mm wide with structural
ISA50x50x6 edge protection embedded through out the length of the trench.
7.1.3
Only steel shuttering shall be used for civil construction.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 44 of 73
7.1.4
Contractor shall make necessary arrangement for placing the anchor bolts in position
before concreting. Whenever there are more than four foundation bolts, these shall be
fixed by using template. In case bolts are not available at site at the time of casting of
foundation, proper pockets shall be left as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
7.1.5
Contractor to ensure isolation of structures/equipments with difference of temperature

for free expansion while providing interconnecting platform and for connection to the
stair structure.
7.1.6
Contractor shall ensure lateral stability by providing box/built up sections for columns
wherever it is not feasible to provide vertical bracing in either direction.
7.1.7
Sub-station building shall be provided with anti termite treatment.
7.1.8
All designs, detailing & construction shall strictly conform to enclosed standards,
specifications & drawings. However drawings marked Issued for Information only are
for only guidance to the contractor.
7.1.9
Contractor shall furnish the BULK MTO for cement and High Strength Deformed TMT
bars (diameter wise) and Structural Steel (section wise) within 45 days from the date of
receipt of LOI/TOI. It shall also be updated at 50% & 90% stages of engineering
progress and shall be submitted to owner/owners representative for information.
7.1.10
Sequence of construction is to be shown on the AFC drawings by indicating

construction joints wherever required.
7.1.11
The minimum diameter of reinforcement bar for slabs, beam stirrups and column ties
shall be 8 mm and for footing slabs and vertical walls it shall be 10 mm. The maximum
spacing of these bars shall be restricted to 300 mm c/c.
7.1.12
No equipment shall be directly supported on suspended floor slab. Suitable

arrangement of beams shall be provided underneath to support the equipments.
7.1.13
The foundation design shall be based on approved Geotechnical investigation

recommendations. Geotechnical investigation shall be in scope of the bidder. However,
boreholes of nearby areas are enclosed for reference only for the bidder.
7.1.14
Contractor shall depute his concerned Civil-Structural design engineer to

owner/owners representative review office as and when required for review of his
documents. During such reviews involving computer aided analysis/design/drafting of
structures, the Contractor shall make his own arrangement of Personal Computer (PC)
in the form of Lap-top in the premises of owner/owners representative review office.
This is required to expeditiously resolve all the comments including those involving the
use of PC by Contractor in his submission. The Contractor shall ensure that these PC's
are fully operational along with necessary software already loaded including the
input/output/drawing files of the structures being reviewed. The Contractor shall revise
and re-submit the analysis/design and drawings as required during review.
7.2
PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
7.2.1
Painting on structural steel shall be as per specification enclosed elsewhere.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 45 of 73
7.3
REVIEW OF DESIGN AND APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION (AFC) DRAWINGS
7.3.1
Complete structural design and AFC drawings for the following structures shall be got
reviewed by owner/owners representative in detail before taking up any construction
activity at the work site:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
Design Basis/Geotechnical investigation report/Foundation recommendations.

Gas Turbine Generators/HRSG/Steam Turbine Generator/Utility Boiler foundations
Chimney for Utility Boilers (Typ.)
Bypass stacks for GTG & HRSG foundation (Typ.)
Control room building (Blast proof)
Substation building (Typ.)
Shed for GTG & STG with EOT crane (Typ.)
FD & ID fan foundations (Typ.)
Pipe Racks (Typ.)
For all other works/buildings/structures, requisite number of prints (as mentioned

elsewhere) of design calculations and AFC drawings shall be sent simultaneously to
owner/owners representative for information and to site for construction.
Submission of typical review category documents shall be taken up prior to
corresponding information category documents. Owner/owners representative
comments on typical review category documents shall be duly taken care in
information category documents as well before issuing them for construction.
7.3.2
The contractor shall furnish the quantities of different grades of concrete, reinforcement
and structural steel in the respective AFC drawings. Bar Bending schedule for all RCC
drawings shall be submitted by the contractor along with the AFC drawings.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 46 of 73
ENCLOSURE I
FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN
Type Of
Structure
Minimum Factor Of
Safety Against
Overturning
With Wind Without
Or
Wind Or
Seismic
Seismic
All Buildings/
Structures/Eqpts.
in Units
Pipe Rack
(Offsite)
Flood Light Mast
Retaining Wall
Tall
vessels/columns
Transmission
Tower/Switch
yard structures
Blast Resistant
Structures
#
$
Minimum Factor Of
Safety Against
Sliding
With
Without
Wind Or Wind Or
Seismic Seismic
% Weight Of
Overburden Over
Projected Plan
Area Of Footing
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.5
100
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.5
50$
1.5
1.5
50$
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.75
100
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.5
100
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.75
50$
1.5
2.0/1.2#
1.5
1.5/1.5#
100
With blast pressure

In case area is paved, overburden shall be based on NGL (for area under filling) or
600mm below HPP whichever is lower. In case of unpaved area, it shall be w.r.t.
FGL.
Minimum Factor of safety against UPLIFT shall be 1.2 for all structures. (Note: In case of
sumps, lining weight shall not be included).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 47 of 73
PART B : ARCHITECTURE
CONTENTS
1.1
BUILDING REQUIREMENT
1.2
SPECIFICATION OF ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
1.1
Page 48 of 73
BUILDING REQUIREMENT
The Buildings shall be designed on the basis of basic requirements furnished in this clause
(including attached drawings referred in the clause) and Design Basis elaborated
elsewhere in the bid package.
Provisions for LAN (Local Area Networking cabling) shall be considered for the building as
per the Owner requirements. Necessary detailing for concealed conduiting through
flooring, wall panels/walls, ceiling/ false-ceiling etc. shall be provided during the detail
engineering.
Provisions for proper and aesthetically pleasing landscaping shall be considered for all the
buildings as per the Owner requirements.
In case of conflict or contradictions between building requirement & design basis,
provisions of the former shall override. The Buildings shall be sized in accordance with the
Owner/ PMC approved GA drawings prepared on the basis of functional, maintenance,
safety & statutory requirements as given in the drawings attached with Tender.
1.2
SPECIFICATION OF ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
1.2.1
GENERAL
(a)
For any aspect of item not covered in the document, the contractor shall follow
instructions of the engineer-in-charge and execute the work as per relevant IS
codes/ recommendations of approved manufacturer/ good engineering practice
without any cost or time implication to Owner/PMC. Contractor shall refer only to
the relevant part of the specifications given below as per the Building
Finishes described before.
(b)
All materials shall be of first quality conforming to the specifications & IS or

equivalent with IS marks and shall be obtained from the approved Manufacturer.
The Contractor shall get the materials approved by the Engineer - In - Charge
before ordering & procurement. The Contractor shall furnish necessary certificates
etc. as asked by the Engineer - In - Charge. Further to that he shall get the
materials tested from approved test house if asked by the Engineers - In - Charge
& submit the test certificate at his own cost for which no extra payment shall be
made to him. The Engineer - In - Charge shall have the right to reject all or any of
the materials intended to be used and such materials shall be immediately
removed from the site by the Contractor at his own cost without any claim for
compensation etc. due to such rejection.
(c)
Workmanship shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer- In- Charge. The

contractor shall follow the specifications, relevant Codes & Manufacturer's
guidelines for achieving desired level of workmanship as per specification & good
engineering practice. Any executed work not conforming to the specification or not
to the satisfaction of the Engineer -In-Charge shall be rectified by the Contractor as
directed by the Engineer -In-Charge. No extra payment shall be made to the
Contractor for such rectification. The contractor shall use only first quality approved
material for all items.
(d)
All specifications of various finishing items include construction supervision; supply

of all materials, labours, tools tackles, scaffoldings etc. and are applicable for all
heights, locations etc.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
1.2.2
Page 49 of 73
(e)
For specifications of construction water, sand, cement, bricks/ stone, aggregates

etc. reference shall be made to the Civil/ Structural specifications attached in the
bid document.
(f)
All specialised items of work (e.g. Aluminium Doors and Windows, Waterproofing,
Overdeck Insulation, Precoated roof sheeting/ cladding, False ceiling, False
Flooring, Partitioning and Panelling, Expansion joint sealing etc.) shall be got
executed by the Contractor only through authorised applicators/ sub contractors of
approved manufacturer/ vendor. The contractor shall submit list of such authorised
applicators/ sub contractors for approval before execution of such items.
FLOOR FINISHING
Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for any further information etc.
not covered in the specification. In case of any conflict/contradiction, provision of
specification shall override.
IS: 4971
IS: 1237
IS: 777
IS: 2571
IS: 4631
IS: 5491
IS: 4441
IS: 4443
(A)
Recommendations for selection of Industrial floor finishes.

Specification for Cement concrete flooring tiles.
Specification for glazed earthenware wall tiles.
Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete flooring.
Code of practice for laying of epoxy resin floor toppings.
Code of practice for laying in situ granolithic concrete floor topping.
Code of practice for use of silicate type Chemical resistant mortars.
Code of practice for use of resin type chemical resistant mortar.
Cement Concrete Flooring

Cement concrete flooring shall be laid in average 25mm thickness over sub base
(as per structural drawings/ specifications) and shall generally conform to IS: 2571.
The flooring shall be laid in panels and shall consist of:
(a)
25 mm thick base course of M-15 grade cement concrete (with 6mm and
down size stone aggregate) laid on the sub-base in panels (each panel not
exceeding 1 Sq. Mtr. in area) in desired shape and pattern. The panels shall
be bound by 3x20mm PVC strips panel dividers; fixed in position with their
top at proper level maintaining the required levels, slopes, linearity etc. as
required. Base course shall be laid in alternate panels. Before laying the
base course, neat cement slurry @ 2.75Kg. of cement per Sq. Mtr. of area
shall be applied (brushed) over the prepared sub base surface. Cement
concrete shall be placed in position and beaten with trowel, including
tamping and finishing smooth. Finishing of the surface shall follow
immediately after completion of laying of base. The bed for flooring shall be
prepared either level or sloped as per drawings and as instructed by
Engineer-in-charge.
(b)
Neat cement @ 2.75Kg. per Sq. Mtr. mixed with water to form a thick slurry
applied over the base course (when the concrete is green), spread over the
surface, pressed twice by means of iron floats; once when the slurry is
applied and second time when the cement starts setting. The junction of
floor with wall plaster, cladding, skirting shall be rounded off uniformly upto
a radius of 25mm unless otherwise mentioned.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 50 of 73
Each finished portion of floor, on completion shall be kept wet with ponding for a
minimum period of 7 days.
(B)
Cement Concrete Granolithic Flooring

Cement concrete granolithic flooring shall be laid in overall 40mm thickness over
sub base (as per structural drawings/ specifications) and shall generally conform to
IS:5491 in workmanship. The flooring shall be laid in panels and shall consist of:(a)
25mm base Course (Under layer) of M-15 grade Concrete (shall generally
conform to Civil structural specifications) laid over sub base in panels (each
panel not exceeding 1 Sq. Mtr. in area) in desired shape and pattern. The
panels shall be bound by 3x30 PVC strips panel dividers; fixed in position
with their top at proper level maintaining the required levels, slopes, linearity
etc. as required. Base course shall be laid in alternate panels. Before laying
the base course, neat cement slurry @ 2.75Kg. of cement per Sq. Mtr. of
area shall be applied (brushed) over the prepared sub base surface. The
borders of the panels shall have mitred joints at the corners of the room and
intermediate joints shall be in straight line with panel joints. Cement
concrete shall be placed in position and beaten with trowel and finished
smooth. Beating shall cease as soon as surface is found covered with
cream of mortar. Necessary slope shall be provided.
(b)
15mm thick Wearing top layer of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 course
sand by volume) which shall be laid within 15 minutes of laying the first
layer. The cement and aggregates for the top layer shall be mixed dry. After
mixing, sufficient quantity of washed sand and water shall be added to
make the mix plastic but not flowing. The top and bottom layer shall firmly
grip together. The base course shall be free of excessive moisture before
starting the floor finishing. Use of dry cement, cement sand mixture
sprinkled on the surface to stiffen the concrete or absorb excessive
moisture shall not be permitted.
(c)
While the concrete is still green, cement @ 2.75 kg per Sq.M of floor area
shall be mixed with water to form a thick slurry and spread over the surface.
It shall be pressed twice by means of iron floats, once when the slurry is
applied and second time when the cement starts setting. The junction of
floor with wall plaster, cladding, skirting shall be rounded off uniformly upto
a radius of 25mm unless otherwise mentioned.
(C)
Heavy Duty Cement Concrete Flooring

Heavy duty Cement concrete flooring shall be laid in overall 50mm thickness over
sub base (as per structural drawings/ specifications); shall generally conform to IS:
5491 in workmanship. The flooring shall be laid in panels and shall consist of:(a)
Base Course (Under layer) 35mm thick of cement concrete (1 cement: 1.5
coarse sand: 3.5 stone aggregates of 10mm to 6mm size by volume) laid
over sub base in panels (each panel not exceeding 1 Sq. Mtr. in area) in
desired shape and pattern. The panels shall be bound by 3x40mm PVC
strips panel dividers; fixed in position with their top at proper level
maintaining the required levels, slopes, linearity etc. as required. Base
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 51 of 73
course shall be laid in alternate panels. Before laying the base course, neat
cement slurry @ 2.75Kg. of cement per Sq. Mtr. of area shall be applied
(brushed) over the prepared sub base surface. The borders of the panels
shall have mitred joints at the corners of the room and intermediate joints
shall be in straight line with panel joints. Cement concrete shall be placed in
position and beaten with trowel and finished smooth. Beating shall cease as
soon as surface is found covered with cream of mortar. Necessary slope
shall be provided.
(b)
Wearing Top layer/ Finishing layer shall be of cement, hardener and stone
aggregate mix of 15mm thickness laid over the base course. Unless
otherwise mentioned, one part of approved quality hardener and four parts
of cement by weight shall be mixed dry. This dry mixture shall be mixed with
stone grit of 6mm and down size in the ratio of 1 hardener and cement
mixture : 2 stone grit by volume. Just enough water shall then be added to
the mix.
The mixture so obtained shall then be laid on the base course within 2 to 4 hours of
latter's laying. It shall be firmly pressed into bottom concrete so as to have a good
bond with it. After the starting of initial setting, the surface shall be finished smooth
and true with steel floats.
(D)
Cement Plaster Skirting

Cement plaster skirting shall be laid with cement mortar (1 cement:3 coarse sand
by volume) shall be of 18mm thickness. The surface on which the skirting is to be
applied shall be prepared and skirting shall be laid. The junction between flooring
and wall shall be rounded off to a radius of 25mm if not otherwise mentioned.
While the mortar is still green, cement @ 2.75Kg per square metre shall be mixed
with water to form a thick slurry and applied over the mortar. It shall be pressed
twice by means of iron floats, once when the slurry is applied and second time
when the cement starts setting. The flooring shall be cured for 7 days.
(E)
Tile Work (Glazed/ Ceramic/Vitrified Porcelain)

Glazed vitreous tiles shall conform to IS: 777. Ceramic tiles for flooring shall be
matt finished and non slip type. All tiles shall be decorative type of approved shade,
pattern, texture and design and of approved manufacturer. . The sizes of the
ceramic tiles shall generally be 300x300x8mm for flooring and 100x200x6mm or
300x200x6mm for walls (dado). Pigments to be admixed with mortar for grouting
the joints shall conform to Table -1 of IS: 2114. The tiles shall be laid over a coating
of approved neoprene based adhesive (as per manufacturers specification) laid on
base floor/ wall plaster. The joints of the tiles shall be flush pointed with cement
paste (white cement and pigment conforming to IS:2114, Table-l) matching the
shade of colours. The tile work shall be suitably cured.
(F)
Acid Resistant Tiles Flooring

The tiles shall be vitrified ceramic tiles of approved size as per approved
manufacturers specification and shall be homogeneous having following
properties:-
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
S.No. Property
1 Water Absorptions
2 Scratch Resistance
3 Chemical Resistance
4 Abrasion Resistance
5 Breaking strength
6 Density
Values
0.5%
>6
Unaffected
> 100
1400 kg/sq.cm
> 2.0 Gm/CC
Page 52 of 73
Norms
ASTM C 373
ASTM C 373
ASTM C 650
ASTM C 501
ASTM C 648
The base course for flooring shall be Cement Concrete flooring/ Cement Concrete
granolithic flooring and for skirting/ dado it shall be Cement plaster and background
surface shall be prepared as per clause no. 5.2 and IS:4443.
Tiles shall be fixed on the prepared surface over a bitumen priming layer, bitumen
mastic layer and resin type chemical resistant mortar. The bitumen shall conform to
IS:702 and laying of bitumen mastic shall conform to 1S:1196.
Joints shall be allowed to set for 24 hours. The floor shall then be washed as per
manufacturer's specifications to totally remove all marks from tile surface.
(G)
Decorative vitrified porcelain flooring

The tiles shall be vitrified porcelain tiles, mirror polished, of approved size as per
approved manufacturers specification and shall be homogeneous having
properties similar to vitrified ceramic acid resistant tiles. The fixing of tiles shall be
similar to ceramic tiles.
(H)
Kota Stone Floor Finish

Kota Stone Flooring shall be laid in minimum 40mm overall thickness over sub
base (as per structural drawings/ specifications). The Kota Stone slabs shall be of
selected quality and shade, hard, sound, dense, homogenous in texture, free from
cracks, decay, weathering and flakes. These shall be machine cut to the requisite
size and thickness and chisel dressed. For flooring and skirting/ dado/ riser the
thickness of the stone slabs shall be 25mm and 18mm respectively. Skirting shall
normally be 125mm high unless specified otherwise.
The slabs shall have smooth top (exposed) face before being laid. Before starting
the work, the contractor shall get the samples of slabs approved by Engineer-incharge. Each slab shall be machine cut to the required size and shape and fine
chisel dressed at all edges to full depth and machine rubbed to a smooth surface
finish. All angles and edges of the slabs shall be true square and free from
chippings giving a plane and smooth surface.
Preparation of base shall include making it rough, cleaning thoroughly and applying
neat cement slurry @ 2.75 kg of cement per Sq.M. of area to receive the mortar.
Cement mortar shall be 15mm thick !:6 (1 cement: 6 Coarse sand by volume) for
flooring and 12mm thick 1:3 (1 cement: 6 Coarse sand by volume) for skirting. The
mortar shall be laid for fixing one slab at a time. The slab shall be washed clean
before laying. It shall be laid over cement mortar bedding on top, pressed, tapped
gently to bring it in level. It shall be then lifted and laid aside. Top surface of the
mortar then shall be corrected by adding fresh mortar at hollows and depressions.
The mortar then shall be allowed to harden and cement slurry of honey like
consistency @ 4.4.kg of cement per Sq. M shall be spread over the mortar. The
edges of the slabs shall be buttered with white cement (with necessary pigment)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 53 of 73
grout to match the shade of the slabs. The slabs shall then be gently placed in
position and tapped with wooden mallets till it is properly bedded in level. The joints
shall be as fine as possible. Surplus cement on the surface of the slab shall be
removed. The slabs in flooring shall continue for not less than 10 mm under the
plaster/skirting. The finished surface shall be true to levels and slopes as instructed
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The slabs shall be laid in patterns as per drawings and
size shall not be less than 400 x 275mm, which shall be uniform. Cut size may be
used along periphery as required. Curing, as required shall be done.
Grinding shall be commenced when the joints are properly set. Unevenness at the
meeting edges of slabs shall be removed by fine chiselling. Grinding shall be done
by machines except for skirting and small areas. First grinding shall be done with
Carborundum stones of 48 to 60 grade grit fitted in the machine. Water shall be
properly used during grinding. When the floor has been uniformly rubbed, it shall be
cleaned with water baring all pin holes. It shall then be covered with a thin coat of
cement mixed with pigments to match with colour of the Kota stone. This grout
shall be kept moist for a week. Thereafter the second grinding shall be started with
Carborundum stone of 120 grit. Grinding and curing shall follow again. Final
grinding shall be with Carborundum of grade 220 to 350 grit using water in
abundance. The floor shall be washed clean with water, oxalic acid powder shall
then be dusted at 35 gms/sq. m. on the surface rubbed with machine fitted hessian
bobs or rubbed hard with woollen rags. The floor shall then be washed clean and
dried with a soft cloth or linen. If any stone slab is disturbed or damaged, it shall be
refitted or replaced and properly jointed and polished.
1.2.3
DOORS AND WINDOWS

(A)
Aluminium Glazed Doors, Windows And Ventilators

Aluminium glazed doors/ windows/ ventilators shall be made of extruded tubular
electrostatically powder coated (min. 30 microns)/anodised Aluminium sections
conforming to IS : 733 and IS : 1285 of INDAL or approved equivalent
manufacturer with 6.3mm laminated safety glass conforming to I.S.: 2553 fixed with
rubber lining or EPDM gasket and extruded anodised aluminium beading.
Extruded aluminium sections used for various application shall have minimum
weights as under.
a.
Doors
1. For fixed frames
i) Sides & Top members
ii) Lock rail
iii) Bottom rail
2. For shutter frame
3. Glazing clips (beading)
b.
1.975 Kg/RM
1.594 Kg/RM
3.495 Kg/RM
1.202 Kg/RM
0.182 Kg/RM
:
:
:
:
:
0.639 Kg/RM
0.636 Kg/RM
0.165 Kg/RM
0.933 Kg/RM
0.463 Kg/RM
Window/Ventilator
1. For fixed frames
2. For shutter frame
3. Glazing clips ( beading )
4. Coupling bars
5. Member for fixing the frame
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 54 of 73
The frames shall be fixed to masonry by means of Aluminium lugs fixed to the
frame by counter sunk brass machine screws and grouted with M-15 grade
concrete in minimum 150 x 150 x 50 mm sized hole in the masonry. In case of
RCC, the frames shall be fixed with 12mm dia dash fasteners in case of concrete.
Any steel item coming in contact with Aluminium shall be galvanised.
Aluminium glazed doors shall be provided with cup pivots (of aluminium alloy
conforming to IS designation NS-4 of IS 737 and IS designation of A-5-M of IS :
617) riveted to outer and inner frames to permit to swing through an angle of 85
degree.
Following hardware shall be provided for the doors.
1. Heavy duty & hydraulically operated double or single action adjustable door
closer conforming to IS : 6315
2. 250mm and 150mm long, 10mm dia Aluminium tower bolts as per IS: 204 one
each for each shutter.
3. Brass body 6 lever mortise lock as per IS : 2209
4. Aluminium door handle for each shutter for each side.
(Note: All Aluminium fittings/ fixtures shall be of same finish as that of doorframe &
shutter)
Side hung window shutters shall be fixed to the frame with Aluminium alloy friction
hinges and shall be complete in all respects including accessories, fittings fixtures
of same finish as that of window frame & shutter, handles of cast aluminium
conforming to IS designation A-5-M of IS : 617 mounted on a handle plate riveted
to opening frames, Aluminium Tower bolts, peg stays for ventilators etc. Wherever
specified, decorative aluminium safety grills of approved design shall be provided
which shall be screwed to the main frame.
(B)
Steel Doors
Steel doors shall consist of :
(a)
Pressed steel door frame of overall 125x 65mm size conforming to IS :

4351 and made of 16 SWG pressed steel sheet bent to required shape
using bending machine to form solid/ true mitred edges/ corners, stiffened
with 50 x 5mm thick MS flat spacers welded to the frame facing the wall/
column @ 600mm c/c maximum vertical spacing. The frame shall be fixed
to the masonry by means of 300 x 25 x 6 mm thick MS hold fast welded to
the spacer and grouted with M-15 concrete in minimum 350 x 100 x 100
mm sized hole in the masonry. In case of concrete, the frames shall be
fixed by 96mm long, 12 mm dia metallic counter sunk type dash fasteners
through the frame & spacers. Provision for hinges, locking arrangement and
other hardware shall be provided in the frame by machine cutting of
required size cutouts in the frame and welding/ screwing to 3 mm thick MS
pad plates already welded over the cutout from behind. The frame shall be
thoroughly cleaned of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil etc. and then finished with 2 or
more coats of approved quality synthetic enamel paint of approved shade
over a priming coat of approved red oxide zinc chromate primer. The hollow
frame shall be packed with PCC to fill the cavity without gap.
(b)
Pressed steel door shutter shall be made with 18 gauge steel sheets
formed by machine bending in the form of hollow box (overall 40mm thick)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 55 of 73
welded at meeting of the sheets with pad plate of 3mm thick MS flat all
along the perimeter. The shutter shall be braced with channel shaped
35mm wide horizontal stiffeners by folding 16 gauge MS sheets @ 500mm
c/c fixed by flush riveting. 3mm thick MS pad plates shall be welded inside
at required locations for fixing of hardware. The cavity inside shall be
packed with rigid PU foam/ phenolic foam or glass wool insulation to fill into
the box cavity without gap.
For double shutters, an MS angle (25x 45x 3mm thick) shall be welded to one of
the shutter providing a minimum 25mm wide rebate for the other shutter at the
meeting point.
The shutters shall be fixed to the door frame by means of heavy duty MS butt
hinges of 150mm size conforming to IS : 1341 @ 500mm c/c maximum.
Each door shutter shall have following accessories.
1.
Spring loaded pressure die cast zinc alloy door stopper.
2.
Heavy duty, MS aldrop 400mm long for double shutter & 300mm long for
single shutter.
3.
12mm dia, 300mm long pressure die cast zinc alloy handles on both sides.
4.
12mm dia, 250mm long MS tower bolt at top and 12 mm dia 150mm long at
bottom.
5.
3- way spring loaded locking & latching system.
6.
150mm x 300mm Vision panel with 16 gauge MS beading bent to Z shape

& 4mm thick plain glass conforming to IS : 2853.
The entire shutter including all accessories, fittings & fixtures etc. shall be painted
with 2 or more coats of approved quality synthetic enamel paint of approved shade
over a coat of approved quality red oxide zinc chromate primer.
(C)
Wooden Flush Doors

Flush doors shall consist of:(a)
Pressed steel door frame of overall 125x 65mm size conforming to IS :

4351 and made of 16 SWG pressed steel sheet bent to required shape
using bending machine to form solid/ true mitred edges/ corners, stiffened
with 50 x 5mm thick MS flat spacers welded to the frame facing the
wall/column @ 600mm c/c maximum vertical spacing. The frame shall be
fixed to the masonry by means of 300 x 25 x 6 mm thick MS hold fast
welded to the spacer and grouted with M-15 concrete in minimum 350 x 100
x 100 mm sized hole in the masonry. In case of concrete, the frames shall
be fixed by 96mm long, 12 mm dia metallic counter sunk type dash
fasteners through the frame & spacers. Provision for hinges, locking
arrangement and other hardware shall be provided in the frame by machine
cutting of required size cut outs in the frame and welding/ screwing to 3 mm
thick MS pad plates already welded over the cut out from behind. The frame
shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil etc. and then finished
with 2 or more coats of approved quality synthetic enamel paint of approved
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 56 of 73
shade over a priming coat of approved red oxide zinc chromate primer).
The hollow frame shall be packed with PCC to fill the cavity without gap.
(b)
Flush door shutters shall be factory made and overall 35mm thick consisting
of solid core block board bonded with phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin
conforming to IS : 848. The shutters shall be faced on both sides with 3 mm
thick commercial plywood finished with 1 mm thick laminate of approved
shade & make. 35 x 20mm second class Teakwood lipping shall be
provided all around the shutter by means of approved quality neoprene
based adhesive and nailing @ 300mm (maximum). Teakwood lipping shall
be French polished (lacquer finish) as per specifications. The shutters shall
be fixed to the frame by means of 125mm long MS butt hinges conforming
to IS: 1341 @ 600mm c/c maximum.
Teakwood used for lipping etc. shall be second class Indian teakwood (conforming
to IS : 4021) of good quality, well seasoned and free from defects such as cracks,
dead knots, sapwood etc. and shall be with no individual hard & sound knots more
than 15 Sq.cm in area and the aggregate area of such knots not exceeding 2% of
area of the piece. The wood shall be fairly closed grains having not less than 2
growth rings per Cm. Width in cross section.
Following hardware of approved quality and shade shall be provided in each
shutter:1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
(D)
Heavy duty, overhead hydraulically operated door closer conforming to IS:

3564.
Anodised aluminium tower bolts as per IS : 204, 10mm dia 250mm long (at
top) and 150mm long (at bottom), one each for each shutter on either side.
Brass body 6 lever mortise lock as per IS : 2209 including pair of handles of
pressure die cast zinc alloy (satin finished )
3mm thick plastic kick/push plate (150mm high at bottom for entire width &
200mm x 100mm at handle location).
Zinc alloy pressure die cast chromium plated spring loaded door stopper
with heavy duty rubber shoes.
150mm x 300mm Vision panel with of 4mm thick plain glass conforming to
IS: 2853 fixed with second class Teakwood beading (not for toilet doors).
Steel Windows and ventilators

Steel windows, ventilators shall in general conform to IS:1038 and IS:7452. Rolled
steel sections for the fabrication of steel windows, ventilators shall conform to
IS:7452. Glass panels for glazing purpose shall be 4mm thick (wt. 7.2 kg/ Sq.M)
The profile and type of windows, ventilators (glazed, partly glazed/ 1ouvred, side
hung/ top hung/ fixed shutter, composite) shall be as per approved drawings.
The frames shall be constructed of sections cut to size and mitred. Corners shall be
welded to form a fused welded joint. Process of welding shall be flash butt welding.
The welded joints shall be grinded to square and flat edges.
Where larger units are to be formed by coupling individual units, the mullions,
transoms shall be bedded in mastic to ensure weather tightness. Mastic shall be
applied liberally to the channels of the outside frame sections before assembly, and
the two units being coupled shall be drawn together tight with clamps, the mastic
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 57 of 73
being squeezed out and cut off neatly when the units shall be screwed together
tight.
Where fixed glazing units are placed over openable units a push fit weather bar
shall be provided.
Before glazing, all opening parts shall be checked for their operational smoothness.
The frame shall be completely cleaned and bedding putty shall be placed in the
rebate before glazing. Glass then shall be cushioned into the bedding and shall be
fronted with front putty in a manner so as to enable the painting to be done upto the
sight line. The back putty oozing out over the glazing rebate shall be cut off square
and smoothed down.
For panels exceeding 600 x 300 mm in size, glass shall be secured by special
glazing clips inserted in holes already provided in the steel sections, before
applying the front putty.
For glazing of very large areas, rust proof steel beading with mitred corners shall
be provided with screws @ 10 cm. from each corner and @ 20 cm. apart from each
other. Putty shall be provided to the face of the bead in contact with glass, in
addition to back putty.
Side hung shutters shall be connected to the frame by means of friction hinges.
The handle for side hung shutters shall be of pressed brass mounted on a steel
handle plate welded to the opening shutter frame and shall not be removable easily
after glazing. The handle shall have a two point nose, which shall engage with a
brass striking plate on the fixed frame in a slightly open as well as in a fixed
position.
In case of fixing with masonry, holes for fixing the lugs/hold fasts shall be cut at
required locations. In case of concrete or stone, the frames shall be fixed by means
of dash fasteners. In case of masonry, the lugs shall be grouted in the holes with
cement concrete, M-15 Grade when fixing to steel work, mastic shall be applied to
the sill of the opening and the unit shall be placed on it with the jambs and head
buttered with mastic and the unit shall be fixed with special fixing dips or with nuts
and bolts.
All the steel surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned free of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil etc.
by sand and shot blasting and then painted with 2 or more coats of approved
quality & shade synthetic enamel paint over a coat of approved quality red oxide
zinc chromate primer.
12mm M.S. square safety bars (welded to fixed frame horizontally @ 100mm c/c)
shall be provided wherever specified.
(E)
Steel Rolling Shutter

MS rolling shutters shall conform to IS: 6248 and shall be constructed with
interlocking lath sections formed out of cold rolled 0.9mm thick, 80mm wide steel
strips for shutter width upto 3.5 M, or 1.25mm thick, 80mm wide steel strips for
shutter width beyond 3.5 M, jointless MS channel section of 3.15mm thickness for
guide, MS girders & bottom rail, shutter suspension stud with pully & cage, top
rolling springs, locking arrangement etc. all complete as per manufacturers
approved drawings. The entire shutter including all accessories shall be painted
with 2 or more coats of approved quality & shade synthetic enamel paint over a
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 58 of 73
coat of approved quality red oxide zinc chromate primer. All the damaged surfaces
of wall, columns, plastering etc. shall be made good.
Rolling shutters shall be mechanically operated type, when the size of the shutter
exceeds 9 Sq. M and shall be complete with all accessories for mechanical
operation as per approved manufacturers design & drawings.
Wherever specified the Rolling shutters shall be electrically operated; complete
with all accessories, electrical motor, cabling etc. as per approved manufacturers
design and drawings
Wherever specified the Rolling shutters shall be grill type or partly grill & partly solid
type or fully solid type depending on ventilation requirement.
1.2.4
PLASTERING
(A)
Plain Cement Plaster

Plain Cement plaster shall be provided in following thickness:
a.
12mm thick in 1:6 cement mortar for all plumb of the internal masonry walls
& RCC Columns coming in line (flush) with this side of wall.
b.
15mm thick in 1:6 cement mortar for rough side of internal masonry walls
RCC Columns coming in line (flush) with this side of wall.
c.
The external plastering shall be with waterproof compound (cement mortar

mixed with approved acrylic waterproof compound @ 1 Kg. per 50 Kg. of
cement) 18mm thick cement plaster in 1:6 cement mortar for all external
surfaces as indicated.
d.
6mm thick in 1:4 cement mortar for all RCC ceiling, beam etc. However if
the undulation in ceiling is beyond 6mm thick plaster, extra thickness of
plaster shall be applied without any extra cost to give a smooth and fair
surface to the satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge.
e.
Sand face plaster wherever required as per architectural treatment.
The plastering work shall include preparation of background surface which shall
consist of cleaning of all dust, loose mortar droppings, traces of algae,
efflorescence or any other foreign matter by water or by brushing, roughening up of
smooth surfaces by wire brushing or hacking, trimming of projections whenever
necessary. The surface shall be washed off and well wetted before applying the
plaster.
For external plaster, the plastering shall be started from top floor and carried
downwards. Internal plastering shall start with ceiling. Plastering shall be applied
evenly in specified thickness. The entire surface shall be finished smooth by means
of trowel or wooden float.
All the brick/stone masonry and RCC joints shall be provided with 20 gauge
chicken wire mesh stretched tight and fixed with G.I. type nails before plastering.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 59 of 73
20mm x 10mm grooves (horizontal and vertical) shall be provided in perfect straight
line & plumb in plastering as per drawings and instructions of Engineer- In Charge.
Curing shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster. The plaster shall be kept
wet for a period of 7 days. During this period the plaster shall be suitably protected
from all damages at the contractor's expense by such means as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. The date of execution of plastering shall be marked on the
plastering to ensure the proper duration of curing.
The plastering shall include all scaffolding, damage rectification etc. complete.
(B)
Sand Face Plaster

Sand face plaster shall consist of 13mm thick 1:4 cement mortar (1 cement: 4
coarse sand by volume) under layer and top layer of 7mm thick 1:2 cement mortar
(1 cement: 2 coarse sand by volume)
Preparation of background surface, workmanship, curing etc. shall be same as
plain cement plaster.
The first layer shall be started from top floor and carried downwards. Before the
first layer hardens, surface of it shall be roughened up by edges of wooden tapers
and close dents shall be made on the surface. The subsequent layer shall be
applied over the first layer after the first layer has been allowed to set for 3-5 days
depending on weather conditions. The surface shall not be allowed to dry during
this period.
All the brick/stone masonry and RCC joints shall be provided with 20 gauge
chicken wire mesh stretched tight and fixed with G.I. (U) type nails before
plastering.
20mm x 10mm grooves (horizontal/ vertical) shall be provided in perfect straight
line & plumb in plastering as per drawings and instructions of Engineer- In Charge.
Curing shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster. The plaster shall be kept
wet for a period of 7 days. During this period the plaster shall be suitably protected
from all damages at the contractor's expense by such means as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. The date of execution of plastering shall be marked on the
plastering to ensure the proper duration of curing.
The plastering shall include all scaffolding, damage rectification etc. complete.
1.2.5
ROOF TREATMENT/ WATERPROOF COATING

(A)
APP Bituminous membrane Water proofing

Material:
The water proofing membrane shall have a non-woven polyester membrane coated
on both side with APP (Atactic polypropylene) modified bitumen. It shall have a
Black finish with a very thin polyethylene foil on both sides It shall be in rolls of
1x10m for continuous laying on large lengths. When installed, it shall form an
impervious, flexible blanket, which accepts normal structural movement without
breaking or cracking.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 60 of 73
Workmanship:
a) Preparation of surface:
The roof surface (or screed) shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and
all foreign matter etc. shall be removed. Well-defined cracks on the surfaces
shall be cut to a V section, cleaned and filled up flush with a paste of filling
compound and cement in the ratio of 1:2. The finished surface shall be perfectly
dry and any dampness should be allowed to evaporate.
b) Laying:
The membrane shall be laid on the perfectly dry prepared surface by torchingon method with a gas torch. All joints shall have an overlap of 75mm which
shall be torch sealed. The overlap shall be done in a manner, which does not
hinder water flow along the roof slope. The membrane shall be finished with
bituminous base aluminium paint.
The waterproofing shall be continued up to the parapet/wall for a minimum of
600mm over the finished roof surface. It shall be continued into rain water pipes
by at least 100mm.
c) Cement Screed:
Plain cement concrete (1:2:4) of 25mm min. thickness with 24 SWG chicken
wire mesh shall be laid to slope in panels not exceeding 6 m.sq. area per panel
over the roof slab. The joints between panels shall be raked out neatly (after
stipulated curing period) to a min. 6mm x 6mm V-groove and filled up with an
approved quality sealant compound. Drain outlet shall be provided for all
spouts/ rain water pipes by suitable rounding, filling and sloping of PCC. At the
junction of the roof and parapet or any other vertical surface, a fillet of 75mm
radius shall be formed in cement mortar (1 cement: 4 coarse sand).
The finished work shall be measured in M.Sq of area for the purpose of payment.
A guarantee of 10 years shall be provided by the manufacturer against the
performance of the finished waterproof coating.
1.2.6
WHITE/ COLOUR WASHING, PAINTING, POLISHING ETC.

Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for further information etc. not
covered in the specification. In case of conflict/ contradictions provisions of the
IS : 6278 :
IS : 2395 :
IS : 712 :
IS : 55 :
IS : 63 :
IS : 5411:
IS : 2338:
IS : 5410:
IS : 384:
IS : 486:
IS : 110:
IS : 426:
IS : 345:
Code of practice for white washing and colour washing.

Code of practice for painting concrete, masonry and plaster surfaces.
Specification for building limes.
Specification for Ultramarine blue for paints.
Specification for whiting for paint and putty.
Specification for plastic Emulsion paint for interior use.
Code of practice for finishing of wood, and wood based materials.
Cement paint, colour as required.
Brushes, paints and varnishes, flat.
Brushes, sash, tool, for paints and varnishes.
Ready mixed paint, brushing, grey filler enamels for use over primers.
Paste filler for colour coats.
Wood filler, transparent liquid.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
IS : 3585:
IS : 426:
IS : 106:
Page 61 of 73
Ready mixed paint, alum. brushing priming water resistant for woodwork
Paste filler for colour coats.
Ready mixed paint, brushing, priming for enamels, for use on metals.
All materials required for the execution of painting work shall be obtained direct from
approved manufacturers and shall be brought to the site in makers drums, bags etc. with
seals unbroken.
In case of ready mixed paints, thinning if necessary, the brand of thinner shall be as per
recommendations of the manufacturer.
Paint shall be applied by brushing or spraying. Spray machine used may be of high
pressure type or low pressure depending on the nature and location of work. The paint
containers, when not used shall be kept close and free from air.
After the finishing of work, the adjacent surfaces not intended to be washed/
distempered/painted/polished, shall be thoroughly cleaned of all paint patches and shall be
finished in accordance with surface finishing of such surfaces.
(A)
White/ Colour Washing

White washing in general shall conform to IS:6278. Scaffolding shall be erected for
white washing in such a way that no part of the scaffolding shall rest against the
surface to be white/ colour washed. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
dirt, dust, mortar dropping and other foreign matter before white wash is to be
applied. Surfaces already white/colour washed shall be broomed down to remove
all dust, dirt, loose scales of lime wash or other foreign matters.
All damaged portions of the surface plaster shall be removed to full depth of plaster
in rectangular patches and plastered again after raking the joints in masonry
properly. Such portions shall be wetted and allowed to dry before any operation. All
holes, cracks, patches etc. not exceeding 0.1 sq. m. in area shall be made good
with material similar to that of the surface. Surfaces affected by efflorescence,
moss, fungi, algae, lichen etc. shall be treated in accordance with IS: 2395.
The fat lime conforming to IS: 712 shall be slaked at site and shall be mixed and
stirred with about 5 litres of water for 1 kg. of unslaked lime to make thin cream.
This shall be allowed to stand for a period of 24 hours and then shall be screened
through a clean coarse cloth. 4 kg of gum dissolved in hot water shall be added to
each cubic metre of lime cream. Approved quality ultramarine blue (for white wash)
conforming to IS: 55 @ 3 gram per kg. of lime shall be added to the solution. The
whole solution shall be stirred thoroughly before use.
For colour washing sufficient quantity of colour wash enough for the complete job
shall be prepared in one operation to avoid any difference in colour. Mineral colours
of approved shade and quality not affected by lime shall be added to the white
wash solution in proportions as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Solid lumps etc. in
the colour powder shall be ground to fine powder, sieved and mixed evenly and
thoroughly to the white wash solution.
White/ colour wash shall be applied with "MOONJ" brush to the in minimum 3
number of coats. The operation for each coat shall consist of stroke of the brush
from the top to down wards, another from the down to upwards over the first stroke,
similarly one stroke horizontally from right and another stroke from the left. Each
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 62 of 73
coat shall be allowed to dry before the next coat is applied. The white washing on
ceiling should be done prior to that on walls.
Surfaces of doors, windows, floors etc. shall be protected from being splashed
upon. Such surfaces shall be cleaned of white/ colour wash splashes.
(B)
Oil Bound Distempering
The oil bound distempering work shall consist of:(a)

Preparation of surface:The surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from dust, dirt, grease, mortar
droppings, other foreign matter and shall be made smooth by sand
papering. In case of distempering over existing distempered surface, the
existing distempering shall be scrapped by steel scrapers leaving a clean
surface. All nails shall be removed. Pitting in plaster shall be made good
with plaster of Paris mixed with distemper of colour to be used. The surface
then shall be rubbed down again with a fine grade sand paper and made
smooth. A coat of distemper shall be applied over the patches. The surface
shall be allowed to dry thoroughly. The surface affected by moss, fungus,
algae, efflorescence shall be treated in accordance with IS: 2395. Any
unevenness shall be made good by applying putty made of plaster of Paris
mixed with water including filling up the undulation and then sand papering
the same after it is dry. Scaffolding wherever required shall be erected in
such a way that no part of the scaffolding shall rest against the surface to
be painted.
(b)
The primer coat:The primer coat shall be alkali resistant primer or distemper primer and
shall be of the same manufacture as oil bound distemper.
(c)
Base preparation:After the Primer coat, the base preparation shall include applying two or
more coatings of oil based putty in paste form made from chalk powder
mixed with linseed oil, white zinc, varnish etc. as per manufacturers
recommendations. After each coat of putty, sandpapering of the surfaces
shall be done.
(d)
Application of Distemper:After the base preparation coats have dried, the surface shall be lightly
sand papered and dusted off avoiding rubbing off of the primer coat. The
distemper shall conform to IS: 428 and shall be diluted with water or any
other prescribed thinner recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum two
coats of distemper shall be applied with brushes in horizontal strokes
followed by immediate vertical strokes, which together shall constitute one
coat. The subsequent coats shall be applied after at least 24 hours between
consecutive coats to permit proper drying of the preceding coat. The
finished surface shall be even and uniform without patches, brush marks
drops etc. Application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one
operation.14 cm double bristled distemper brushes shall be used. After
each days work brushes shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with soap
solution and hung down to dry.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 63 of 73
Surfaces of doors, windows, floors etc. shall be protected from being

splashed upon. Such surfaces shall be cleaned of distemper splashes.
(C)
Plastic Emulsion Paint
(a)
The Plastic Emulsion paint work shall consist of:Preparation of surface:The surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from dust, dirt, grease, mortar
droppings, other foreign matter and shall be made smooth by sand
papering. In case of plastic emulsion paintwork over existing distempered/
emulsioned surface, the existing distempering/ emulsion shall be scraped
by steel scrapers leaving a clean surface. All nails shall be removed. Pitting
in plaster shall be made good with plaster of Paris mixed with plastic
emulsion of colour to be used. The surface then shall be rubbed down again
with a fine grade sand paper and made smooth. A coat of plastic emulsion
shall be applied over the patches. The surface shall be allowed to dry
thoroughly. The surface affected by moss, fungus, algae, efflorescence
shall be treated in accordance with IS: 2395. Any unevenness shall be
made good by applying putty made of plaster of Paris mixed with water
including filling up the undulation and then sand papering the same after it
is dry. Scaffolding wherever required shall be erected in such a way that no
part of the scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be painted.
(b)
The primer coat:The primer coat shall be alkali resistant primer or emulsion primer and shall
be of the same manufacture as plastic emulsion paint.
(c)
Base preparation:After the Primer coat, the base preparation shall include applying two or
more coatings of oil based putty in paste form made from chalk powder
mixed with linseed oil, white zinc, varnish etc. as per manufacturers
recommendations. After each coat of putty, sandpapering of the surfaces
shall be done.
(d)
Application of Plastic Emulsion Paint :After the base preparation coats have dried, the surface shall be lightly
sand papered and dusted off avoiding rubbing off of the primer coat. The
plastic emulsion paint shall conform to IS: 5411 (Part- I) and shall be diluted
prescribed thinner recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum two coats
of plastic emulsion paint shall be applied with brushes in horizontal strokes
followed by immediate vertical strokes, which together shall constitute one
coat. The subsequent coats shall be applied after at least 24 hours between
consecutive coats to permit proper drying of the preceding coat. The
finished surface shall be even and uniform without patches, brush marks
drops etc. Application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one
operation. 14 cm double bristled distemper brushes shall be used. After
each days work brushes shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with soap
solution and hung down to dry.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 64 of 73
Surfaces of doors, windows, floors etc. shall be protected from being

splashed upon. Such surfaces shall be cleaned of splashes.
(D)
Plaster Of Paris Punning

Plaster of Paris punning shall be applied over roughened plastered surfaces.
Superior quality Plaster of Paris of approved make shall be mixed with water to
obtain paste like consistency and shall be applied on walls, ceiling etc. in sufficient
thickness to give an absolutely smooth, plumb and straight surfaces.
(E)
Waterproof Cement Paint

Scaffolding shall be erected for white washing. The surface shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all dirt, dust, mortar dropping and other foreign matter before white wash
is to be applied. Surfaces already white/colour washed shall be broomed down to
remove all dust, dirt, loose scales of lime wash or other foreign matters.
Scaffolding, Preparation of Surface shall be same as white wash. The surface so
prepared shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water before the paint is applied.
Waterproof cement paint of approved make shall be mixed with water and stirred to
obtain a thick paste, which shall then be diluted to brushable consistency. The
proportion of mixture shall be as per manufacturer's recommendation. The paint
shall be mixed in such quantity, which can be used up within an hour of mixing to
avoid setting and thickening of the paint.
The surface shall be treated with minimum two coats of waterproof cement paint.
No less than 24 hours shall be allowed between two coats and subsequent coats
shall be applied only after the preceding coat has become hard to resist marking by
subsequent brushing. The finished surface shall be even and uniform in shade
without patches, brush marks, paint drops etc. Cement paints shall be applied with
a brush with relatively short stiff hog or fibre bristles.
Curing shall be started after the paint has hardened. Curing shall be done by
sprinkling with water two or three times a day. This shall be done between coats
and for at least two days following the final coat.
(F)
Painting of Steel and Other Metal Surface

Reference shall be made to IS :2524 and IS:1447.
The surface, before painting, shall be cleaned of all rust, scale, dirt and other
foreign matter with wire brushes, steel wool, scrappers, sand paper etc. The
surface shall then be wiped finally with mineral turpentine, which shall then be
removed of grease etc. The surface then shall be allowed to dry.
In case of GI surface, surface so prepared shall be treated with Mordant solution (5
litre for about 100 sq.m.) by rubbing the solution generously with brush. After about
half an hour, the surface if required shall be retouched and washed down
thoroughly with clean cold water and allowed to dry.
Approved quality primer and paint in specified numbers of coats shall be applied as
per manufacturer's recommendations either by brushing or spraying. Each
subsequent coat shall be applied only after the preceding coat has dried.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
1.2.7
Page 65 of 73
ROOFING
Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for information etc. not covered
in the specification. In case of any conflict/contradiction, provisions of specification shall
override.
IS 1230:
Cast iron rainwater pipes & fittings.
The roof slope shall be as specified and in general not pitched flatter then 1:5. The normal
pitch if not specified shall be 1:2. Materials shall be supplied by approved manufacturer.
The items supplied shall be free from cracks, chipped edges or corners or other damages.
Storage and safety precautions shall be taken to avoid damage to the accessories.
A)
C.I. Rain Water Pipes

C.I. rain water pipes shall be 100mm dia or 150mm dia (as specified/ indicated in
drawings); shall conform to I.S:1729. The pipes shall be provided complete with
necessary clamps, connections, bends, Tees, other accessories (as per approved
manufacturers specifications) and shall be jointed with spurn yarn and cement
mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2 fine sand by volume). Embedded rain water pipes shall be
suitably embedded/ encased in masonry/ cement concrete (M-15) with nominal
reinforcement.
(B)
Precoated Galvanised Steel Sheet Roofing/ Cladding

The base metal of the roofing shall be Cold rolled in high tensile Galvalume Steel of
550 MPA yield stress conforming to IS:513, IS:14246 and ASTM A446 Grade E.
The substrate shall have hot dip metallic coating of aluminium- zinc alloy (150
grams per sq. mtr. total on both sides, coating class AZ150 as per per ASTM
A792). The bottom unexposed surface shall then be coated with alkyd backer of
minimum 7 microns. Top exposed surface shall have SMP (Silicon Modified
Polyester) paint system Minimum 20 microns top coat applied over 5 microns
primer. The top coat shall be in specified colour.
The precoated galvalume steel sheets shall meet the following performance
standards
Pencil Hardness:
F minimum
Formability:
2-3 t
Specular Glass (60 deg):
20- 35%
(ASTM D523)
Impact Resistance:
Greater than 10J
Salt spray test:
750 hours
QUV-Wealterometer Test:
1000 light hours
Humidity Test:
1000 hours
Temperature Resistance:
100 C
Fire performance:
Class I
The SMP coated steel sheet in standard colour under normal well washed
conditions of exposure shall not show any cracking, flaking or peeling of paint film
for at least 10 years. Colour change during service, determined according to ASTM
D2244 should not exceed 5E hunter lab units on light colours.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 66 of 73
The profiles shall have a depth of not less than 28mm and pitch of 190mm. Overall
sheet thickness shall be minimum 0.50mm. Minimum weight of the sheet shall be
5.2 kg/ Sq.M
All roofing accessories like ridge, gutters, north light curves etc. shall be fabricated
out of precoated sheet of same thickness (as for roof sheeting) and as per
manufacturers specifications. Metallic Fasteners and Fixing accessories shall be
corrosion proof (polyester polymer coated). Self drilling screws/ fasteners with
integral washers and EPDM seals, and nylon colour caps and joint sealants shall
be provided for fixing of sheets as per approved manufacturers specifications. Non
metallic fasteners shall be of neoprene. Sealants shall be natural cure type and of
cold setting variety.
Wind ties shall be of 40 mm x 6 mm flat iron section and other size as specified.
These shall be fixed at the two eaves end of the sheet. Fixing shall be done with
the same loose bolts which secure sheets to the purlins. Slot holes shall be cut in
the wind ties to allow for temperature variations. The wind ties shall be painted with
two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of same shade as that of sheeting over
a coat of approved primer.
1.2.8
SANITARY FITTINGS AND FIXTURES

Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for any further information etc.
not covered in the specification. In case of any conflict/ contradiction provisions of
IS-2556: Specification for Vitreous Sanitary appliances (Vitreous-China, Part 1-15).
IS-774 : Specification for Flushing Cistern for Water Closets and Urinals.
IS-781: Specification for Cast copper alloy screw down bib taps and stop valves for water
services.
IS-2064: Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and Maintenance of Sanitary
appliances.
All glazed earthen ware shall be of approved make, colour and of one piece construction.
All metallic fixtures like taps, stop cocks, soap holders etc. shall be CP brass and approved
make. All wall fittings shall be fixed with nylon sleeve and CP brass screws and washers.
(A)
Indian Type Water Closet

Squatting Pan shall be 550mm x 440mm Orissa Pan conforming to IS: 2556 Part-III
with integrated footrests. The closet shall be fixed in the floor with 150 mm thick
sand cushion and shall be connected with 100 mm dia CI `S' or `P' trap. The closet
shall also be fitted with 10 litres valve less syphonic type glazed earthenware
flushing cistern, conforming to IS: 774, and complete with all accessories like 15
mm dia. PVC inlet connection pipe 450mm long (with 15mm dia CP Brass stop
cock and brass union), PVC ball valves, C.P Brass handle, telescopic 32 mm dia
GI telescopic flushing pipe with union, 15 mm dia GI overflow pipe with mosquito
proof net and fixed with glazed earthenware cover.
The cistern shall be fixed on MS brackets at a minimum height of 2150 mm from
top of pan. All exposed metallic surface shall be painted with two coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved quality over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer
(primer is not required for GI pipes).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 67 of 73
One number heavy grade approved quality CP Brass bib cock conforming to IS:
781 (with necessary connections) shall be provided with each WC.
The work shall include providing and fixing water-closet and flushing cistern with all
accessories, breaking wall and floors and making good the same, all inlet and
outlet connections of cistern and water closet, finishing of solder joints, painting and
testing of all connections etc. complete.
(B)
Wash Down (European) Type Water Closet

Wash down water closet shall be of pattern-1 conforming to IS:2556 Part-II. Water
Closet shall be of one piece construction, double trap syphonic type. This shall be
fixed with plastic seat and cover as per IS:2548 of approved make and colour, fixed
with CP brass hinges and rubber buffers and an integral 100 mm dia 'S' or 'P' trap
with antisyphonage vent horn.
A low level earthenware cistern conforming to IS:774 of about 10 litres capacity,
with 15mm dia PVC inlet pipe (with 15mm dia CP Brass stop cock) and brass union
with wiped solder joint, internal overflow arrangement, 40 mm dia CP brass flushing
pipe. CI or MS supporting brackets shall be fixed with the water closet. The closet
shall be fixed firmly in the floor with matching cement mortar. All exposed metallic
surfaces shall be painted with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved
quality over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer. The clearance between top
of pan and bottom of cistern shall not exceed 300 mm.
One number heavy grade approved quality CP Brass bib cock conforming to IS:
781 (with necessary connections); one number approved quality CP Brass Toilet
paper holder (fixed to wall with wooden cleats, CP Brass screws) shall be provided
with each WC.
The work shall include providing and fixing of all fittings, breaking floors and wall,
making good the same, making inlet and outlet connection to the cistern and the
closet, testing of joints, painting the exposed metallic surface with two coats of
synthetic enamel paint over a coat of primer etc. complete.
(C)
Urinals
Half stall type urinal shall be of size 610mm x 400mm x 380mm and conforming to
IS:2556 Part VI. Urinals shall be of single piece construction with integral flushing
box rim. These shall be mounted on walls. The flushing inlet pipe shall be of CP
brass 15 mm dia and waste pipe 32 mm dia GI, 750 mm long shall be embedded in
wall. Necessary unions and CP bottle trap shall be provided in the waste line.
Rawl plugs with CP brass screws shall be used for fixing the urinal. Fixing shall
ensure that no liquid is left over in the pan after flushing. Unless otherwise
indicated height above finished floors shall be 600 mm.
Urinals shall be connected to glazed earthenware automatic flushing glazed
earthenware cisterns either individually, or in groups. Where individually connected
to flushing cistern, the cistern capacity shall be 5 litres. For two urinals, one cistern
of 10 litres capacity and for three urinals, one cistern of 15 litres, capacity shall be
provided.
Cistern inlet shall be 15 mm dia PVC pipe with brass union. Outlet pipe from cistern
shall be 25mm CP brass main, with 15 mm CP distributor pipe of sufficient lengths
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 68 of 73
to reach each bowl. Where individual cisterns are provided the outlet shall be of 15
mm CP brass.
The work shall include urinals inlet and outlet pipes, flushing cistern, breaking and
making good the walls and flooring, making inlet and outlet connections including
all related G.I. piping work (embedded in wall), painting exposed brackets and
exposed metallic parts with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality
over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer etc. all complete.
All The Urinals shall be separated by Marble partitions (of minimum 19mm thick
White Makrana marble slabs; each partition in one piece) of minimum size 1000mm
x 600mm. These partitions shall be inserted upto 100mm depth in the wall and
fixed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand by volume) and suitable
sized M.S. Channel (embedded in wall with grouting) at bottom. The M.S. Channel
at bottom shall be finished with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved
quality over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer.
(D)
Wash Basins
This shall be flat back wash basin (with require number of tap holes and
conforming to IS: 2556 Part-IV) with anti splash rims on three sides, of size 550mm
x 400mm size. Wash basins shall be of one piece construction including a
combined overflow having an area of not less than 5 Sq. cm. shall be provided in
the front or back of the bowl and it shall be so designed as to facilitate cleaning of
the overflow. This shall be fitted on CI or MS brackets. Brackets shall conform to
IS: 775. The brackets shall be given two coats of synthetic enamel paint or
aluminium paint, over a coat of approved primer. Each wash basin shall be
provided with 15mm dia CP brass pillar cock of approved make, rubber plug with
CP brass chain, 32mm CP Waste fitting of standard pattern with 32mm dia G.I.
pipe, CP Brass bottle trap, CP Brass 15mm dia stop cock etc. complete with all
related accessories, fittings and fixtures. The wall side shall be fixed well flushed
with the plaster or wall and the joint if any, shall be properly stopped with an
elastomeric sealant. The top of rim of the wash basin shall be fixed at 800 mm
above finished floor level, unless otherwise specified.
The work shall include provision and fixing of wash basin with all accessories,
providing stop cocks and pillar cocks, breaking and making good walls, fixing and
making inlet and outlet connections for stop cock, pillar cock and waste pipe,
providing & fixing MS brackets painted with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved quality over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer etc. complete.
Following fixtures of approved quality shall be provided for each Wash Basin.
1.
Mirror
Round edged Mirror of 5.5mm thick (minimum size of

400mm x 550mm)plain glass with 6mm thick AC
sheet backing, beveled edged.
2.
Glass Shelf
600mm x 120mm x 4mm thick Glass shelf with CP

brass bracket & guard rails ; fixed on wall.
3.
Towel Rail
Chromium plated brass towel rail of 20mm dia,

600mm length & 1.25mm thickness.
4.
Liquid soap container :Chromium plated Liquid soap container.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 69 of 73
All the fixtures shall be fixed to the wall at identified locations with wooden cleats
and CP Brass screws including cutting walls, making good the same etc. complete.
(E)
Glazed Chinaware Sink

This shall be white glazed vitreous china Lab sink/kitchen sink of 610mm x 450mm
x 250mm size conforming to IS : 2556, Part-V. It shall be fixed with approved
quality M.S./C.I. brackets conforming to IS : 775. One 15mm dia CP brass bibcock,
15mm dia PVC connection, C.P. brass chain with 40mm dia GI pipe connected to
floor trap with unions shall be provided. All exposed metallic surfaces shall be
painted with 2 coats of approved shade and quality synthetic enamel paint (ICI or
approved equivalent) over a priming coat of approved quality red oxide zinc
chromate. All necessary cutting of floor, walls, counter etc. shall be made and then
finished etc. all complete.
(F)
Stainless Steel Sink

The stainless steel Kitchen/Laboratory sink shall be of approx. size 610mm x
450mm 200mm and made of min. 1mm thick stainless steel sheet of `Salem Steel'
or equivalent. It shall be supported on M.S. brackets conforming to IS: 775. One
15mm dia C.P brass long body bib cock (if fixed to wall) or swivel type pillar cock (if
fixed to counter) shall be provided. 15mm dia PVC/ G.I. connections to floor trap
with unions shall be provided. All exposed metallic surfaces shall be painted with
min. 2 coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make and shade over a coat of
red oxide zinc chromate primer. All necessary cutting of floor, walls, counter etc.
shall be made and then finished etc. all complete.
1.2.9
FALSE CEILING, FALSE FLOORING. UNDERDECK INSULATION ETC.

A)
Aluminium Lineal False Ceiling

Aluminium lineal false ceiling shall consist of:(a)
Panel Carriers:-
These shall be roll- formed out of coated steel/ 0.95mm thick aluminium alloy;
32mm wide and 39mm deep with cut-outs to hold panels in a module of 90mm/
100mm; all complete as per manufacturers standard details and specifications.
When two or more carriers are to be joined, they shall be joined together by means
of carrier splices which will clip on to holes in the sides of the carriers and hold
them firmly in place while maintaining the required module. The carriers shall be
suspended from roof by 4mm dia. galvanised steel wire rod hangers, with height
adjustment springs of stainless steel. Hangers shall be fixed to roof by J hooks
and nylon inserts. Edge profiles shall be L shaped roll- formed out of 0.6mm
aluminium alloy with coating.
(b)
Panels:-
Panels shall be 84mm wide, 16mm deep, roll formed out of 0.5mm aluminium alloy
5050 or 3005. The aluminium panels shall be chromatised and stove enamelled
(coil coated) on both sides in approved shade. Panels shall be factory cut in
lengths upto 5 metres to suit site dimensions. As per air- conditioning requirements,
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 70 of 73
for return air, (wherever required) perforated panels shall be used, which shall have
2mm dia holes at 5mm centre to centre staggered in uniform pattern and
symmetrically located in the middle of the panel face.
The ceiling shall be erected in continuous manner as per approved manufacturers
recommendations, specifications etc. The false ceiling shall have perfect levels,
linearity etc. as required. Necessary cut outs for Electrical, AC and other fixtures
shall be provided as per drawing and in co- ordination with relevant construction
activities.
(B)
Cavity (False) Flooring (with Particle Board)

The False flooring system shall consist of
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Pedestal base plate made of galvanised Mild steel and shall be of 100 mm
x 100mm size and 8mm thick.
Pedestal stud 30 mm dia made of galvanised mild steel seamless pipe and
having threads at top and bottom for attaching the top head attachment and
fixing to base plate.
Top head attachments made of pressure die cast aluminium alloy of shape
and thickness as per drawing; and shall be provided with check nuts at
bottom portion for attaching the top head threads in the stud allowing for
adjustment upto 25mm up & down.
Channel stringers made of galvanised, machine cut, cold rolled mild steel
channels of size 40 mm x 40 mm and 3.15 mm thickness.
Floor panels of size 610 mm x 610 mm in general and of 35 mm thickness;
made of unveneered, 3 layer flat pressed, teakwood particle board
(conforming to IS :3087 bonded with BWP type phenol formaldehyde
synthetic resin conforming IS: 848 and categorised as class-I for `Surfaces
of very low flame spread' as per IS-1642); finished on the underneath side
with 0.05mm thick Aluminium foil turned up and extended by minimum
12mm along the perimeter; finished on top with 2mm thick high pressure
laminate and along four sides with hard PVC lipping as per drawing. 12mm
x 12mm x 75mm long, 2mm thick Aluminium channel cleats shall be
provided on middle of four sides of the panels for lateral stability.
False flooring pattern shall be as per approved drawing. Pedestal base plates
shall be fixed to the base floor by 6mm dia, 40mm long dash fasteners as per
the grid.
The pedestal stud locations shall ensure the grid work as per flooring pattern
which in general shall be of 610 mm x 610 mm dimension. The length of the
pedestal studs shall be such that clear cavity between false flooring and base
flooring is of desired depth.
The top head attachments shall be inserted into the studs and shall be adjusted
to obtain proper level of the finished floor panels by means of the adjustment
nuts.
Stringer channels then shall be fitted onto the top heads in position to form the
supporting grid work for the floor panels checking the level once again by
adjusting the nut position if necessary. Now the check nut shall be finally
tightened to secure the final level. Floor panels as specified shall be placed
over the stringer channels.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 71 of 73
Each floor panel shall be marked with positional numbering on the underneath.
The finished floor panels shall be perfectly leveled, aligned without any gaps in
between the panels.
Each individual panel shall be removable maintenance purpose.
Necessary cut-outs shall be made in the panels for cable routing, control panel
fixation etc. as per drawing.
Necessary ramps, slopes, steps etc. shall be also provided for as per drawing.
Around a control panel/ rack, the residual space left out shall be filled up with
cut panels of uniform size as required to fully close the gap between the
adjacent full panel and the control panel base channel. In this case the part
floor panel shall extend upto the full width of the base channel and the cut size
shall be determined accordingly. An additional row of jack pedestals shall be
provided along the cut out on which the edge of the floor panel shall rest and
over which the base channel of control panel shall be placed. It shall not
directly rest on the jack head pedestal or grid channels.
The cavity between false flooring and base floor shall be properly cleaned and
made dust free. The floor shall be finally coated with polyurethane based
coating
The finished false flooring shall be able to serve for a distributed load of 1250
kg/Sq.M.
(C)
Underdeck Insulation
a)
Phenolic Foam Underdeck Insulation:Phenolic Foam Underdeck insulation shall be of rigid slab of 25mm
thickness and approx. 1000mm x 500mm size as specified and shall
conform to IS: 13204. It shall have density of 32 kg /Cu. Mtr. and K Value of
0.034 w/mk at 53 deg. mean temperature. The insulation shall be classified
as ` Non Combustible ' as per BS 476, part 5 and >Class I= for surface
spread of flame as per BS 476 ,part 7. It shall be prelaminated on both
sides with kraft paper.
The entire soffit of slab and beams shall be thoroughly cleaned. Bituminous
primer or zinc chromate primer shall be applied evenly @ 0.5 kg/m2 over the
entire surface. Hot bitumen or CPRX adhesive shall then be applied on the
insulation panel @ 1.5 kg/Sq.M. The panels shall be pressed in position
and further secured by dash fasteners.
The underdeck insulation shall be fixed only after all fixtures like hooks,
clamps, cleats etc. for light fixtures, ducts etc. have been fixed in the ceiling.
b)
Polyisocyanurate Foam Underdeck Insulation

Polyisocyanurate foam (PIR) shall be rigid slabs of size 1000 x 1500mm
and thickness of 30mm conforming to IS:12436 having density not less than
32 kg./ Cu. M., thermal conductivity (K- value) not more than 0.023 w/mk
measured at 10 deg. C. The slabs shall be covered on one side with glass
fibre tissue/ Aluminium foil having 50mm overlap. The insulation shall be
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 72 of 73
classified as >Non Combustible= as per BS 476, part 5 and >Class I= for

surface spread of flame as per BS 476, part 7.
First, holes in R.C.C. slab/ beam shall be drilled and nylon rawl plugs of size
8 x 25mm shall be inserted (5 nos. for each slab- One each at 4 corners
and one at center). Entire R.C.C surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
dust, dirt and loose particles by wire brushing. Then a coat of bituminous
primer @ 0.5 Litres/ Sq.M. shall be applied to bare R.C.C.surface and
allowed it to dry. After the primer has dried, hot blow grade bitumen of 85/25
grade or cold adhesive CPRX shall be applied on R.C.C.surface and to the
two surface of each PIR panel and shall be pressed in position while the
bitumen is still tacky. The PIR panels shall be secured in position with the
help of G.I. screws (No. 8 x 75mm long) fixed into rawl plugs and G.I
washers 25mm dia. Facing side of the panels shall be the one covered with
fibre tissue/ Aluminium foil. The overlaps shall be covered with approved
quality sealing compound (MAS-94 or equivalent). Chicken wire mesh 24G
x 19mm shall then be fixed to G.I screws and tightened with lacing wire.
1.2.10. MISCLLENEOUS ITEMS
(A)
Plinth Protection (Without Drain)

The plinth protection (all round the buildings- without drain) shall consist of a layer
(150mm thick) of compacted sand and over that 100mm thick M-15 grade concrete
top layer laid to slope. The top concrete layer shall be trowel finished, cured etc.
complete. The work also includes carrying out the necessary excavation, disposal
of surplus earthwork etc.
(B)
Cinder Filling
All the sunk R.C.C slabs shall be provided with cinder filling comprising of:-
(C)
(a)
Plastering the R.C.C. slab top, sides etc. with 18mm thick cement plaster
1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand by volume) mixed with approved waterproof
compound @3% of cement by weight and finishing with a floating coat of
neat cement slurry @ 2.75 kg. per sq. Mtr, finishing, curing etc. The work
includes preparation of base surface as described in Plastering item.
(b)
Filling with Cinder concrete 1:10 (1 cement : 10 cinder of 12mm and down
grade) including consolidating, finishing, curing etc. complete.
Sealing of Expansion Joints

All expansion joints (25mm wide) of the building shall be sealed with premium
grade Silicon sealant (SILPRUF of GE Silicons or equivalent) consisting of the
following:(a)
The surfaces over which it is to be applied shall be totally dried and cleaned
of all dirt, oils, mortar droppings, all loose material etc. by vigorous wire
brushing and wherever necessary by grinding and blast cleaning (sand or
water).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 73 of 73
(b)
A backup material or joint filler tapes (as per approved manufacturers

specifications) shall be fixed in the expansion joint.
(c)
A coat of primer as per approved manufacturers specifications (specially

developed for use with Silicon sealant material) shall then be applied over
the surface.
(d)
Silicon sealant shall be applied by means of cartridge- type caul gun, either
hand or air pressure activated. The sealant shall be applied in a continuous
operation, horizontally in one direction and vertically from bottom to top of
joint opening. The sealant shall be applied in excess so that a positive
pressure adequate to properly fill and seal the joint is created. The sealant
shall be struck with light pressure to spread the material against the back up
material and the joint surfaces properly. The sealant shall be tooled to
slightly conclave surface. As the work progresses, the excessive sealant
shall be removed. The masking tape shall be removed immediately after
tooling. The sealant shall be cured as per approved manufacturers
recommendations.
Entire work shall be carried out as per as per approved manufacturers

specifications and recommendations.
JOB SPECIFICATION FOR SHOP &

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 1 of 47
JOB SPECIFICATION
SHOP & FIELD PAINTING
PROJECT :
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT
OWNER
MANGALORE REFINERY AND

PETROCHEMICALS LTD. (MRPL)
PMC
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD.
JOB NO.
6782
19-03-2007
ISSUED FOR FEED

MRPL COMMENTS INCORPORATED
& REISSUED
MRPL COMMENTS INCORPORATED
& REISSUED
DR. DNW
GVS
G.V.SWAMY
DNW
GVS
GVS
GVS
GVS
VRK
GVS
29-12-2006
02.11.2006
8.08.2006
ISSUED AS JOB SPECIFICLATION
NO.
DATE
REVISION
DNW
GVS
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Approved by

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 2 of 47
Abbreviations:
AS
Alloy Steel
CS
Carbon Steel
DFT
Dry Film Thickness
DM
De-mineralized
GI
Galvanized Iron
ID
Internal Diameter
LTCS
Low Temperature Carbon Steel
MS
Mild Steel
NB
Nominal Bore
OD
Outside Diameter
RCC
Reinforced Cement Concrete
SS
Stainless Steel
WFT
Wet Film Thickness

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 3 of 47
CONTENTS
SL.
NO
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL
SCOPE
CODES & STANDARDS
EQUIPMENT
SURFACE PREPARATION
PAINT MATERIALS
PAINT SYSTEMS
PRE-ERECTION/ PRE-FABRICATION AND SHOP PRIMING FOR CARBON STEEL,
LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL & LOW ALLOY STEEL, UN INSULATED
AND INSULATED STEEL STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ETC.
REPAIR OF PRE-ERECTION / FABRICATION AND SHOP PRIMING AFTER
ERECTION / WELDING FOR CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON
STEEL & LOW ALLOY STEEL UNINSULATED AND INSULATED ITEMS IN ALL
ENVIRONMENTS.
REPAIR OF ALL WELD JOINTS AND DAMAGES OF GALVANIZED STEEL, CARBON
STEEL AND ALLOY STEEL STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AFTER
ERECTION ON ABOVE GROUND/ OVERHEAD AREAS AT SITE.
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR NORMAL CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT (FOR CARBON
STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL AND LOW ALLOY STEEL) IN
OFFSITE AREAS
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR CORROSIVE AREAS IN PLANT AREA (FOR CARBON
STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL AND LOW ALLOY STEEL).
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR HIGHLY CORROSIVE AREAS IN PLANT AREA (FOR
CARBON STEEL, LOW ALLOY STEEL) EXTERNAL SURFACES OF PIPING &
EQUIPMENT.
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR CARBON STEEL STORAGE TANKS (EXTERNAL &
INTERNAL) FOR ALL ENVIRONMENTS AND ALL AREAS.
COATING SYSTEM FOR EXTERNAL SIDE OF UNDERGROUND CARBON STEEL
PLANT PIPING AND TANKS.
PAINTING UNDER INSULATION FOR (HOT, COLD & SAFETY) CARBON STEEL
PLANT PIPING AND TANKS.
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF CARBON STEEL WATER BOXES AND TUBE SHEETS
OF COOLERS/ CONDENSERS.
FIELD PAINTING SYSTEM FOR GI TOWERS/NON-FERROUS TUBE SHEET.
SHOP & FIELD PAINTING SYSTEM FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
STORAGE
COLOUR CODE FOR PIPING AS GIVEN BY MRPL
IDENTIFICATION OF VESSELS, PIPING ETC.
PAINTING FOR CIVIL DEFENCE REQUIREMENTS
INSPECTION AND TESTING
GUARANTEE
QUALIFICATION CRITERIA OF PAINTING CONTRACTOR
ANNEXURE-I List of recommended manufacturers
ANNEXURE-II Paint Colour Code for Piping & Equipment as given by MRPL

FIELD PAINTING,
1.0
1.1.1
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 4 of 47
GENERAL
These technical specifications shall be applicable for the work covered by the
contract, and without prejudice to the various codes of practice, standard
specifications etc. It is understood that contractor shall carry out the work in all
respects with the best quality of materials and workmanship and in accordance with
the best engineering practice and instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
1.2
Wherever it is stated in the specification that a specific Material is to be supplied or

a specific work is to be done, it shall be deemed that the same shall be supplied or
carried out by the contractor. Any deviation from this standard without written
deviation permit from appropriate authority will result in rejection of job.
2.0
SCOPE
2.1
Scope of work covered in the specification shall include, without being limited to
the following.
2.1.1
This specification defines the requirements for surface preparation, selection and
application of paints on external surfaces of equipment, vessels, machinery, piping,
ducts, steel structures, external & internal protection of storage tanks for all
services, external surfaces of MS Chimney with or without Refractory lining and
Flare lines etc. The items listed in the heading of tables of paint systems is
indicative only, however the contractor is fully responsible for supply of all paint
materials carrying out all the necessary painting, coating and lining on external and
internal surfaces as the tender requirement.
2.2
Extent of Work
2.2.1
The following surfaces and materials shall require shop, pre-erection and field
painting:
a. All uninsulated C.S. & A.S. equipment like columns, vessels, drums, storage
tanks, heat exchangers, pumps, compressors, electrical panels and motors etc.
and tanks and equipment in ETP plant
b. All uninsulated carbon and low alloy piping fittings and valves (including
painting of identification marks), furnace, ducts and stacks.
c. All items contained in a package unit as necessary.
d. All structural steel work, pipe, structural steel supports, walkways, handrails,
ladders, platforms etc.
e. External surfaces of MS Chimneys with or without refractory lining & Flare
lines.
f.
Identification colour bands on all piping as required including insulated

aluminum clad, galvanized, SS and nonferrous piping.
g. Identification lettering / numbering on all painted surfaces of equipment / piping

insulated aluminum clad, galvanized, SS and non-ferrous piping

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 5 of 47
h. Marking / identification signs on painted surfaces of equipment / piping

Hazardous service.
i.
Supply of all primers, paints and all other materials required for painting other
than Owner's supply
j.
Over insulation surface of equipments and pipes wherever required.
k.
Painting under insulation for carbon steel and stainless steel as specified.
l.
Repair work of damaged / pre-erection / fabrication shop primer and weld

joints at field.
m.
Internal surfaces of RCC tanks and structures in Effluent Treatment Plant
2.2.2
The following surfaces and materials shall not require painting in general.
However, if there are any specific requirements by the owner, the same
shall be painted as per the relevant specifications:
a.
b.
c.
Uninsulated austenitic stainless steel.

Plastic and / or plastic coated materials
Non-ferrous materials like aluminum, galvanized piping, gratings and
Handrails etc. except G.I. Tower.
2.3
Unless otherwise instructed final painting on pre-erection / shop primed pipes and
equipments shall be painted in the field, only after the mechanical completion,
testing on systems are completed as well as after completion of steam purging
wherever required.
2.4
Changes and deviations required for any specific job due to client requirement or
otherwise shall be referred to MRPL/EIL for deviation permit.
3.0
CODES & STANDARDS
3.1 Without prejudice to the provision of Clause 1.1 above and the detailed specifications of
the contract, the following codes and standards shall be followed for the work covered by
this contract.
Colour coding:
IS-101
ASTM
ASA A 13.1-1981
3.2
Paint Color Code for Piping

Methods of test for ready mixed paints and enamels.
American standard test methods
Scheme for identification of piping systems:
American National Standards Institution.
Surface Preparation Standards

Following standards shall be followed for surface preparations:
3.2.1
Swedish Standard - SIS-05 5900-1967 (Surface preparations standards for Painting

Steel Surfaces).
This standard contains photographs of the various standards on four different
degrees of rusted steel and as such is preferable for inspection purpose by the
Engineer-In-Charge.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 6 of 47
3.2.2
Steel Structures Painting Council, U.S.A. (Surface Preparation Specifications

(SSPC-SP).
3.2.3
British Standards (Surface Finish of Blast-cleaned for Painting) BS-4232.
3.2.4
National Association of Corrosion Engineers, U.S.A., (NACE).
3.2.5
Various International Standards equivalent to Swedish Standard for surface

preparations are given in Table-I.
3.3
The contractor shall arrange, at his own cost, to keep a set of latest edition of above
standards and codes at site.
3.4
The paint manufacturer's instructions shall be followed as far as practicable at all

times. Particular attention shall be paid to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructions for storage to avoid exposure as well as extremes of

temperature.
Surface preparation prior to painting.
Mixing and thinning.
Application of paints and recommended limit on time intervals between
coats.
4.0
EQUIPMENT
4.1
All tools, brushes, rollers, spray Guns, blast material, hand power tools for cleaning
and all equipments, scaffolding materials, shot / sand blasting equipments & air
compressors etc. required to be used shall be suitable for the work and all in good
order and shall be arranged by the contractor at site and in sufficient quantity.
4.2
Mechanical mixing shall be used for paint mixing operations in case of two pack
systems except that the Engineer-In-Charge may allow the hand mixing of small
quantities at his discretion.
5.0
SURFACE PREPARATION,
COATING
PROCEDURE,
DOCUMENTATION
5.1
General
5.1.1
In order to achieve the maximum durability, one or more of following methods of

surface preparation shall be followed, depending on condition of steel surface and as
instructed by Engineer-In-Charge. Adhesion of the paint film to surface depends
largely on the degree of cleanliness of the metal surface. Proper surface preparation
contributes more to the success of the paint protective system.
a.
b.
c.
5.1.2
NON COMPATIBLE
APPLICATION
&
SHOP PRIMER,
REPAIR
AND
Manual or hand tool cleaning.

Mechanical or power tool cleaning.
Blast cleaning.
Mill scale, rust, rust scale and foreign matter shall be removed fully to ensure that a
clean and dry surface is obtained. The minimum acceptable standard in case of
manual or hand tool cleaning shall be St. 2 or equivalent, in case of mechanical or

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 7 of 47
power tool cleaning it shall be St. 3 or equivalent in case of blast cleaning it shall Sa
2-1/2 OR equivalent as per Swedish Standard SIS-055900-1967 or equivalent.
Where highly corrosive conditions exist, then blast cleaning shall be Sa 3 as per
Swedish Standard.
Remove all other contaminants, oil, grease etc. by use of an aromatic solvent prior
to surface cleaning.
5.1.3
Blast cleaning shall not be performed where dust can contaminate surfaces
undergoing such cleaning or during humid weather conditions having humidity
exceed 85%. The temperature of the substrate shall be at least 3deg.C above the dew
point. Dessicant type De-humidifiers shall be used to maintain the Relative
Humidity and Temperature during the application of coating materials. The RH
(Relative Humidity) shall be maintained at less that 60% and air temperature inside
the tanks in the range of 25 40 deg.C shall be maintained for proper chemical
curing of the two component(epoxy) internal coatings of storage tanks. The Dehumidifiers shall be based on at least two air charges per hour of the enclosure.
5.1.4
Irrespective of the method of surface preparation, the first coat of primer must be
applied by brush on dry surface. This should be done immediately and in any case
within 4 hours of cleaning of surface. However, at times of unfavourable weather
conditions, the Engineer-In-Charge shall have the liberty to control the time period,
at his sole discretion and/or to insist on re-cleaning, as may be required, before
primer application is taken up. In general, during unfavourable weather conditions,
blasting and painting shall be avoided as far as practicable.
5.1.5
The external surface of R.C.C. chimney to be painted shall be dry and clean. Any
loose particle of sand, cement, aggregate etc. shall be removed by scrubbing with
soft wire brush if necessary acid etching with 10-15% HCl solution for about 15
minutes shall be carried and surface must be thoroughly washed with water to
remove acid & loose particles then dry completely before application of paint.
5.2
Procedure of Surface Preparation :
5.2.1
Blast Cleaning
5.2.1.1
Air Blast Cleaning

The surfaces shall be blast cleaned using one of the abrasives: A12O3 particles
chilled cast iron or malleable iron and steel at pressure of 7kg/cm2 at appropriate
distance and angle depending of nozzle size maintaining constant velocity and
pressure. Chilled cast iron, malleable iron and steel shall be in the form of shot or
grit of size not greater than 0.055 maximum in case of steel and malleable iron and
0.04 maximum in case of chilled iron. Compressed air shall be free from moisture
and oil. The blasting nozzles should be venturi style with tungsten carbide or boron
carbide as the materials for liners. Nozzles orifice may vary from 3/16 to . On
completion of blasting operation, the blasted surface shall be clean and free from
any scale or rust and must show a grey white metallic luster. Primer or first coat of
paint shall be applied within 4 hours of surface preparation. Blast cleaning shall not
be done outdoors in bad weather without adequate protection or when there is dew
on the metal, which is to be cleaned. Surface profile shall be uniform to provide
good key to the paint adhesion (i.e. 35 to 50 microns). If possible vacuum collector
shall be installed for collecting the abrasives and recycling.

FIELD PAINTING,
5.2.1.2
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 8 of 47
Water Blast Cleaning

Environmental, health and safety problems associated with abrasive blast cleaning
limit the application of Air Blast Cleaning in many installations. In such case water
blast cleaning is resorted to.
Water Blast cleaning can be applied with or without abrasive and high pressure
water blasting. The water used shall be inhibited with sodium chromate/ phosphate.
The blast cleaned surface shall be washed thoroughly with detergents and wiped
with solvent and dried with compressed Air. For effective cleaning abrasives are
used. The most commonly used pressure for high pressure water blast cleaning for
maintenance surface preparation is 3000 to 6000 psi at 35-45 liters/ minute water
volume and pressures upto 10000 psi and water volume of 45 litres/ minute provide
maximum cleaning.
The water blast cleaned surface shall be comparable to SSPC-SP-12/ Nace No.5.
The operation shall be carried out as per SSPC guidelines for water Blast cleaning.
The indicative values for sand injection is:
Air
Water
Sand
Nozzle
:
:
:
:
300 to 400 Cu.ft/ min.

5-10 litres/ min. with corrosion inhibitor
200-400 lbs/hr.
0.5 to 1 dia
Special equipments for water blast cleaning with abrasives now available shall be
used.
5.2.2
Mechanical or Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning shall be done by mechanical striking tools, chipping hammers,
grinding wheels or rotating steel wire- brushes. Excessive burnish of surface shall
be avoided as it can reduce paint adhesion. On completion of cleaning, the detached
rust mill scale etc. shall be removed by clean rags and /or washed by water or steam
and thoroughly dried with compressed air jet before application of paint.
5.2.3
Manual or hand tool cleaning

Manual or hand tool cleaning is used only where safety problems limit the
application of other surface preparation procedure and hence does not appear in the
tables of paint systems.
Hand tool cleaning normally consists of the following:
a.
b.
c.
Hand de-scaling and/ or hammering

Hand scraping
Hand wire brushing
Rust, mill scale spatters, old coatings and other foreign matter, shall be removed by
hammering, scrapping tools, emery paper cleaning, wire brushing or combination of
the above methods. On completion of cleaning, loose material shall be removed
from the surface by clean rags and the surface shall be bushed, swept, dusted and
blow off with compressed air/steam to remove all loose matter. Finally the surface
may be washed with water and dried for effective cleaning.

FIELD PAINTING,
5.3
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 9 of 47
Non-Compatible shop coat primer

The compatibility of finishing coat should be confirmed from the paint
manufacturer. In the event of use of primer such as zinc Rich epoxy, inorganic zinc
silicate etc. as shop coat, the paint system shall depend on condition of shop coat. If
the shop coat is in satisfactory condition showing no major defect, the shop coat
shall not be removed. The touch up primer and finishing coat(s) shall be identified
for application by Engineer-in-Charge.
5.4
Shop coated (coated with Primer & finishing coat) equipment should not be
repainted unless paint is damaged.
5.5
Shop primed equipment and surfaces will only be 'spot cleaned' in damaged areas by
means of power tool brush cleaning or hand tool cleaning and then spot primed
before applying one coat of field primer unless otherwise specified. If shop primer is
not compatible with field primer then shop coat primer should be completely
removed before application of selected paint system for particular environment.
5.6
For Package units/ equipment, shop primer should be as per the paint system given
in this specification. However, manufacturers standard can be followed after
review.
5.7
Coating Procedure and Application
5.7.1
Surface shall not be coated in rain, wind or in environment where injurious airborne
elements exists, when the steel surface temperature is less than 5oF above dew point
when the relative humidity is greater than 85% or when the temperature is below
40oF. De-humidifier equipment shall be used to control the RH and Dew point for
proper curing of internal coating of storage tanks.
5.7.2
Blast cleaned surface shall be coated with one complete application of primer as
soon as practicable but in no case later than 4 hrs. the same day.
5.7.3
To the maximum extent practicable, each coat of material shall be applied as a

continuous film uniform thickness free of probes. Any spots or areas missed in
application shall be recoated and permitted to dry before the next coat is applied.
Applied paint should have the desired wet film thickness.
5.7.4
Each coat shall be in proper state of cure or dryness before the application of
succeeding coat. Material shall be considered dry for recoating when an additional
coat can be applied without the development of any detrimental film irregularities,
such as lifting or loss of adhesion of the under coat. Manufacturer instruction shall
be followed for inter coat interval.
5.7.5
When the successive coat of the same colour have been specified, alternate coat
shall be tinted, when practical, sufficiently to produce enough contrast to indicate
complete coverage of the surface. The tinting material shall be compatible with the
material and not detrimental to its service life.
5.7.6
Air spray application shall be in accordance with the following:

a.
The equipment used shall be suitable for the intended purpose, shall be
capable of properly atomizing the paint to be applied, and shall be

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 10 of 47
equipped with suitable pressure regulators and gauges. The air caps,
nozzles, and needles shall be those recommended by the manufacturer of
the equipment for the material being sprayed. The equipment shall be kept
in satisfactory condition to permit proper paint application.
b.
Traps or separators shall be provided to remove oil and condensed water

from the air. These traps or separators must be of adequate size and must
be drained periodically during operations. The air from the spray gun
impinging against the surface shall show no condensed water or oil.
c.
Ingredients shall be kept properly mixed in the spray pots or

containers during application by continuous mechanical agitation.
d.
The pressure on the material in the pot and of the air at the gun shall be
adjusted for optimum spraying effectiveness. The pressure on the material
in the pot shall be adjusted when necessary for changes in elevation of the
gun above the pot. The atomizing air pressure at the gun shall be high
enough to properly atomize the paint but not so high as to cause excessive
fogging of paint, excessive evaporation of solvent, or less by over spray
e.
Spray equipment shall be kept sufficiently clean so that dirt, dried paint,
and other foreign materials are not deposited in the paint film.
Any solvents left in the equipment shall be completely removed before
applying paint to the surface being painted.
5.7.7
f.
Paint shall be applied in a uniform layer, with overlapping at the edge of

the spray pattern. The spray patterns shall be adjusted so that the paint is
deposited uniformly. During application, the gun shall be held
perpendicular to the surface and at a distance, which will ensure that a wet
layer of paint is deposited on the surface. The trigger of the gun should be
released at the end of each stroke.
g.
All runs and sags shall be brushed out immediately or the paint shall be
removed and the surface repainted.
h.
Areas inaccessible to the spray gun shall be painted by brush; if not

accessible by brush, daubers or sheepskins shall be used.
i.
All nameplates, manufacturers identification tags, machined surfaces,

instrument glass, finished flange faces, control valve items and similar
items shall be masked to prohibit coating deposition. If these surfaces are
coated, the component shall be cleaned and resorted to its original
condition.
j.
Edges of structural shapes and irregular coated surfaces shall be coated

first and an extra pass made later.
k.
If spray gun shows choking, immediately de-choking procedure shall be

followed.
Airless spray application shall be in accordance with the following procedure: as per
steel structure paint Manual Vol.1 & Vol.2 by SSPC, USA, Air less spray relies on
hydraulic pressure rather than air atomization to produce the desired spray. An air

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 11 of 47
compressor or electric motor is sued to operate a pump to produce pressures of 1000

to 6000 psi. paint is delivered to the spray gun at this pressure through a single hose
within the gun, a single paint stream is divided into separate streams, which are
forced through a small orifice resulting in automization of paint without the use of
air. This results in more rapid coverage with less over spray. Airless spray usually
is faster, cleaner, more economical and easier to use than conventional air spray.
Airless spray equipment is mounted on wheels, and paint is aspirated in a hose that
sucks paint from any container, including drums. The unit shall have inbuilt
agitator that keep the paint uniformly mixed during the spraying. The unit shall
consist of inbuilt strainer. Usually very small quantities of thinning are required
before spray. In case of high build epoxy coating (two pack). 30:1 pump ratio and
0.020-0.023 tip size will provide a good spray pattern. Ideally fluid hoses should
not be less than 3/8 ID and not longer than 50 ft to obtain optimum results.
In case of gun choking, de-choking steps shall be followed immediately.
5.7.8
Brush application of paint shall be in accordance with the following:

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
5.7.9
Brushes shall be of a style and quality that will enable proper application
of paint.
Rounds or oval brushes are most suitable for rivets, bolts, irregular
surface, and rough or pitted steel. Wide flat brushes are suitable for large
flat areas, but they shall not have width over five inches.
Paint shall be applied into all corners.
Any runs or sags shall be brushed out.
There shall be a minimum of brush marks left in the applied paint.
Surfaces not accessible to brushes shall be painted by spray, daubers, or
sheepskin.
Manual application by sling (where 6 O clock position of pipe is not approachable)

A canvas strip (alternatively a tinplate strip) about 450 mm wide and 1.5m long is
hold under the pipe by two men holding this sling move it up and down and walk
slowly forward while fresh coating is poured on the pipe and they manipulate the
sling so that an even coating is obtained all round the bottom. This work shall be
done very carefully and by experienced personnel. There shall not be any formation
of Whiskers and holes in the coating. The coating film shall be inspected by
mirror.
5.7.10
For each coat the painter should know the WFT corresponding to the specified DFT
and standardize the paint application technique to achieve the desired WFT. This
has to be ensured in the qualification trial.
5.8
Drying of coated surfaces
5.8.1
No coat shall be applied until the preceding coat has dried. The material shall be
considered dry for re-coating when another coat can be applied without the
development of any film irregularities such as lifting or loss of adhesion of
undercoats. Drying time of the applied coat should not exceed maximum specified
for it as a first coat; if it exceeds the paint material has possibly deteriorated or
mixing is faulty.

FIELD PAINTING,
5.8.2
5.8.3
5.8.4
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 12 of 47
No paint shall be force dried under conditions, which will cause checking,
wrinkling, blistering formation of pores, or detrimentally affect the conditions of the
paint.
No drier shall be added to paint on the job unless specifically called for in the
manufacturers specification for the paint.
Paint shall be protected from rain, condensation, contamination, snow and freezing
until dry to the fullest extent practicable.
5.9
Repair of damaged paint surface
5.9.1
Where paint has been damaged in handling and in transportation, the repair of
damaged coating of pre-erection/fabrication shall be as given below.
5.9.2
Repair of damaged inorganic zinc silicate primer after erection/welding:

Quickly remove the primer from damaged area by mechanical scraping and emery
paper to expose the white metal. Blast cleans the surface if possible. Feather the
primer over the intact adjacent surface surrounding the damaged area by emery
paper.
5.9.3
Repair of damaged pre-erection and shop priming in the design temperature of -90o
C to 400o C.
-
Surface preparation shall be done as per procedure 5.9.2.

One coat of F-9 shall be applied wherever damaged was observed on preerection / pre-fabrication / shop primer of inorganic zinc silicate coating
(F-9). F-9 shall not be applied if damaged area is not more than 5x5 cm.
5.10
Paint Application
5.10.1
Shop priming / pre-erection priming with F9 or F12 shall be done only on blasted
surface.
5.10.2
Shop priming / pre-erection priming with F9 or F12 shall be done only with airless
spray.
5.10.3
For large flat surface field painting shall be done by airless spray otherwise brush
can be used.
5.11
Documentation
5.11.1
5.11.2
A written quality plan with procedure for qualification trials and for the actual work.
Daily progress report with details of weather conditions, particular of applications,
no of coats and type of materials applied, anomalies, progress of work versus
program.
Results of measurement of temperatures relative humidity, surface profile, film
thickness, holiday detection, adhesion tests with signature of appropriate authority.
Particulars of surface preparation and paint application during trials and during the
work.
Details of non-compliance, rejects and repairs.
Type of testing equipments and calibration.
Code and batch numbers of paint materials used.
5.11.3
5.11.4
5.11.5
5.11.6
5.11.7

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 13 of 47
TABLE-1 (FOR CLAUSE 5.0)

SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS
SL.
NO.
3.1
3.2
VARIOUS INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS

(EQUIVALENT)
SWEXISH
BRITISH
STANDAR
SSPC-SP
NACE,
STANDARD
D SIS-05USA
USA
BS-4232;
5900
DESCRIPTION
Manual or
cleaning
hand
tool
This method is
applied when the
surface is exposed
to
normal
atmospheric
conditions when
other
methods
cannot be adopted
and also for spot
cleaning during
maintenance
painting.
Removal of loose rust, ST.2

loose mill scale and loose
paint, chipping, scrapping,
standing
and
wire
brushing. Surface should
have a faint metallic sheen
Mechanical or power tool
cleaning
SSPC-SP-2
--
--
Removal of loose rust ST.3

loose mill scale and loose
paint to degree specified
by power tool chipping,
de-scaling, sanding, wire
brushing and grinding,
after removal of dust,
surface should have a
pronounced
metallic
sheen.
Blast cleaning (air &
water)
There are four common
grades of blast cleaning
White metal
SA 3
Blast cleaning to white
metal
cleanliness.
Removal of all visible
rust. Mill scale, paint &
foreign
matter
100%
cleanliness with desired
surface profile.
SSPC-SP-3
--
--
SSPC-SP-5
NACE#1 First Quality
Near white metal

Blast cleaning to near
white metal cleanliness,
until at least 95% of
each element of surface
area is free of all visible
residues with desired
surface profile.
SA 2
REMARKS
SSPC-SP-10 NACE#2 Second

Quality
Where extremely
clean surface can
be expected for
prolong life of
paint system.
The
minimum
requirement
for
chemically resistant
paint systems such
as epoxy, vinyl,
polyurethane based
and inorganic zinc
silicate paints, also
for
conventional
paint systems used
under
fairly
corrosive
conditions to obtain
desired life of paint
system.

FIELD PAINTING,
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
VARIOUS INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS

(EQUIVALENT)
SWEXISH
BRITISH
STANDAR
SSPC-SP
NACE,
STANDARD
D SIS-05USA
USA
BS-4232;
5900
3.3
SA 2
Commercial Blast
Blast cleaning until at
least two-third of each
element of surface area
is free of all visible
residues with desired
surface profile.
SSPC-SP-6
NO.3
3.4
SA 1
Brush-off Blast
Blast cleaning to white
metal
cleanliness,
removal of all visible
rust, mill scale, paint &
foreign matter. Surface
profile is not so
important
SSPC-SP-7
NO.4
6.0
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 14 of 47
REMARKS
Third Quality For steel required

to be painted with
conventional
paints
for
exposure
to
mildly corrosive
atmosphere
for
longer life of the
paint systems.
PAINT MATERIALS
Paint manufacturers shall furnish the characteristics of all paints materials on printed
literature, alongwith the test certificate for all specified characteristics given in this
specification. All the paint materials shall be on first quality and conform to the
following general characteristics. As per the tables 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 15 of 47
TABLE No. 6.1 PRIMERS

Sl.
DESCRIPTION
No.
1
Technical name
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
P-2
Chlorinated rubber
Zinc Phosphate
primer.
Type and composition
Single pack, air
drying chlorinated
rubber
based
medium plasticised
with unsaponifiable
plasticizer,
pigmented with zinc
phosphate.
Volume Solids (approx.) 40%.
DFT (Dry Film thickness) 40-45
per coat (approx.)
Theoritical covering
8-10
capacity in M2/ coat/ litre
(approx.)
Weight per litre in kgs/
1.3
litre (approx.)
Touch dry at 30oC
30 minutes
(approx.)
Hard dry at 30oC
24 hrs.
(approx.)
Overcoating interval
Min. : 8 hrs
(approx.)
Max.: No limitations
Pot life (approx.) at 30oC Not
for two component paints Applicable
(approx.)
P-4
P-6
Etch primer/ wash

primer
Epoxy zinc
phosphate primer
Two pack polyvinyl

butyral resin medium
cured
with
phosphoric
acid
solution pigmented
with zinc tetroxy
chromate.
Two-component
polyamide
cured
epoxy resin medium,
pigmented with zinc
phosphate.
7-8%
8-10
40%
40-50
8-10
8-10
1.2
1.4
2 hrs.
After 30 min.
24 hrs.
24hrs
Min : 4-6 hrs.

Max.: 24 hrs.
Not applicable
Min.: 8 hrs.
Max.: 3-6 months
8 hrs.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 16 of 47
TABLE No. 6.2 FINISH PAINTS

Sl.
DESCRIPTION
No
1
Technical name
2
Type and composition
3
4
Volume Solids (approx.)

DFT (Dry Film
thickness) per coat
(approx.)
Theoritical covering
capacity in M2/coat/litre
(approx.)
Weight per liter in
kgs/litre(approx.)
Touch dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Hard dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Overcoating interval
(approx.)
5
6
7
8
9
10
F-2
F-3
F-6A/ B
F-7
High build
coaltar epoxy
coating.
Two pack
polyamide cured
epoxy resin
blended with
coaltar medium,
suitably
pigmented
65%
100-125
Acrylic
Polyurethane
finish paint
Two-pack
aliphatic
isocynate cured
acrylic finish
paint.
Chlorinated
rubber based
finish paint
40%.
30-40
40%
40-45
Epoxy-High
Build finishes
paint.
Two-pack F-6 A
polyamine cured
/ polyamide
cured F-6B
epoxy resin
medium suitably
pigmented
62%
100-125
10-13
8-10
5-6
5.2-6.5
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.5
1 hr.
30 minutes.
3 hrs.
4 hrs.
Overnight
8 hrs
Overnight
48 hrs.
Single
pack
plasticised
chlorinated rubber
based
medium
with chemical and
weather resistant
pigments.
Min.: Overnight Min.: Overnight Min.: Overnight Min.: 24 hrs

(12 hrs.)
Max.: Unlimited Max.: 5 days
Max.: 5 days.
Max.: Unlimited
Pot life (approx.) at 30oC 6-8 hrs.
Not applicable 4-6 hrs
4-6 hrs.
for two component
paints (approx.)

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 17 of 47

Sl.
No
1
DESCRIPTION
Technical name
F-8
F-9
F-11
F-12
Self priming type

surface
tolerant
high build epoxy
coating (complete
rust
control
coating).
Two pack epoxy
resin
based
suitable pigmented
and capable of
adhering
to
manually prepared
surface and old
coating.
Inorganic zinc
silicate coating
Heat
resistant
synthetic medium
based two pack
Aluminum paint
suitable
upto
250oC dry temp.
Heat
resistant
silicone
Aluminum paint
suitable
upto
500oC dry temp.
A two pack air

drying
self
curing
solvent
based inorganic
zinc
silicate
coating
Heat
resistant
synthetic
medium based
two
pack
Aluminum paint
suitable
upto
250oC.
Single
pack
silicone
resin
based medium
with Aluminum
flakes.
Type and
composition
Volume Solids
(approx.)
DFT (Dry Film
thickness) per coat
(approx.)
Theoritical
covering capacity
in M2/ coat/ litre
(approx.)
Weight per liter in
kgs/ litre (approx.)
Touch dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Hard dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Overcoating
interval (approx.)
72%.
60%
25%
20%
100-125
65-75
20-25
20-25
6.0-7.2
8-9
10-12
8-10
1.4
2.3
1.2
1.1
3 hrs.
30 mts.
3 hrs.
30 mts.
24 hrs
12 hrs
12 hrs
24 hrs
Min.: 10 hrs
Max.: 6 months
Pot life (approx.)

at 30oC for two
component paints
(approx.)
Temperature
Resistance
90 mts.
Min.: 8 hrs.at
Min.: 16 hrs
20oC & 50% RH Max.: Unlimited
Max.: unlimited
4-6 hrs.
Not applicable
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
250oC
Min.: 16 hrs
Max.: unlimited
Not applicable
500oC.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 18 of 47

Sl.
No
1
DESCRIPTION
Technical name
F-14
F-15
F-16
temperature
Polyamine cured Epoxy phenolic Ambient
curing
Poly
Siloxane/
coal tar epoxy
coating
inorganic copolymer based
aluminium coating suitable
for under insulation coating
of CS and SS piping for
high temperature service
Type and
composition
Volume Solids
(approx.)
DFT (Dry Film
thickness) per coat
(approx.)
Two pack ambient

temperature curing
epoxy phenolic
coating suitable
for application
under insulation
Specially
formulated
polyamine cured
coal tar epoxy
suitable for
application
under insulation
70%
65%
Amercoat 738 from

Ameron Products, USA/
Berger 938 from Berger
Paints Ltd., Kolkata or
Intertherm 751 CSA
from
Akzo
Nobel
coating, Bangalore.
60%
125 m
75-100 m
75-100 m
Theoretical covering
capacity in M2/ coat/
litre (approx.)
5.5
6.5- 8.5
6.0- 8.0
Weight per liter in

kgs/ litre (approx.)
Touch dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Hard dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Over coating
interval (approx.)
1.5
1.7
1.3
4 hrs
2 hrs
1 hr
168 hrs (7 days)
168 hrs (7 days)
12 hrs
Min. 6 hrs
Max.5 days
4 hrs
Min. 36 hrs
Max.21 days
1.5 hrs
Min.16 hrs
Max. Not applicable
1 hr
-45oC to 150oC
under insulation
-45oC to 150oC
under insulation
Up to 400 deg. C for CS

& SS surfaces under
insulation
7
8
9
10
Pot life (approx.) at

30oC for two
component paints
(approx.)
11
Temperature
Resistance
NOTES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Covering capacity and DFT depends on method of application. Covering capacity

specified above are theoretical. Allowing the losses during application, min specified
DFT should be maintained.
All primers and finish coats should be cold cured and air drying unless otherwise
specified.
All paints shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for surface
preparation, intervals, curing and application. The surface preparation, quality and
workmanship should be ensured.
Technical data sheets for all paints shall be supplied at the time of submission of
quotations.

FIELD PAINTING,
6.4
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 19 of 47
List of recommended Manufactures

The paints shall conform to the specifications given above and best quality in their
products range of manufacturers listed in AnnexureI.
7.0
PAINT SYSTEMS
The paint system should vary with type of environment envisaged in and around the
plants. Three types of environment as given below are considered for selection of
paint system. The paint system is also given for specific requirements.
PRIMERS & FINISH COATS COVERED IN TABLE NOS. 7.0 TO 15.0
PRIMERS
P-2
P-4
P-6
:
:
:
Chlorinated rubber zinc Phosphate Primer

Etch Primer/Wash Primer
Epoxy Zinc Phosphate Primer
FINISH COATS/PAINTS
F-2
F-3
F-6A
F-6B
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-11
F-12
F-14
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
F-15
F-16
:
:
Acrylic Polyurethane finish paint

Chlorinated Rubber finish paint
High Build Epoxy finish coating cured with polyamine hardner
High Build Epoxy finish coating cured with polyamide hardner
High build Coal Tar epoxy coating
Self priming surface Tolerant High Build epoxy coating.
Inorganic Zinc Silicate coating
Heat resistant synthetic medium based Aluminum paint
Heat resistant Silicone Aluminum paint.
Specially formulated polyamine cured coal for Epoxy coating
suitable up to 150 deg.C
Epoxy phenolic coating suitable up to 150 deg.C
:Epoxy Siloxane Coating suitable up to 400 deg.C for CS/ SS
surfaces or high build cold epoxy applied inorganic co-polymer
based aluminium coating suitable upto 400 deg.C

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 20 of 47
TABLE 7.1 : PRE-ERECTION / PRE-FABRICATION & SHOP PRIMING FOR

CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL & LOW
ALLOY STEEL, STEEL UNINSULATED AND INSULATED
STRUCTURES, PIPING & EQUIPMENT ETC.
Sl.
No.
7.1.1
DesignTemperature
in oC
-90 to 400
Surface
preparation
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat of F-9
7.1.2
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
2 coats of F-12
TABLE 7.2
Total DFT in Remarks

Microns (min.)
65-75
No overcoating
is to be done.
40-50
Finish coat at
site.
REPAIR OF PRE-ERECTION / PRE-FABRICATION & SHOP

PRIMING AFTER ERECTION / WELDING FOR CARBON STEEL,
LOW TEMPERTURE CARBON STEEL & LOW ALLOY STEEL
UNINSULATED
AND
INSULATED
ITEMS
IN
ALL
ENVIRONMENTS.
Sl.
No.
Design
Temp. in
o
C
7.2.1
-90 to 400
7.2.2
401 to 500
TABLE 7.3
Paint system
Surface Preparation
SSPC-SP-3(for repair only)
SSPC-SP-10
SSPC-SP-3 (for repair only)
SSPC-SP-10
Total DFT
in
Paint System
Microns
(min.)
1 coat of F-9 65-75
2 coats of
F-12
40-50
REPAIR OF ALL WELD JOINTS AND DAMAGES OF

GALVANIZED STEEL, CARBON STEEL AND ALLOY STEEL
STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AFTER ERECTION ON
ABOVE GROUND OVERHEAD AREAS AT SITE:
7.3.1
-14 to 80
SSPC-SP-3
Total DFT
in
Paint System
Microns
(min.)
1 coat of F-8
100
7.3.2
81 to 500
SSPC-SP-3
1 coat of F-12
Sl.
No.
Note;
Remarks
Design
Temp. in
o
C
Surface Preparation
20
Remarks
F-12 and F-9 shall be applied on blast cleaned surfaces only

F-12 requires shall be ambient temperature curing type till the complete curing is
achieved during operating temperature as per the manufacturers recommendations.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 21 of 47
TABLE 8.0 : FIELD

PAINT
SYSTEM
FOR
NORMAL
CORROSIVE
ENVIRONMENT (FOR CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE
CARBON STEEL & LOW ALLOY STEEL) IN OFFSITE AREAS FOR
UNINSULATED STRUCTURES, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, FLARE
LINES ETC.,
8.1
Design
Surface
Temperature
Preparation
o
in C
-90 to -15
SSPC-SP-10
8.2
-14 to 60
SSPC-SP-10
8.3
61 to 80
SSPC-SP-10
8.4
81 to 250
SSPC-SP-10
8.5
251 to 400
SSPC-SP-10
8.6
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
Sl.
No.
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
Total DFT
In Microns
Remarks
Finish paint
(min.)
No
over
None
65-75
coating to be
done. Follow
repair
procedure only
2 coats of F- 225
on damaged
3 @ 40
areas of preDFT/ Coat
erection / pre2x40=80
fabrication
primer /
Coating F-9
1 coat of
245
F-6B@ 100
DFT/Coat
Paint system
Field primer
Repair of prefabrication primer
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat +
2 coats of P-2 @
40
DFT/Coat
2x40=80
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
+ 2 coats of P-6 @
40
DFT/Coat
2x40=80
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
Repair as per 7.2.2.
3 coats of F- 125
12 @ 20
DFT/Coat
3x20=60
2 coats of F- 105
12 @ 20
DFT/Coat
2x20=40
2 coats of F- 80
12 @ 20
DFT/Coat
2x20=40
F-12 shall be
ambient
temperature
curing type till
operating
temperature is
attained
for
full curing.
For external surfaces of MS chimney with or without refractory lining 8.3,

8.4 and 8.5 shall be followed.
For external surfaces of RCC chimney: 2 coats of F-6B @ 100 DFT/Coat to
obtain 2x100=200 DFT shall be applied after making surface preparation as
per guidelines in 5.1.5. The DFT on concrete surfaces can be checked by
TOOK Guage or by applying the same coating system simultaneously on a
carbon steel panel of 12x12 size and measure the DFT by normal Magenic
gauges/digital electronic gauges for ferrous surfaces.
Wherever required S.No.8.3 shall be used for 14oC to 80oC and S.No.8.2
will be deleted.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 22 of 47
TABLE 9.0
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT
(FOR CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL & LOW ALLOY
STEEL) IN PLANT AREA:
For all corrosive areas above ground where H2S, SO2 fumes or spillages of acid/Alkali/Salt
are likely to come in contact with surfaces such as external surfaces of un-insulated columns,
vessels, heat exchangers, blowers, piping, pumps, towers, compressors, and structural steel
etc.
Total
DFT
Remarks
in
Field Primer
Finish Paint Microns
(min.)
None
65-75
Repair of preRepair of prefabrication primer
erection / pre1 coat of F-9 @
fabrication
65-75 DFT/coat
primer shall be
done wherever
245
1 coat of
Repair of predamage
is
fabrication primer F-6A @
observed.
100
1 coat of F-9 @
DFT/coat +
65-75 DFT/coat
Surface
+ 1 coats of P-6 @ 1 coat of F-2
preparation is
@ 40
40 DFT/coat
required only
DFT/coat.
for repairing of
Repair of pre2 coats of
105
damaged prefabrication primer F-12 @ 20
erection/
1 coat of F-9 @
DFT/coat
fabrication
65-75 DFT/coat
2x20=40
primer.
Repair as per 7.2.2. 2 coats of
80
F-12 @ 20
DFT/coat
2x20=40
Paint System
Design
Sl.
Temperature
No.
in oC
Surface
Preparation
9.1
-90 to -15
SSPC-SP-10
9.2
-14 to 80
SSPC-SP-10
9.3
81 to 400
SSPC-SP-10
9.4
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 23 of 47
TABLE 10.0 : FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR HIGHLY CORROSIVE AREAS IN PLANT
AREA (FOR CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL &
LOW ALLOY STEEL) EXTERNAL SURFACES OF UNINSULATED
COLUMNS, VESSELS, HEAT EXCHANGERS, BLOWERS, PIPING, PUMPS,
TOWERS, COMPRESSORS, STRUCTURAL STEEL ETC.
Exposed to spillage or fumes of HCL, H2SO4, salty water, water impingement, chloride etc.
Surface
Preparation
10.1
-90 to -15
SSPC-SP-10
10.2
-14 to 80
SSPC-SP-10
10.3
81 to 400
SSPC-SP-10
10.4
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
Sl.
No.
Total
DFT
Remarks
In
Field Primer
(min.)
Repair of preNone
65-75
Repair
fabrication primer
procedure of
1 coat of F-9 @
pre65-75 DFT/coat
erection/fabri
cation primer
345
2 coats of
Repair of preshall be
fabrication primer F-6A @ 100
followed. No
DFT/Coat =
1 coat of F-9 @
overcoating is
2x100=200 +
65-75 DFT/coat
allowed.
+ 1 coats of P-6 @ 1 coat of F-2
@ 40
40 DFT/Coat
Surface
DFT/coat.
preparation is
Repair of pre2 coats of
105
required only
fabrication primer F-12 @ 20
for repairing
1 coat of F-9 @
DFT/Coat
of damaged
65-75 DFT/coat
2x20=40
pre-erection/
Repair as per 7.2.2. 2 coats of
80
fabrication
F-12 @ 20
primer.
DFT/Coat
2x20=40
Paint System
Design
Temperature
in oC

FIELD PAINTING,
TABLE 11.0:
SL.
NO.
Type of
Tank
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR CARBON STEEL STORAGE TANKS

(EXTERNAL & INTERNAL) FOR ALL ENVIRONMENTS
External Painting
Surface
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
Floating
Roof
Crude
Design
Temp.
-14 to
80degC
Floating
RoofHSD,
Kero,
Gas Oil
Design
Temp.
-14 to
80deg,.
C
Floating
RoofMS/
Naphta
Design
Temp.
-14 to
80deg,.
C
Floating
Roof
cum
fixed
ATF
Design
Temp.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 24 of 47
Primer
Inter
Finish
Shell, wind girders, appurtenances, roof tops of

all above ground tanks including top side of
floating roof of open tank and associated
structural works, rolling and stationary ladders,
spiral stairways, hand rails for all environments,
shell above maximum liquid height.
1 coat of
1 coat
SSPC1 coat of
F-2 @
of
SP-10
F-9* @ 65
40
F-6B
DFT/coat +
DFT/
@
1 coat of P-6
coat
100
@ 40 DFT/
Total
DFT/
coat
DFT
coat
65+40=105
=245
all above ground tank including top side of
shell above maximum liquid height
1 coat of
1 coat of
SSPC1 coat of
F-6B @
F-2 @
SP-10
F-9* @
100
40
65
DFT/
DFT/
DFT/coat
coat
+ 1 coat of coat
P-6 @
Total
40 DFT/
DFT=
coat=
245
65+40=
105
all above ground tank including top side of
shell above maximum liquid height
SSPC-SP1 coat of
1
1 coat of
10
F-2 @
F-9* @ 65 coat
40
DFT/coat + of
DFT/
F-6B
1 coat of Pcoat
@
6 @ 40
Total
100
DFT/ coat
DFT=
DFT/
65+40=
245
coat
105
Shell, wind girders, appurtenances, roof tops of all
above ground tank and associated structural works,
rolling and stationary ladders, spiral stairways, hand
rails for all environments, roof structurals, internal
surface of cone roof
Inside Pontoons
Inside Painting
Surface
Surface
Primer
Inside compartment of
pontoons
SSPC-SP10
2 coats
of P-6
@ 40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
pontoons
SSPC-SP10
2 coats of
P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
pontoons
SSPC-SP10
2 coats
of P-6
@ 40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
pontoons,
external
surface of internal roof.
Primer
Finish
Bottom plates, bottom course

up to 1000 mm height, all
structurals in that area, oil side
surfaces of deck plates, oil side
surfaces of pontoon boxes
(above and below seal)
SSPC2 coats
1 coat of
SP-10
of
F-9* @
F-6A
65
@
DFT/ coat
100
+1 coat of
DFT/
P-6 @
coat
40 DFT/
coat
( above and below seal)
SSPC2 coats
1 coat
SP-10
of
of F-9*
F-6A @
@ 65
100
DFT/
DFT/
coat +1
coat=
coat of
2X100=
P-6 @
200
40
DFT/
coat
( above and below seal)
SSPC-SP- 1 coat
2 coats
10
of
of F-9*
F-6A
@ 65
@
DFT/
100
coat +1
DFT/
coat of
coat
P-6 @
=2x100
40
=200
DFT/
coat
Complete internal surface of the
tank, oil side surface of internal
floating roof tank.

FIELD PAINTING,
-14 to
80deg,.
C
SL. NO.
SSPC-SP10
Type of Tank
1
coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat +
1 coat of P6 @ 40
DFT/ coat
65+40=
105
External Painting
Surface
Primer
1 coat of
F-2 @
40
DFT/
coat
SSPC-SP10
Total
DFT
=245
Inter
Finish
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 25 of 47
SSPC-SP10
2 coats
of P-6
@ 40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
Inside Pontoons
Surface
Primer
Inside
compartment
pontoons
1 coat
of F-9*
@ 65
DFT/
coat +1
coat of
P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
= 65+40
=105
Inside Painting
Surface Primer
2 coats
of
F-6A
@
100
DFT/
coat
=2x100
=200
Total
DFT =
305
Finish
Complete
internal
surface of the tank
Floating
Roof- Dry/
Wet slop,
amine, sour
water, water
draw off
tanks
Design
Temp.
-14
to
80deg,.C
Shell, wind girders, appurtenances, roof tops

of all above ground tank including top side of
structural works, rolling and stationary
ladders, spiral stairways, hand rails for all
environments, shell above maximum liquid
height
11.6
Design
Temp
81 to 400
deg.C

height
Bottom plates, bottom shell course up to 500

mm height, all structures in that area, internal
portion of the roof, roof supporting structure,
inside of the shell above safe filling height
11.6a.
Insulated
Cone roof
tanks
SSPC-SP-10
2
coats of
F-12 @ 20
DFT/coat
=
40
Total
DFT
=105
SSPC-SP-10
2 coats of F12 @ 20
DFT/coat=40
Total
DFT
=105
SSPC-SP-10
11.5
11.6b. UnInsulated
Cone roof
tanks
11.7
Un insulated
Cone
roof
tanks
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C
SSPCSP-10
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat
1 coat of
F-2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=245
SSPCSP-10
of
2
coats
of
P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
SSPCSP-10
1 coat of
F-9*
@
65
DFT/coat
1 coat
of
F-15
@ 75
DFT/
coat
2
coats
of
F-15
@
75
DFT/
coat=
150
Total
DFT=
225
1 coat of F-16
@
100
microns
DFT/coat
Total DFT =165
1 coat of
F-9*
@
65
DFT/coat
1 coat of F-16
@
100
microns
DFT/coat
Total DFT =165

height
Bottom plates, bottom shell course up to 500

mm height, all structures in that area, internal
portion of the roof, roof supporting structure,
inside of the shell above safe filling height.

FIELD PAINTING,
SSPC-SP10
11.8
Un
insulated
Cone roof
tanks
for
ATF
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C
11.9
DM
water
tank and HCL
tanks
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat of
P-6 @ 40
DFT/ coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B @
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat
of F-2
@ 40
DFT/
coat
Total
DFT
=245
Shell, wind girders, appurtenances, roof

tops of all above ground tank including
top side of floating roof of open tank and
associated structural works, rolling and
stationary ladders, spiral stairways, hand
rails for all environments, shell above
maximum liquid height
SSPCSP-10
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat
1 coat of
F-2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=245
2 coats of
F-6A @ 100
DFT/ coat = 2 x
100 = 200
Total DFT =265
Complete internal surface of the tank, oil

side surface of internal floating roof tank.
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/ coat +1
coat of P-6
@ 40
DFT/ coat =
105
SSPC-SP10
Total DFT
=245

height
SSPCSP-10
SSPCSP-10
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 26 of 47
2 coats of
F-6A @
100
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=305
Internal shell, bottom plate and all accessories

(Soil side of all plates to be blast cleaned to
SSPC-SP-10 and painted with 3 coats of coal
tar epoxy, 100 microns DFT/ coat)
SSPC-SP-10
Natural rubber lining as

per
SMMS,
EIL
specification 6-06-204.
If DM water tanks are
steam blanketed, then
shell above maximum
liquid level, roof inside
and roof structures to be
painted with 3coats of
F-15
@
75
=
3x75=225
minimum
for temperature
150 deg,.C
upto

FIELD PAINTING,
11.10
EG tanks
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C

height
SSPCSP-10
*
1.
2.
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of F2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=245
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 27 of 47
Internal shell, bottom plate and all

accessories(Soil side of all plates to be blast
cleaned to SSPC-SP-10 and painted with 3
coats of coal tar epoxy, 100 microns dft/ coat)
SSPC-SP10
3 coats of Vinyl
chloride
copolymer coating
@ 75 microns
DFT/coat
=
3x75=225
microns DFT
F-9 is pre-fabrication primers

Soil side of all plates to be blast cleaned to SSPC-SP-10
a)
Painted with 3 coasts of coal tar epoxy, 100 microns DFT/coat for design temperature to 80
deg. C
b)
One coat of inorganic zinc silicate (F-9) @ 65-75 microns + 1 coat of Intertherm 751 CSA
@ 100 microns DFT/coat from Akzo Nobel coatings for design temperature from 81 to 400
deg. C.
Steam coil inside tank is not to be painted.
Note : During the application of the internal coating of the storage tanks, De-humidifier equipment
shall be used to maintain the desired Relative Humidity , air temperature and surface temperature of
metal, during the blast cleaning to avoid formation of flash rust and during the paint/coating
application to avoid moisture entrapment in the paint/coating and for proper curing of the two
component coatings(epoxy). The Relative Humidity shall be less than 60% and air temperature
between 25-40 deg.C during the curing period of internal coatings.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 28 of 47
TABLE 12.0 :
COATING SYSTEM FOR EXTERNAL SIDE OF UNDERGROUND
CARBON STEEL PLANT PIPING AND TANKS
Sl.
No.
Design
Tempera-ture
in oC
Paint System
Surface
Preparation
Field Primer
12.1
Carbon steel plant piping (underground)
12.1.1 Yard coating
12.1.1.1 25 to 60
SSPC-SP-10 1 coat of synthetic
fast drying primer
type-B as per
AWWA-C-203
(1991)
12.1.2 Over the Ditch Coating

12.1.2.1 25 to 60
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat of synthetic
fast drying primer
type-B as per
AWWA-C-203
(1991)
Finish Paint
Total
DFT
in
Microns
(min.)
4 mm
4 mm thick
coaltar
coating
wrapping as
per AWWAC-203 in 2
layers of each
2 mm
thickness.
Carbon steel plant piping (underground).

61 to 225
SSPC-SP-10 1 Coat of F-15 @
75 DFT/coat
12.2.2
221 to 400
12.3
12.3.1
External side of un-insulated underground storage tanks:

-40 to 80
3 coats of F-7 365
65-75 DFT/coat
@ 100
DFT/coat
3x100=300
81 to 180
2 Coat of F- 225
75 DFT/coat
15 @ 75
DFT/coat
-91 to -41
2 Coat of F- 215-225
81 to 400
65-75 DFT/coat
16 @ 75
deg. C
DFT/coat
2x75=150
12.3.2
12.3.3.
1 Coat of F-16 @
75 DFT/coat
CTE coating
shall confirm
to 120/5 as per
BS:4164
4 mm
2 layers of
coaltar based
tape coating
as per EIL
Standard
Spec. No.
6-79-012
Rev.0
12.2
12.2.1
SSPC-SP-10
Remarks
2 Coat of F15 @ 75
DFT/coat
225
1 Coat of F16 @ 100

DFT/coat
175
Cold and hot

insulation
shall be
provided
Cold and hot
insulation
shall be
provided
Note: No Coating and Wrapping systems are available for underground high temperature services

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 29 of 47
TABLE 13.0 :
PAINTING UNDER INSULATION FOR INSULATED (HOT, COLD &
SAFETY) CARBON STEEL, LOW ALLOY STEEL, LOW TEMPERTURE CARBON STEEL
& STAINLESS STEEL PIPING, STORAGE TANKS AND EQUIPMENTS IN ALL
ENVIRONMENT.
Sl.
No.
13.1
13.1.1
13.1.2
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
13.3
Total
Design
Paint system
Surface
DFT in
Tempera-Remarks
Preparation
Microns
ture
Primer
Finish
Paint
(min.)
in oC
Insulated carbon steel, low alloy steel and LTCS piping and equipment & tanks
For other temperature
2 coats of F-14 315
-45 to 125
SSPC-SP-10 Repair of
ranges no painting is
@125
prerequired under
fabrication DFT/coat =
insulation
primer F-9 2x125=250
@ 65-75 OR 3 coats of
F-15=
DFT.
3x80=240
125 135 F-12 shall be ambient
2 Coats of
SSPC-SP-10 Repair of
Operating
temperature curing type
F-12 @20
pretemperature
till operating
fabrication DFT/coat
45 to 125oC
temperature is attained
primer F-9 3x20=60 (or)
but design
for full curing. F-16 is
one coat of
@65-75
temperature
completely ambient
Poly-siloxane
DFT
126-400oC
temperature curing.
coating @ 75
microns
DFT/coat
Insulated stainless steel including Alloy-20 piping
Below 0oC to Aluminum sheeting with aluminum foil and Chloride If
the
piping
&
all minus
free mineral sealant coating barium chromate shall be equipments are already
temperatures applied.
erected than surface
shall be prepared by
250
0 to 120
SSPC-SP-10 None
2 coats of
cleaning with emery
or
(15-25
F-14 @125
paper and wash/flush
240
surface
DFT/COAT
with chloride free DM
profile)
2x125=250 or 3
water
followed
by
coats of
wiping with organic
F-15
solvent.
= 3x80=240
No pre-erection primer
3 coats of
121 to 400
SSPC-SP-10 None
60-75
F-12 @20
to be applied.
DFT/COAT
F-12 shall be ambient
3x20=60 or
temperature curing type
1 coat of F-16 Poly
till final curing is
Siloxane coating
obtained
during
@ 75 microns
operating
temperature.
DFT/coat
F-16 is completely
401 to 600
SSPC-SP-10
3coats of F-12 @
60
ambient
temperature
20 DFT/coat 60
curing type.
SSPC-SP-10 None
2 coats of DFT/coat 150
Cyclic
F-16 Poly Siloxane
service-196
coating @ 75
to 480
micronsDFT/coat =
excepting
2x75=150
-45 to 120
No painting is required for insulated monel, incoloy and nickel lines.

FIELD PAINTING,
TABLE 14.0 :
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 30 of 47
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF CARBON STEEL WATER BOXES AND

TUBE SHEETS OF COOLERS / CONDENSERS
Water boxes, channels, partition plates, end covers and tube sheets etc.
Sl.
No.
14.1
14.2
Design
Paint system
Surface
Temperature
Preparation
Primer
Finish paint
in oC
Upto 80
SSPC-SP-10 1 coat of P-6 @ 2 coats of
40 DFT/coat
F-7
@125
DFT/coat
2x125=250
2 coats of
SSPC-SP-3
1 coat of P-4 @
Upto 80
@125
8-10 DFT/coat. F-7
Non ferrous
DFT/coat
and brass tube
1 coat of P-6 @ 2x125=250
sheets
40 DFT/coat.
Total DFT
in Microns
Remarks
(min.)
290
For C.S.
300
For non ferrous

surfaces
TABLE 15.0 : FIELD PAINTING SYSTEM FOR GI TOWERS/NON-FERROUS

TUBE SHEET
Sl.
No.
15.1
15.2
Design
Paint System
Surface
Temperature
Preparation
Primer
Finish Paint
in oC
Upto 80
SSPS-SP-3
1 coat of P-4 @ 8- 2 coats of
10 DFT/coat + 1 F-2
@40
coat of P-6 @ 40 DFT/coat
DFT/coat
2x40=80
Upto 80
SSPS-SP-3
1 coat of P-4 @ 8 2 coats of
F-7
@125
Non ferrous
DFT/coat.
DFT/coat
and brass tube
sheets
1 coat of P-6 @ 2x125=250
40 DFT/coat.
Total DFT
in Microns
Remarks
(min.)
130
Shade as per
defence
Requirements.
300

FIELD PAINTING,
16.0
Sl.
No.
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 31 of 47
SHOP & FIELD PAINTING SYSTEM FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT

PLANT
Design
Temperature
in oC
-14
to
80(for
C.S./M.S.
items):
Screens, Walk way
bridges, Baffles, Dual
media filters(external)
Vertical
pumps,
piping
in
treated
effluent sump and
pump house, external
side lining of Slop oil
MS tank
-14 to 80(CS/MS
Items) for Vertical
pump and piping in,
Bio-sludge sump and
pump, Filter feed
sump
and
pump,
Process
sump,
Sanitary
sump;
Transfer
sump,
Sludge, MS Slop oil
tank
internal,
scrapping mechanism
in Clarifier, Screw
pump
-14 to 80 deg.C :All
R.C.C. surfaces such
as tanks, structures,
drains etc.) in Process
sump, TPI separator
(Process and Oil),
Aeration
Tank,
Transfer sump etc.
Surface
Preparation
SSPS-SP-10
SSPS-SP-10
1 coat of F-9 2 coats of

265
@ 65-75 F-6A @100
DFT/coat.
DFT/coat
Blast cleaning
to
SSPC-SP
guide lines and
Acid
etching
with
10-15%
HCl
acid
followed
by
thorough water
washing.
As
per
SMMS-EIL
specification
for Epoxy
screed lining
No.6-06-209
(latest
Revision)
Upto 60 deg. C SSPC-SP-10

C.S/M.S Dual media
filters
(Internal),
Chemical
dosing
tanks(internal such as
DAP, Urea
Total
DFT in
Primer
(min.)
1 coat of F-9 3 coats of
365
@ 65-75 F-6A @100
DFT/coat
DFT/coat
3x100=300
Paint System
As
per 3mm
SMMS-EIL
specifications
for Epoxy
screed lining
as per
6-06-209
(latest
Revision)
4.5mm
Rubber
Lining as per
SMMS-EIL
Spec.
6-06-204
Rev.4
(Latest
revision)
Remarks
Epoxy
screed
lining shall be
used as per
specific
instructions
from Engineerin-Charge
at
site.

FIELD PAINTING,
17.0
1
18.0
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 32 of 47
STORAGE
All paints and painting materials shall be stored only in rooms to be arranged by
contractor and approved by Engineer-in-charge for the purpose. All necessary
precautions shall be taken to prevent fire. The storage building shall preferably be
separate from adjacent building. A signboard bearing the word PAINT STORAGE
NO NAKED LIGHT HIGHLY INFLAMABLE shall be clearly displayed
outside.
PIPING COLOUR CODE:
The colour code shall be followed as given in Annexure-II.
19.0
20.0
IDENTIFICATION OF VESSELS, PIPING ETC.: As per colour coding given

in Annexure-II
PAINTING FOR CIVIL DEFENCE REQUIREMENTS
20.1
Following items shall be painted for camouflaging if required by the client.

a.
All columns
b.
All tanks in off sites
c.
Large Vessels
d.
Spheres
20.2
Two coats of selected finishing paint as per defence requirement shall be applied in a
particular pattern as per 20.3 and as per the instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
20.3
Method of Camouflaging
20.3.1 Disruptive painting for camouflaging shall be done in three colours in the ratio of
5:3:2 (all matt finish).
Dark Green
Light Green
5:
3:
20.3.2 The patches should be asymetrical and irregular.
20.3.3
20.3.4
20.3.5
20.3.6
20.3.7
21.0
Dark Medium Brown

2
The patches should be inclined at 30 Deg.. to 60 Deg. to the horizontal.

The patches should be continuous where two surfaces meet at an angle.
The patches should not coincide with corners.
Slits and holes shall be painted in dark shades.
Width of patches should be 1 to 2 meters.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
21.1
All painting materials including primers and thinners brought to site by contractor for
application shall be procured directly from manufactures as per specifications and
shall be accompanied by manufacturer's test certificates. Paint formulations without
certificates are not acceptable.
21.2
Engineer-In-Charge at his discretion, may call for tests for paint formulations.
Contractor shall arrange to have such tests performed including batch-wise test of wet
paints for physical & chemical analysis. All costs there shall be borne by the
contractor.

FIELD PAINTING,
21.3
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 33 of 47
The painting work shall be subject to inspection by Engineer-In-Charge at all times.

In particular, following stage-wise inspection will be performed and contractor shall
offer the work for inspection and approval of every stage before proceeding with the
next stage. The record of inspection shall be maintained in the registers. Stages of
inspection are as follows:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Surface preparation
Primer application
Each coat of paint
In addition to above, record should include type of shop primer already applied on
equipment e.g. Red oxide zinc chromate or zinc chromate or Red lead primer etc.
Any defect noticed during the various stages of inspection shall be rectified by the
contractor to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge before proceeding further.
Irrespective of the inspection, repair and approval at intermediate stages of work,
contractor shall be responsible for making good any defects found during final
inspection/guarantee period/defect liability period as defined in general condition of
contract. Dry film thickness (D F T)) shall be checked and recorded after application
of each coat and extra coat of paint should be applied to make-up the DFT specified
without any extra cost to owner, the extra cost should have prior approval of
Engineer-in-charge.
21.4
Primer Application
After surface preparation, the primer should be applied to cover the crevices, corners,
sharp edges etc. in the presence of inspector nominated by Engineer-In-Charge.
21.4.1 The shades of successive coats should be slightly different in colour in order to ensure
application of individual coats, the thickness of each coat and complete coverage
should be checked as per provision of this specification. This should be approved by
Engineer-In-Charge before application of successive coats.
21.4.2 The contractor shall provide standard thickness measurement instrument with
appropriate range(s) for measuring.
Dry film thickness of each coat, surface profile gauge for checking of surface profile
in case of sand blasting. Holiday detectors and pinhole detector and protector
whenever required for checking in case of immersion conditions.
21.4.2 Prior to application of paints on surfaces of chimneys, the thickness of the individual
coat shall be checked by application of each coat of same paint on M.S.test panel.
The thickness of paint on test panels shall be determined by using gauge such as
'Elkometer'. The thickness of each coat shall be checked as per provision of this
specification. This shall be approved by Engineer-In-Charge before application of
paints on surface of chimney.
21.4.3 At the discretion of Engineer-In-Charge, the paint manufacturer must provide the
expert technical service at site as and when required. This service should be free of
cost and without any obligation to the owner, as it would be in the interest of the
manufacturer to ensure that both surface preparation and application are carried out as
per their recommendations.

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 34 of 47
21.4.4 Final inspection shall include measurement of paint dry film thickness, Adhesion,
Holiday detection check of finish and workmanship. The thickness should be
measured at as many points/ locations as decided by Engineer-In-Charge and shall be
within + 10% of the dry film thickness, specified in the specifications.
21.4.5 The contractor shall arrange for spot checking of paint materials for Sp.gr., glow time
(ford cup) and spreading rate.
22.0
GUARANTEE
22.1
The contractor shall guarantee that the chemical and physical properties of paint
materials used are in accordance with the specifications contained herein/to be
provided during execution of work.
The contractor shall produce test reports from manufacturer regarding the quality of
the particular batch of paint supplied. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to
test wet samples of paint at random for quality of same, as per the paint materials
specification. Batch test reports of the manufacturer's for each batch of paints
supplied shall be made available by the contractor. The contractor shall stand
guarantee for carrying out the rectification/repair/re-painting of the defects/ failures of
painting found during the execution of painting job and till the expiry of the defect
liability period of total project as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge of
MRPL/EIL.
22.2
23.0
QUALIFICATION CRITERIA OF PAINTING CONTRACTOR

Painting contractor who is awarded the job under this standard must have necessary
equipments, machinery, tools and tackles for surface preparation, paint application
and inspection. The contractor mush have qualified, trained and experienced surface
preparator, paint applicator, inspector and supervisors. The contractors supervisor,
inspector, surface preparator and paint applicator must be conversant with the
standards referred in this specification. The painting job shall be carried out by the
approved agencies of paint manufacturers and supervised by the approved paint
manufacturers own representative or paint manufacturer their scheme( supply and
apply basis).

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 35 of 47
ANNEXURE-I
LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS
Indian Vendors
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Asian Paints (I) Ltd., Mumbai

Berger Paints Ltd., Kolkata
Goodlass Nerolac Paints Ltd., Mumbai
Chemguard Coatings, Mumbai(For Ameron, USA Products only)
Chokugu Marine paints Pte. Ltd., Mumbai/Singapore
Shalimar Paints Ltd., Kolkata
Sigma Coatings, Mumbai.
CDC Carboline Ltd., Chennai
Premier products Ltd., Mumbai
Coromandel Paints & Chemicals Ltd., Visakhapatnam
Anupam Enterprises, Kolkata
Grand Polycoats, Vadodata
Bombay Paints Ltd., Mumbai
Akzo Nobel Coatings and Sealants Pvt. Ltd., Bangalore
Cipy Polyurethanes Pvt. Ltd., Pune
Gunjan Paints Ltd., Ahmedabad
Advance Paints Ltd., Mumbai
VCM Polyurethane Paints (for polyurethane paints only)
Jotun Paints, Chennai(Singapore)
Chembond Chemicals Ltd., Navi Mumbai
Foreign Vendors
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Sigma Coatings, Singapore

Ameron, USA
Kansai Paints, Japan
Hempel Paints, USA
Valspar Corporation, USA
Akzo Nobel/International Coatings, UK
Jotun Paints, Singapore
For De-humidification equipment (on Rental Basis)

1.
Technical Drying Equipment (Asia) Pvt. Limited, Gurgaon, Haryana
The following are approved vendors for speciality items (phosphating chemical) only.
1. Mark-chem Incorporated, Mumbai .
2.Chemtreat India Ltd., Navi Mumbai

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 36 of 47
Annexure-II -Paint Color Code for Piping & Equipment given by MRPL Document No.
00-ES-100-004, Rev. 5 dated 24/12/2006
to
Specification No.6782-0642-PT-L06 Rev.2

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 37 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 38 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 39 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 40 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 41 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 42 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 43 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 44 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 45 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 46 of 47

FIELD PAINTING,
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 47 of 47
INSPECTION & TEST PLANS

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 1 of 38
INSPECTION & TEST PLANS (ITPs)

FOR CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 2 of 38
Abbreviations:
AFC
BM
CT
CPT
GI
IBR
Id
IQI
IRC
JB
MS
MT
NDT
OMC
PCC
P&ID
PQR
PT
PVC
PWHT
RCC
RF
RMC
SPT
U/G
WBM
WPS
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Approved For Construction

Bench Mark
Cast Iron
Cone Penetration Test
Galvanized Iron
Indian Boiler Regulation
Identification
Image Quality Indicator
Indian Road Congress
Junction Box
Mild Steel
Magnetic Particle Testing
Non Destructive Testing
Optimum Moisture Content
Plain Cement Concrete
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram
Procedure Qualification Record
Penetrant Testing
Poly Vinyl Chloride
Post Weld Heat Treatment
Reinforced Cement Concrete
Reinforcement
Ready Mixed Concrete from batching plant/ external agency
Standard Penetration Test
Under Ground
Water Bound Macadam
Welding Procedure Specification

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 3 of 38
CONTENTS
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGE NO.
ITPs FOR GENERAL CIVIL WORKS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Land & topographical Survey

Soil Investigation
Site Grading
Excavation
Back Filling
Underground Piping Works (RCC/CI)
WBM Roads
Black Topping (Premix Carpeting)
Tank Pads
Micro Grading
Underground Piping (Steel)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Plain Cement Concrete

RCC (Sub-Structure)
RCC (Super Structure)
RCC (Critical Structures)
Flooring/ Pavement
Brick Work
Structural Works
Cast in situ Driven Piles
6782-6 82 - 2701 Rev.0

6782-6 82 - 2702 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2703 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2704 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2705 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2706 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2707 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2708 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2709 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2710 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2740 Rev.0
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ITPs FOR STRUCTURAL WORKS

6782-6 82 - 2741 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2742 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2743 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2744 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2745 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2746 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2747 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2748 Rev.0
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
ITPs FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Antitermite Treatment
Plastering
Doors, Widows & Ventilators
Painting (Building Works)
Sanitary Fittings
Water Proofing (Roof)
False Flooring & False Ceiling
Under-Deck Insulation
Roofing Accessories
Lighting Works (Non-Plant Buildings)
6782-6 82 - 2771 Rev.0

6782-6 82 - 2772 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2773 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2774 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2775 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2776 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2777 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2778 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2779 Rev.0
6782-6 82 - 2799 Rev.0
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 4 of 38
GENERAL NOTE
The enclosed ITP's shall be followed for the works to be performed by the EPCC contractor. The
provisions indicated for stagewise inspection by EIL/Owner are the minimum and the Engineer-InCharge may decide to increase Hold Points/ Witness Points. Activities for which ITP's are not
given, EPCC contractor to develop and get the same approved by EIL/Owner well before start of the
work.
EPCC contractor to submit required reporting formats and job procedures for each activity listed in
ITP's and submit to EIL/Owner for approval, well before commencement of the activity. If the
EPCC contractor has to deviate from the given ITP for a valid reason, he shall obtain prior written
approval of EIL/Owner. EPCC contractor to carry out 100% examination of all activities.
LEGEND
HP
Hold Point ;
A point which requires inspection/verification and acceptance by Owner/EIL before any
further processing is permitted.
The EPCC contractor shall not process the activity/item beyond a Hold Point without
written approval by Owner/EIL except where prior written permission for further
processing is available.
Witness Point ;
An activity which requires witnessing by Owner/EIL when the activity is performed.
After proper notification has been provided (notification modalities and period shall be
finalized before hand), the EPCC contractor is not obliged to hold further processing if
Owner/EIL is not available to witness the activity or does not provide comments before
the date notified. Basis of acceptance shall be as per relevant technical specification.
Rw
Review of EPCC contractors documentation.
Surveillance Inspection by Owner/ EIL.

Monitoring or making observations to verify whether or not material/items or services
conform to specified requirements. Surveillance activities may include audit, inspections,
witness of testing, review of quality documentation & records, personnel qualifications,
etc.
WC
100% Examination by EPCC contractor.
Responsibility for execution of the inspection/testing is with the EPCC contractor; Owner/EIL
only verifies examination or testing done by the EPCC contractor at important stages

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 5 of 38
6782-6-82-2701 REV 0
LAND & TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
Boundary markings and submission of drgs./sketches
WC
a) Review of calibration certificates of instruments/ testing

equipments
b) Field calibration, if any
WC
HP
WC
Block levels, contour plans, establishing permanent bench

marks with ref. to Survey of India B.Ms. by check levels and
submission of relevant drgs. & records
WC
Protection of control points, permanent bench marks and

regular rechecking
WC
Submission of Master plan showing monuments, structures

exposed rocks, weirs, water works, ponds, underground
services if crossing that area, etc.
WC
WC
Rw
INSPECTION & TEST DOCUMENTS

Review Test and Inspection Documents
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP No.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 6 of 38
6782-6-82-2702 REV 0
SOIL INVESTIGATION
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Positioning of test location
WC
2.

equipments
WC
HP
WC
3.
Boring & sampling
WC
4.
In-situ testing (SPT, CPT, Pile load test, etc.)
WC
S/Rw
5.
Lab testing (as applicable)
WC
W/Rw
6.
Monitoring of water level
WC
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 7 of 38
6782-6-82-2703 REV 0
SITE GRADING
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
Clearing and stripping of soil including disposal of

unsuitable material
equipments
WC
WC
HP
WC
Taking and plotting of initial joint levels at specified

intervals for cutting as well as filling areas
4.
Classification (Levels of strata) and testing of filling soil for
suitability including preparation of Lead Charts to
filling/disposal areas.
5.
Proper warning of explosions, misfires and storage of
explosive materials (As applicable).
6.
Breaking up of clods, lumps, etc. at the time of filling and
compaction.
7(a) Initial identification and suitability of borrow areas for
filling soil/murrum including verification of payments for
royalty, etc.
7(b) Subsequent checking of borrow areas
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
HP
WC
8.
1.
2
ACTIVITY
3.
WC
W/Rw
9.
Compaction test for earth filling in specified layers

including finished areas.
Verification of final finished grade levels.
WC
10.
Computation of Earth works.
WC
Rw
11.
Record of tree cuttings, stacking of blasted rocks and other

quarry materials including handing over to Owner
Preparation of As built drawings indicating culverts,
other open drainage facilities etc.
Removal of Surplus earth/excavated material and leveling
in disposal areas.
Resolution of obstacles/hindrances
WC
WC
Rw
WC
WC
WC
Rw
12.
13.
14.


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 8 of 38
6782-6-82-2704 REV 0
EXCAVATION
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL

equipments
WC
HP
WC
2.
Layout checking
WC
3.
Taking initial levels
WC
4.
WC
WC
6.
Slopes of excavation, benching, overburden, shoring &

strutting (in case of deep excavation)
Check for sub-soil water, dewatering requirements as per
specifications.
Bottom level of excavation and compaction
WC
7.
Stacking of different type of soils separately
WC
8.
List of obstacles encountered (cables, pipes, conduits, etc)
WC
9.
Barricading of excavated pits for safety & protection from

rain
WC
1.
5.
ACTIVITY
FOR HARD ROCK

1
WC
Rw
Obtaining license from district authorities for undertaking

blasting operations
Storing of explosive materials as per explosive rules
WC
Prominent display of red flags around the area to be blasted
WC
Check the dimensions of bore holes
WC
Stacking of hard rock for useable/non useable including

handing over to owner
WC
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 9 of 38
6782-6-82-2705 REV 0
BACK FILLING
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Selection of materials/selected earth
WC
2.
Check for treatment of soil, if any
WC
3.

equipments
WC
HP
WC
4.
Filling in specified layers, consolidating, watering.
WC
5.
Compaction tests for layers
WC
W/Rw
6.
Filling to required levels
WC
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 10 of 38
6782-6-82-2706 REV 0
UNDERGROUND PIPING (RCC/CI)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Checking of material
WC
2.
Adequate slope, benching in excavation for safety purposes

(if required)
equipments
WC
WC
HP
WC
4.
Layout, line & level
WC
5.
Laying & jointing, grouting at manholes/chambers
WC
6.
Check for supports/ firm bed/ sub soil water level
WC
7.
Testing for leakages by blocking pipe ends
WC
8.
Hydro-testing and other tests, Removal of blockages,

Cleaning & flushing of system
Backfilling in layers
WC
HP
WC
WC
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
3.
9.
10.
11.
Check for MS rungs in proper position, inlet/outlet pipe

levels in manholes
Preparation of As-built drawings

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 11 of 38
6782-6-82-2707 REV 0
WBM ROADS
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL

equipments
WC
HP
WC
2.
Layout checking including Road crossings and taking initial

levels
WC
3.
Approval of source & checking/testing of materials

(wherever required)
WC
HP
4.
Filling (if any), compaction, providing cambers in sub-base

including levels
WC
5.
Spreading metal to required thickness, line & levels, dry

rolling including spreading of screening material
WC
6.
Check for camber and levels over metalling
WC
7.
Spreading murrum/ sand, watering and rolling
WC
8.
Checking thickness after each layer and rectification thereof

(if any)
WC
9.
Checking quantity of aggregate by excavation of trial pits as

per IRC Code
WC
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 12 of 38
6782-6-82-2708 REV 0
BLACK TOPPING (PREMIX CARPEITNG)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Approval of source of materials
WC
Rw
2.

equipments
WC
HP
WC
3.
Surface preparation & check for camber/level
WC
4.
Checking/ testing of material wherever required
WC
5.
Tack coat application
WC
6.
Premix carpeting (including thickness of carpeting) and

rolling
WC
7.
Seal coat (including thickness of seal coat)
WC
8.
Check for camber and levels
WC
9.
Check for bitumen temperature and consumption
WC
10.
Premix sample check test (As applicable)
WC
11.
Removal of surplus earth
WC
12.
Berm preparation
WC
13.
Final Inspection
WC
HP
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 13 of 38
6782-6-82-2709 REV 0
TANK PADS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
Rw
2.
Stripping the area
WC
3.

equipments
WC
HP
WC
4.
Layout and marking of ground level
WC
5.
Excavation to required level, compaction of sub-base
WC
6.
Checking/ testing of materials
WC
7.
Filling selected materials in specified layers, rolling,

watering
WC
8.
Compaction tests
WC
W/Rw
9.
Gravel filling under annular ring with compaction and

adding graded filler material (As applicable)
WC
10.
Anti-corrosive layer, consolidation
WC
11.
Premix carpeting on side slopes
WC
12.
Preparation of As-built drawing for erection
WC
Rw
13.
Check for settlement of pads during hydro testing of tanks
WC
HP
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 14 of 38
6782-6-82-2710 REV 0
MICRO GRADING
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL

equipments
WC
HP
WC
2.
Taking initial levels
WC
3.
Clearing/ Removal of extra soil, debris, etc. from site by

transportation
WC
4.
Taking final levels
WC
5.
Verification of gradient of ground
WC
6.
Finishing of ground surface by hand compactor/ Roller (As

applicable)
WC
7.
Final inspection
WC
HP
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 15 of 38
6782-6-82-2740 REV 0
UNDERGROUND PIPING (STEEL)
(Sheet 1 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
A.
PRIOR TO FABRICATION
1.
Checking/ testing of incoming materials
WC
2.
Welding Filler Material Approval/Qualification

i) Review of Manufacturer's Test Certificates/ other documents
ii) Testing, if any
WC
WC
Rw
RW
WPS/PQR
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
WC
WC
WC
WC
HP
HP
RW
HP
3.
Review of proposed Procedure

Welding of test piece
Lab Testing
Approval of Final WPS
4.
i) Welder Performance Qualification Test

ii) Certification & approval of welders
WC
WC
HP
HP
5.
NDT Procedure Qualification

i) Review of proposed Procedure
ii) Testing
iii) Approval of Qualified procedure
WC
WC
WC
HP
HP
HP
6.
Preparation of sketches from General Arrangement drawings
WC
Rw
7.
Joint numbering
WC
Rw
Approval of colour coding scheme
WC
HP
9.
Monitoring of colour coding on pipes & fittings
WC
B.
FABRICATION (SHOP & FIELD)
1.
Material as per piping class (check w.r.t. approved colour

coding procedure)
i) Fit-up check
ii) Dimensional check
WC
WC
WC
S
S

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 16 of 38
(Sheet 2 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
2.
Pre-heat (if any)
WC
3.
Check for purity of purging/shielding Gas (if any)
WC
4.
Purging (if any)
WC
5.
Shielding rate (if any)
WC
6.
Baking of Electrodes
WC
7.
Inter-pass cleaning & Temperature check.
WC
8.
Visual check of completed welds
WC
9.
PT/MT
WC
10.
Radiography marking (for Random Radiography)
WC
11.
Radiography Interpretation
WC
HP
C.
HYDROSTATIC/ PNEUMATIC TESTING
1.
Procedure Review
WC
HP
2.
Correctness of Testing arrangements
WC
3.
Calibration of Pressure Gauges
WC
4.
R.F. Pad testing, if any
WC
HP
5.
Scrutiny of test packs for Mechanical & NDT Clearance

(Refer Annexure-1)
WC
HP
6.
6a.
Air/Water Flushing (preliminary)

Addition of corrosion inhibitors, if required Approval of
make & quality
WC
WC
S
HP

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 17 of 38
(Sheet 3 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
7.
Pneumatic/ Hydrostatic testing
WC
HP
8.
Draining of water & Air drying
WC
D.
LAYING
1.
Trench excavation and levels
WC
2.
Cleaning of pipe surface
WC
3.
Approval of wrapping/coating material manufacturers
WC
HP
4.
Approval of agency for wrapping & coating
WC
HP
5.
Sample test of coating materials in approved laboratory
WC
Rw
6.
Procedure qualification for wrapping & coating
WC
HP
7.
Application of primer
WC
8.
Coal tar temperature
WC
9.
Coating & wrapping
WC
10.
Check Thickness of coating (if applicable)
WC
11.
Calibration of Holiday tester
WC
HP
12.
Holiday testing
WC
HP
13.
Peel test
WC
HP

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 18 of 38
(Sheet 4 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
14.
Lifting arrangement
WC
15.
Lowering (levels & orientation of branches)
WC
16.
Checking of wrapping & coating for damages during

lowering, their repair, Holiday Testing, etc.
WC
HP
17.
Back filling & compaction
WC
18.
Location, Brickwork, plaster of valve pit
WC
19.
Top cover & Finish of valve pit
WC
E.
SYSTEM COMPLETION
1.
Tie in joints (Refer Annexure-2)
WC
Annex-2
2.
Scrutiny of test packs for system testing

(Refer Annexure-1)
WC
Rw
3.
System testing
WC
HP
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 19 of 38
(Sheet 5 of 6)
ANNEXURE 1
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
.
A. MECHANICAL COMPLETION RECORD (U/G Piping)
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Clearance for flushing & testing

WC
Rw
1a
Mechanical clearance
- Conformity with drawing
- Material as per Specification
WC
WC
HP
Rw
Welding & NDT clearance

- Material as per Specification
- Fit-up check record
- Visual check of completed welds
- PT/MT
- Radiography
- PWHT & hardness
- RF pad testing
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Flushing & Pressure testing
WC
HP
3.
Coating & wrapping

- Surface preparation
- Primer application
- Coating, wrapping & peel test
- Holiday check
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
WC
Rw
1b
4.
Laying
- Trench leveling
- Lowering & checking for damages in
wrapping & coating, their repair,
Holiday testing, etc.
- Backfilling

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 20 of 38
(Sheet 6 of 6)
ANNEXURE 2
TIE-IN
EPCC CONTRACTOR
----------------------------WC
EIL
------W
FIT UP
ROOT RUN DP
WC
FINAL RUN DP
WC
RADIOGRAPH REVIEW
WC
HP
PWHT HARDNESS
WC
Rw
RF PAD TESTING
WC
HP
CLEANING & PRIMING
WC
COATING, WRAPPING
WC
PEEL TEST
WC
HP
HOLIDAY TESTING
WC
HP
CHECKING FOR ANY DAMAGE IN

WRAPPING & COATING AFTER
LOWERING, THEIR REPAIR,
HOLIDAY TESTING, ETC.
WC
HP
BACK FILLING
WC

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 21 of 38
6782-6-82-2741 REV 0
PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL

equipments
WC
HP
WC
2.
Checking of layout and materials, compaction of sub -grade
WC
3.
Mix proportion
WC
4.
Check for shuttering, dewatering if any.
WC
5.
Concreting with proper compaction
WC
6.
Checking of top level of PCC
WC
7.
Curing
WC
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 22 of 38
6782-6-82-2742 REV 0
RCC(SUB-STRUCTURE)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
Rw
2.

equipments
WC
HP
WC
3.
Checking of layout & condition of PCC/ leveling course
WC
4.
WC
5.
Design of mix
WC
HP
6.
WC
7.
Check for line & level of shuttering including its condition,

quality and rigidity.
Check for sub-soil water & dewatering arrangement, if any
WC
8.
Reinforcement & covers to reinforcement
WC
9.
Inserts, Anchor bolts and pipe sleeves, pockets, dowels, etc.
WC
10.
Pour Card
WC
HP
11.
WC
12.
Check for obstacles encountered (Electrical conduits, pipe

lines, etc.)
Concreting, testing, compaction & finishing
WC
13.
Casting of cubes
WC
14.
Curing
WC
15.
Testing of cubes
WC
16.
Removal of shuttering
WC
17.
Check for water tightness, rendering, if any
WC
18.
WC
Rw
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 23 of 38
6782-6-82-2743 REV 0
RCC (SUPER-STRUCTURE)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
Rw
2.

equipments
WC
HP
WC
3.
Checking of layout
WC
4.
WC
W/Rw
5.
Design of mix
WC
HP
6.
Check for line & level of shuttering and scaffolding/ vertical

bracing including hoisting arrangements.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
Inserts, bolts, pipe sleeves, MS rungs, concealed electrical

conduits, fan hooks, dowels, etc. including welding if any
Pockets/ openings
WC
10.
Expansion joints, if any
WC
11.
Check for water stops, slopes, stoppers, if any
WC
12.
Pour Card
WC
HP
13.
WC
14.
Casting of cubes
WC
15.
Curing
WC
16.
Testing of cubes
WC
17.
Removal of formwork/ stayings
WC
18.
Verification of dimensions viz AFC drawings and tolerances
WC
19.
WC
20.
Preparation of As built drawing for erection by other

agencies
Final visual inspection
WC
Rw
WC
HP
WC
Rw
21.


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 24 of 38
6782-6-82-2744 REV 0
RCC (CRITICAL STRUCTURES)
Like Technological structures, Water retaining structures,
Rotating eqpt. Foundations, Cooling towers, Chimney
SL.
ACTIVITY
NO.
1
2.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
WC
EIL
Rw

equipments
WC
HP
WC
3.
Checking of layout
WC
4.
WC
5.
Soil strata below PCC
WC
6.
Design of mix
WC
HP
7.
Check for line & level of shuttering and scaffolding/ vertical

bracing including hoisting arrangements, shoring & strutting
WC
WC
WC
10.
Inserts, anchor bolts, pipe sleeves, MS rungs, concealed

electrical conduits, fan hooks, dowels, etc. including welding
if any
Pockets/ openings
WC
11.
Separation and specified construction joints, if any
WC
12.
Check for water stops, slopes, stoppers, if any
WC
13.
WC
Rw
14.
Detailed work plan including equipment, manpower & other

resources
Pour Card
WC
HP
15.
WC
16.
Casting of cubes
WC
17.
Curing
WC
18.
Testing of cubes
WC
19.
Removal of formwork/ stayings
WC
20.
Verification of dimensions viz. AFC drawing & tolerances
WC
21.
WC
22.
Preparation of As built drawings for erection
WC
Rw
23.
WC
HP

WC
Rw
8.
9.

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 25 of 38
6782-6-82-2745 REV 0
RCC FLOORING/PAVEMENT
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
Rw
2.

equipments
WC
HP
WC
3.
Layout checking/ excavation of all new foundations
WC
4.
WC
5.
Mix proportion/Design Mix
WC
HP
6.
WC
Rw
7.
Check for proper back filling/compaction/ completion of

sub - Structure works
Check for edges of shuttering, alternate panels
WC
8.
Check for slopes, thickness of flooring
WC
9.
Shuttering, reinforcement (if any)
WC
10.
Check for expansion joints/ Construction joints
WC
11.
Check for concealed pipe embedment, earthing, if any
WC
12.
Check for dividing strips, if any
WC
13.
Pour Card (as applicable)
WC
HP
14.
Concreting, testing, finishing, test cubes
WC
15.
WC
16.
Checking for line, levels, slopes, joints, thickness of

flooring viz. AFC drawings
Curing
WC
17.
Grinding & polishing, if applicable
WC
18.
Testing of concrete cubes (as applicable)
WC
19.
Preparation of As Built Drawings including underground

facilities if any
WC
Rw
WC
HP
WC
Rw
20.


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 26 of 38
6782-6-82-2746 REV 0
BRICK MASONRY
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL

equipments
WC
HP
WC
2.
Checking/ testing of bricks (as applicable)
WC
3.
Cleaning of surface
WC
4.
Wetting of bricks
WC
5.
Cement mortar proportion
WC
6.
Staging & scaffolding
WC
7.
Hacking of concrete surface
WC
8.
Check for bond/closers, thickness of joints .
WC
9.
Line, level & plumb
WC
10.
Raking out joints, keys in brick work, if any
WC
11.
Check for RCC bonds/Reinforcement/PCC flooring, in case

of partition brick work
WC
12.
Embedment of fixtures
WC
13.
Curing
WC
14.
Preparation of 'As Built' Drawings
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 27 of 38
6782-2-82-2747 REV 0
STRUCTURE STEEL WORKS
S.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
PRE FABRICATION ACTIVITIES
1.
a) Review of calibration certificates of instruments/ testing equipments
WC
HP
WC
2.
Checking of structural steel material supplied by the EPCC Contractor/

Manufacturers test certificate/ testing (as applicable)
WC
Rw
3.
Welding Filler material approval/ qualification

a) Manufacturing test certificates/ documents
WC
Rw
b) Testing, if any
WC
Rw
a) Welding of test piece for WPS/PQR
WC
HP
b) Lab test for WPS/ PQR
WC
Rw
5.
Welders performance qualification
WC
HP
6.
Layout checking
WC
7.
Welding equipment and accessories
WC
8.
Preparation and approval of Fabrication drawings
WC
Rw
FABRICATION ACTIVITIES
Materials as per design drawing
WC
Rw
Check straightness and non-warping of members
WC
Dimensional and fit-up checks including provision of slopes for

deflection wherever required
Visual check for welding
WC
WC
Grinding including surface preparation for painting and application of

primer
WC
Rw
Checking paint as per specs, shelf-life, etc.
WC
Application of specified paint, painting thickness, etc.
WC
FIELD ERECTION ACTIVITIES
Lifting arrangements including test certificates of lifting tackles
WC
S/Rw
Correctness of location
WC
Orientation of bracing, lugs
WC
Alignment & levels
WC
Field welding (if any)
WC
Grouting
WC
Finishing coat of paint, thickness of paint etc.
WC
WC
Rw
WC
HP
WC
Rw
4.


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 28 of 38
6782-6-82-2748 REV 0
CAST IN SITU/DRIVEN PILES
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
Rw
Layout and ground level
WC
Checking/ testing of materials (as applicable)
WC
Design of mix
WC
HP
Driving of piles & check for set point
WC
WC
Check for depth of bore and lowering of cage

measuring
Pour Card
WC
HP
Concreting, testing
WC
Casting of cubes/Testing
WC
10
Check for cut off level of concreting & quantity of

concrete poured
Lifting of casing pipe
WC
WC
11
12
13
Pile load tests (lateral/vertical/cyclic/pull out) on

specified number of piles as per design
Submission of pile load test report
WC
W/Rw
WC
Rw

WC
Rw

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 29 of 38
6782-6-82-2771 REV 0
ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Testing of material & spraying devices including personal

protective equipments like facemask, gloves, shoes, etc.
WC
HP
2.
Preparation of surface for taking dosage of emulsion by

ramming of each layer of soil by roding the earth at
specified intervals
WC
3.
Backfilling and compaction in specified layers along with

application of emulsifier along the sides of masonry &
RCC structures
WC
Compaction of top surface for taking dosage of emulsifier

by roding the earth at specified intervals for the entire floor
area before concreting
WC
Check for consumption of emulsifier utilized
WC
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 30 of 38
6782-6-82-2772 REV 0
PLASTERING
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
Check for completeness of all hidden jobs like piping,

conduiting, etc.
WC
2.
Check for grading of sand, Mix proportion
WC
Sample preparation for finish and its approval
WC
Neeru application on plaster (as applicable)
WC
5.
Hacking and cleaning the surface, removing loose

particles, wetting the surface
WC
6.
Checking of plaster thickness, plumb & even surface
WC
7.
Check for grooves, openings, rounding off the corners,

hollowness in plaster
WC
Curing
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 31 of 38
6782-6-82-2773 REV 0
DOORS, WINDOWS & VENTILATORS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
Sample Approval
WC
HP
Check for sections & dimensions
WC
Line, level & plumb
WC
Section joinery details
WC
Grouting with lugs/ dash fasteners
WC
Check for fixtures & fittings
WC
Check for thickness & type of glazing
WC
HP
Check for rubber gasket, anodizing (as applicable)
WC
10
Brand/ shade of paints, no. of coats including surface

preparation
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw
11


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 32 of 38
6782-6-82-2774 REV 0
PAINTING (BUILDING WORKS)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Completion of surface preparation
WC
2.
Checking of material/ Manufacturers test certificate

(wherever required)
WC
Rw
3.
Confirmation of colour, shade & brand
HP
4.
Check for number of coats and thickness
WC
Curing, if any
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 33 of 38
6782-6-82-2775 REV 0
SANITARY FITTINGS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Checking of material (approved vendor)
WC
2.
Checking of sample (as applicable)
WC
3.
Check completeness of finishing works w.r.t. line, level &

position
WC
4.
Check proper fixing of the sanitary fittings to give aesthetic

appeal
WC
Check for leakage
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 34 of 38
6782-6-82-2776 REV 0
WATER PROOFING (ROOF)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Surface preparation for screeding/ water proof

plastering
WC
2.
Mix proportion, thickness of screeding/ plastering

& slope towards rain water pipes
WC
3.
Formation of groove at specified height on parapet

wall
WC
4.
Check for material, no. of coats, application

procedure and consumption.
WC
5.
Termination of material in groove on vertical plane
WC
6.
Check for hollowness, bubbles in water proofing, if

any
WC
7.
Conducting a sample of water proofing test by

flooding the area for specified interval (as
applicable)
WC
HP
8.
Cleaning of surface
WC
9.
Submission of Guarantee in the requisite Performa
WC
Rw
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 35 of 38
6782-6-82-2777 REV 0
FALSE FLOORING AND FALSE CEILING
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
FALSE FLOORING
1.
Manufacturers Test Certificate
WC
Rw
2.
WC
3.
Cleaning base floor
WC
4.
Painting base floor with Polyurethane based paint (as

specified)
WC
5.
Proper line, level & layout
WC
FALSE CEILING
1.
Manufacturers Test Certificate
WC
Rw
2.
WC
3.
Surface preparation of panel boards
WC
4.
Proper line, level & cut-outs
WC
5.
Painting of panel boards
WC

WC
Rw

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 36 of 38
6782-6-82-2778 REV 0
UNDER-DECK INSULATION
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Checking of materials including density
WC
2.
Checking of adhesive, fasteners for anchorage
WC
3.
Fixing of scaffolding, ladders, platforms
WC
Fixing of under-deck insulation with adhesive
WC
Fixing of dash fasteners at defined spacing
WC
Finishing
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw


CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 37 of 38
6782-2-82-2779 REV 0
ROOFING ACCESSORIES
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Check for material including Manufacturers test certificate

(as applicable) and sequence of sheeting
WC
2.
Check for mitring, overhang, laps, etc.
WC
3.
Slopes line, level of sheets, barge boards, ridges & gutters,

over hang of sheets
WC
4.
Bolting by drilling only, length of bolts, nos., anodizing and

type of washers
WC
Check for slopes of rain gutters, down take pipes, north

lighting curves/ supports for gutters
WC
Check for leakage/ passing of light
WC
WC
Rw

NOTE :
Fixing arrangement need to be reviewed with respect to contract

specifications.

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 38 of 38
6782-6-82-2799 REV 0
LIGHTING WORKS FOR NON PLANT BUILDINGS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Prepare detailed conduit layout diagram as per the

approved electrical drawing
WC
2.
Provide GJ/PVC sleeves in columns/beams at identified

locations to facilitate laying of conduit on later date.
WC
3.
Ensure conduit & accessories material is inspected at site

before using
WC
4.
Ensure that the conduit is laid in line with execution

drawings & provide pull-wires as per requirement.
WC
5.
Check correctness of drop/JB locations
WC
6.
Check threaded joints are proper
WC
7.
Ensure all JB/Fan box are properly stuffed with jute
WC
8.
Ensure conduits are properly tied to reinforcement bars to

prevent floating during concrete
WC
9.
Ensure proper supporting of conduit lengths wherever

required
WC
10.
Ensure adequate chasing depth for conduit portion coming

inside brick walls
WC
11.
Check workmanship towards joints and presence of any

foreign material inside the conduits
WC
12.
Ensure wiring material is inspected at site before use
WC
13.
Ensure correctness of lighting wire size and no. of wires as

per the drawing in each conduit portion
WC
14.
Preparation of "As Built" drgs.
WC
Rw

WC
Rw

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-1700 Rev 1
Page 39 of 65
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 1 of 63
SUB SECTION A-6.1

Vendor List
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T1 Rev. 1
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 2 of 63
COUNTRY
MECHANICAL (EQUIPMENT)
1.0
AGITATOR (SMALL) - TOP ENTRY
1
2
3
4
5
6
A J SERVICES
GMM PFAUDLER LTD
MIXRITE CORPORATION
RATHI LIGHTNIN MIXERS PVT LTD
REMI PROCESS PLANT & MACHINERY LTD
STANDARD ENGINEERS
2.0
AGITATOR (SWIVEL TYPE) SIDE ENTRY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
JANSEN MIXER INTERNATIONAL

LIGHTNIN MIXERS LTD
LUMPP S.A.
MILTON ROY MIXING (FORMLY ROBIN R559)
MISSENARD-QUINT INDUSTRIES
MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA LTD
MIXING SOLUTIONS LTD. (FRMLY P658)
3.0
AGITATOR - TOP ENTRY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CHEMINEER INC.
DORR-OLIVER
GMM PFAUDLER LTD
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
JANSEN MIXER INTERNATIONAL
LIGHTNIN MIXERS LTD
LUMPP S.A.
METSO MINERALS CANADA INC
MILTON ROY MIXING (FORMLY ROBIN R559)
MISSENARD-QUINT INDUSTRIES
MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA LTD
MIXING SOLUTIONS LTD. (FRMLY P658)
REMI PROCESS PLANT & MACHINERY LTD
4.0
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CENTRAL
1
2
3
4
ABB LTD. (CALCUTTA)

BLUE STAR LTD
KIRLOSKAR PNEUMATIC CO LTD- (PUNE)
VOLTAS LIMITED
5.0
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM - PACKAGE UNIT
1
2
3
4
5
BATLIBOI & CO LTD

BLUE STAR LTD
EMERSON NETWORK POWER (I) PVT LTD
ETA ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
VOLTAS LIMITED
6.0
AIR FIN COOLER (CS & SS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
BATIGNOLLES TECHNOLOGIES THERMIQUES BTT

BHEL (HYDERABAD)
BHPV
BOLDROCCHI SRL
FBM HUDSON ITALIANA S.P.A.
GEA ENERGY SYSTEM (INDIA) LIMITED
GEI HAMON INDUSTRIES LIMITED
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
NUOVO PIGNONE SPA (ITALY) (GE OILCO.)
PAHARPUR COOLING TOWERS LTD.
PATELS AIRTEMP (INDIA) LTD
7.0
AIR HANDLING & FAN COIL UNIT
ETA ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K.
FRANCE
FRANCE
FRANCE
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A
U.S.A
INDIA
JAPAN
U.S.A
U.K.
FRANCE
INDIA
FRANCE
FRANCE
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
8.0
AIR PRE-HEATER (CAST)
1
2
BY CAST N.V
KAMAL ENGINEERING CORPORATION
9.0
AIR PRE-HEATER (GLASS TUBE)
1
2
BY CAST N.V
10.0
BOILER - INDUSTRIAL WATER TUBE >25TPH
1.
2
3
BHEL (TRICHY)
BHPV
THERMAX BABCOCK & WILCOX LTD
11.0
BOILER - WASTE HEAT (PACKAGE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ALSTOM PROJECTS INDIA LIMITED

BHEL (TRICHY)
BHPV
ISGEC JOHN THOMPSON(UNIT-SARASWATI INDL
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
THERMAX BABCOCK & WILCOX LTD
THERMAX LIMITED
WALCHANDNAGAR INDUSTRIES LTD
12.0
BURNER-CONVENTIONAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ADOR WELDING LTD.

AIR OIL FLAREGAS (INDIA) PVT LTD.
CALLIDUS TECHNOLOGIES L.L.C.
HAMWORTHY COMBUSTION ENGINEERING LTD
JOHN ZINK INTERNATIONAL LUXEMBOURG SARL
LD DUIKER B.V.
ZEECO INC.
13.0
BURNER-DUCT
1
2
3
COEN BHARAT LTD

14.0
BURNER-LOW Nox (PROCESS FIRED HEATER)
1
2
3
4

ZEECO INC.
15.0
CENTRIFUGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BIRD MACHINE CO INC

CEPA CARL PADBERG GMBH
FLOTTWEG-WERK GMBH
KHD HUMBOLDT WEDAG AG
KRAUSS MAFFEI VERFAHRENSTECHNIK GmbH
SIEBTECHNIK GMBH
SULZER BROTHERS LTD (ENQ.TO S-211)
TOME ENGINEERING CO LTD
16.0
CHAIN PULLEY BLOCK
1
2
3
HERCULES HOISTS LTD

LIFTING EQPTS & ACCESSORIES
W.H. BRADY & CO LIMITED
17.0
CHLORINATOR
1
2
BABUBHAI NARITAMDAS & CO

CHLORO CONTROL EQUIPMENT CO.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 3 of 63
COUNTRY
BELGIUM
INDIA
BELGIUM
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K.
LUXEMBOURGE
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A
INDIA
U.K.
LUXEMBOURGE
U.S.A.
U.K.
LUXEMBOURGE
U.S.A
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
SWITZERLAND
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
PENWALT INDIA LTD (BOMBAY)
18.0
COALESCER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AXSIA HOWMAR LIMITED

GRAND PRIX FAB.(P) LTD(FORMLY A.G.STEEL)
KNITMESH LIMITED
MULTITEX FILTRATION ENGINEERS LTD.
PALL INDIA PVT LTD
PERRY EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
SIIRTEC NIGI S P A
19.0
CRANE- E.O.T (HAZARDOUS AREA)
1
2
3
4
ARMSEL MHE PVT LTD

EDDY CRANES ENGRS (P) LTD
FURNACE AND FOUNDRY EQUIPMENT CO.
MEEKA MACHINERY PVT LTD
20.0
CRANE- E.O.T (SAFE AREA)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ANUPAM INDUSTRIES LIMITED (ANAND)

ARMSEL MHE PVT LTD
CONSOLIDATED HOISTS PVT LTD.
FURNACE AND FOUNDRY EQUIPMENT CO.
HEAVY ENGINEERING CORPORATION LTD
HYDERABAD INDUSTRIES LTD (FRMRLY HM-HED)
JESSOP & CO. LTD
MUKAND LTD
SAYAJI IRON & ENGG CO (P) LTD
TUNGABHADRA STEEL PRODUCTS LTD
WMI CRANE LIMITED
21.0
CRANE H.O.T. (HAND OPERATED)
1
2
3
4
5
ARMSEL MHE PVT LTD

CONSOLIDATED HOISTS PVT LTD
22.0
DAMPER (FOR FIRED HEATER/AIR PREHEAT SYS)
1
2
3
BACHMANN INDUSTRIES INDIA LIMITED

FOURESS ENGG.(INDIA) LTD.(BLR.WORK )
23.0
DAMPERS FOR FLUE GAS
INDIRA DAMPER INDUSTRIES
24.0
DEMISTER
1
2
3
4
CONTINENTAL PROFILES LTD

EVERGREEN TECHNOLOGIES PVT.LTD.
HAVER STANDARD INDIA PVT LTD
PACE ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES
25.0
DG SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BHEL(BHOPAL)
DAIHATSU DIESEL MANUFACTURING CO LTD
DIESEL LOCOMOTIVE WORKS
FUJI ELECTRIC CO LTD
GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS & ENGRS. LTD.
GENERGY PLC
GREAVES COTTON LTD.
JEEVAN DIESELS & ELECTRICALS LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 4 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
UK
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
KIRLOSKAR OIL ENGINES LTD

MAN B&W DIESEL LTD ( FORMERLY GEC-RUSTON
MTU MOTOREN TURBINEN
NISHISHIBA ELECTRIC CO LTD
POWERICA LTD
SIEMENS AG
STEWART & STEVENSON SERVICES INC
TIL LIMITED (SAHIBABAD WORKS)
TRADING ENGINEERS(INTERNATIONAL) LTD
WARTSILA INDIA LTD
WARTSILLA FRANCE S.A.S
26.0
DIESEL ENGINE
1
2
3
4
5
6
DIESEL LOCOMOTIVE WORKS

GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS & ENGRS. LTD.
GREAVES COTTON LTD
KIRLOSKAR OIL ENGINES LTD
WARTSILA INDIA LTD
WARTSILLA FRANCE S.A.S
27.0
DOSING PACKAGE(SKID MOUNTED)
1
2
3
4
ENPRO INDUSTRIES PVT LTD

MILTON ROY INDIA PVT. LTD
SWELORE ENGG. (P) LTD
V.K. PUMPS INDUSTRIES
28.0
DRIER- AIR/GAS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DELAIR INDIA PVT LTD

GASO ENERGY SYSTEM INDIA PVT LTD
INDCON PROJECTS & EQUIPMENTS LTD
LLOYDS STEEL INDUSTRIES LTD.
MELLCON ENGINEERS PVT LTD
TRIDENT PNEUMATIC PVT LTD
ULTRAFILTER (INDIA) PVT. LTD.
29.0
DUST/FUME EXTRACTION SYSTEM
1
2
3
DUSTVEN PVT LTD.

F.HARLEY & CO. PVT LTD.
HINDUSTAN DORR-OLIVER LTD
30.0
EJECTOR (ENGINEERED)
1
2
3
4
5
6
BHEL (HYDERABAD)
GODREJ & BOYCE MFG. CO. LTD.
MAZDA LIMITED
MICRO PRECISION PRODUCTS PVT LTD
NEW FIELD INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT PVT LTD
SSP PVT LTD
31.0
EJECTOR (UNENGINEERED)
1
2
MAZDA LIMITED
NEW FIELD INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT PVT LTD
32.0
ELECTRIC HOISTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ARMSEL MHE PVT LTD

BOMBAY POWERLIFT E.H. PVT LTD
CONSOLIDATED HOISTS PVT LTD
HERCULES HOISTS LTD
INGERSOLL RAND COMPANY (USA)
LIFTING EQPTS & ACCESSORIES
SAYAJI IRON & ENGG CO (P) LTD
TOYODA INTERNATIONAL SALES INC
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 5 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K
GERMANY
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
USA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
33.0
FAN- ID/FD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
AIR CONTROL & CHEMICAL ENGG.CO.LTD.

BHEL (RANIPET)
BOLDROCCHI SRL
DMW CORPORATION
FLAKT (INDIA) LIMITED
HOWDEN PROCESS COMPRESSOR-(DONKIN DIVN.)
ILLINOIS BLOWERS INC
KONRAD REITZ VENTILATOREN GMBH & CO. KG
MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD
TLT ENGINEERING INDIA PVT LTD
TURBO LUFTTECHNIK GMBH
VAN TONGEREN KENNEMBER BV
34.0
FILTER - BASKET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
BARTON FIRTOP ENGINEERING CO. LTD

FILTERATION ENGINEERS (I) PVT. LTD.
FILTREX S.R.L.
FLUID ENGINEERING
GUJARAT OTOFILT
35.0
FILTER - CARTRIDGE/CANDLE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
BOLL & KIRCH FILTERBAU GmbH

EPE EPENSTENNER GMBH & CO
EUROFILTEC
FAIREY ARLON BV
FAUDI PROCESS FILTRATION GMBH
FILTAN-FILTER-ANLAGENBAU GMBH
FILTREX S.R.L.
FLOWTECH FLUID HANDLING LTD
FORAIN S.R.L.
GUJARAT OTOFILT
PALL INDIA PVT LTD
PALL WELL TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
PHILIPS INTERNATIONAL
PLENTY FILTERS
PTI TECHNOLOGIES INC.
SIIRTEC NIGI S P A
ULTRAFILTER (INDIA) PVT. LTD.
36.0
FILTER SEPARATOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FAUDI PROCESS FILTRATION GMBH

FORAIN S.R.L.
PALL INDIA PVT LTD
PLENTY FILTERS
RAVI TECHNO SYSTEMS PVT LTD
SIIRTEC NIGI S P A
37.0
FLARE STACK COMPONENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ADOR WELDING LTD.

AIR OIL FLAREGAS (INDIA) PVT LTD.
HITACHI ZOSEN COORPORATION
ITAS S.P.A.
NAO INC
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 6 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K
U.S.A
GERMANY
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
U.K
INDIA
ITALY
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
FRANCE
NETHERLANDS
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
U.K
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
U.K
U.S.A
ITALY
INDIA
GERMANY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
LUXEMBOURGE
U.S.A.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
ZEECO INC.
38.0
FLOATING ROOF TANK SEAL
RUBBER PRODUCTS PVT LTD
39.0
HEAT EXCHANGER CARBON STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
AERO ENGINEERS
BHEL (HARIDWAR)
BHEL (HYDERABAD)
BHEL (TRICHY)
BHEL(BHOPAL)
BHPV
BUILDWORTH LIMITED
GANSONS LTD.
GEECY ENGINEERING PVT LTD
GR ENGINEERNGG WORKS LTD (TARAPORE)
INDIA TUBE MILLS & METAL IND LTD
INDUS PROJECTS LIMITED
INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURERS
ISGEC (A UNIT OF SARASWATI INDL.SYND.)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (HAZIRA WORKS)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (RANOLI WORKS)
MEENAKSHI ASSOCIATES PVT LTD
PRABHA STEEL INDUSTRIES
PRECISION EQUIPMENTS (CHENNAI) PVT LTD
TECHNO PROCESS EQUIPMENTS (INDIA) LTD
TEMA INDIA LTD
TEMA INDIA LTD (KONDENSING EQUIPMENTS)
TITANIUM EQPT & ANODE MANUFACTURERS
UNIVERSAL HEAT EXCHANGERS LTD
40.0
HEAT EXCHANGER NF-(BRASS, CU-Ni)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ALFA LAVAL INDIA LTD

BHPV
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
TEMA INDIA LTD
41.0
HEAT EXCHANGER STAINLESS STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
ALFA LAVAL INDIA LTD

BHEL (HARIDWAR)
BHEL (TRICHY)
BHEL(BHOPAL)
BHPV
GANSONS LTD.
GEECY ENGINEERING PVT LTD
GR ENGINEERNGG WORKS LTD (TARAPORE)
INDIA TUBE MILLS & METAL IND LTD
INDUS PROJECTS LIMITED
INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURERS
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (RANOLI WORKS)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 7 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
PRABHA STEEL INDUSTRIES

TECHNO PROCESS EQUIPMENTS (INDIA) LTD
TEMA INDIA LTD
TITANIUM EQPT & ANODE MANUFACTURERS
42.0
LIFTS (PASSENGER & GOODS)
1
2
OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY(I)LTD

THYSSENKRUPP ECE ELEVATOR PVT.LTD.
43.0
MECH.SEAL PUMP
1
2
3
4
5
BURGMANN INDIA PVT LTD

EAGLE SEALS AND SYSTEMS INDIA LTD
FLOWSERVE SANMAR LTD
JOHN CRANE SEALOL (I) LTD
LEAK PROOF ENGG (I) PVT. LTD
44.0
PUMP-CENT. (BFW)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
ARAI PUMP MANUFACTURING COMPANY LTD

BETA BV
BHARAT PUMPS & COMPRESSORS LTD
BHEL (HYDERABAD)
DMW CORPORATION
EBARA CORPORATION (JAPAN)
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION (FORMERLY I571)
FLOWSERVE(THOMPSONS KELLY&LEWIS PTY LTD)
GOULDS PUMPS INC
KSB AKTIENGESSELSCHAFT
KSB PUMPS LTD (POONA)
POMPE GABBIONETA SPA
RUHRPUMPEN GMBH(FORMERLY THYSSENT509)
SHIN NIPPON MACHINERY CO LTD
STERLING FLUID SYSTEMS LIMITED
SULZER PUMPS (US) INC
SULZER PUMPEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
SULZER PUMPS INDIA LIMITED
TEXTRON FLUID HANDLING PRODUCTS
WEIR PUMPS LIMITED
45.0
PUMP-CENT.CAN MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
CRANE CO
HERMATIC PUMPEN GMBH
HYDRODYNE INDIA PVT LTD
KLAUS UNION ENGINEERING PVT LTD
NIKKISO CO LTD (NIKKISO K.K.)
46.0
PUMP-CENT.HOR (GWS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12.
13
14
15
16
17

BEACON WEIR LIMITED
DMW CORPORATION
FLOWSERVE INDIA CONTROLS PVT LTD
GOULDS PUMPS INC
HAYWARD TYLER FLUID DYNAMICS LTD.
KIRLOSKAR BROTHERS LTD
MATHER & PLATT PUMPS LTD.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 8 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
NETHERLANDS
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

SU MOTORS PVT LTD
WEIR PUMPS LIMITED
47.0
PUMP-CENT.HOR (LCWS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

BEACON WEIR LIMITED
DMW CORPORATION
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION (FORMERLY I571
GOULDS PUMPS INC
MATHER & PLATT PUMPS LTD
WEIR PUMPS LIMITED
48.0
PUMP-CENT.HOR (SPP)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

DMW CORPORATION
GOULDS PUMPS INC
KIRLOSKAR EBARA PUMPS LTD
49.0
PUMP-CENT.HOR.MULTI STAGE (SPP)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

DMW CORPORATION
GOULDS PUMPS INC
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 9 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
U.K.
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

WEIR PUMPS LIMITED
50.0
PUMP-CENT.VERT(GPP)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

DMW CORPORATION
GOULDS PUMPS INC
KISHOR PUMPS PVT LTD.
SU MOTORS PVT LTD
51.0
PUMP-CENT.VERT (LCWS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

DMW CORPORATION
GOULDS PUMPS INC
HAYWARD TYLER FLUID DYNAMICS LTD
WEIR PUMPS LIMITED
WPIL LTD
52.0
PUMP-CENT.VERT. (GWS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

DMW CORPORATION
FLOWSERVE(THOMPSONS KELLY&LEWIS PTY LTD
GOULDS PUMPS INC
KISHOR PUMPS PVT LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 10 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

SU MOTORS PVT LTD
WEIR PUMPS LIMITED
WPIL LTD
53.0
PUMP-CENT.VERT.BARREL TYPE (SPP)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
16.
18.
19.
20.

DMW CORPORATION
GOULDS PUMPS INC
HAYWARD TYLER FLUID DYNAMICS LTD
54.0
PUMP-RECIPRO. (CV)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ALLLDOS DOSIERTECHNIK GMBH

BRAN + LUEBBE LTD
CRANE CO
DOSAPRO MILTON ROY
ORLITA GMBH & CO KG
PERONI POMPE SPA (FORMARLY F.PERONI)
PULSA FEEDER (UNIT OF IDEX CORP)
SHAPOTOOLS
WILLIAMS INSTRUMENT COMPANY INC
55.0
PUMP-RECIPRO. (DIAPH)
1
2.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ALLLDOS DOSIERTECHNIK GMBH

BRAN + LUEBBE LTD
CRANE CO
DOSAPRO MILTON ROY
ENVIROTECH PUMP SYSTEMS NETHERLANDS BV
ORLITA GMBH & CO KG
PERONI POMPE SPA (FORMARLY F.PERONI)
PULSA FEEDER (UNIT OF IDEX CORP)S
WILLIAMS INSTRUMENT COMPANY INC
56.0
PUMP-ROTARY.GEAR
1
2
3
DEL PD PUMPS & GEARS PVT. LTD.

DELTA CORPORATION
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 11 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
JAPAN
GERMANY
TALY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A
INDIA
JAPAN
GERMANY
ITALY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
4
5
6
7
8
9
HYDROPOWER CORPORATION
MAAG PUMPS SYSTEMS AG
NAGANO KEIKI SEISAKUSHO LTD
SHIMADZU CORPORATION
VIKING PUMP INC
WITTE PUMPS & TECHNOLOGY GMBH
57.0
PUMP-ROTARY. SCREW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ALEKTON ENGG INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD

ALLWEILER AG
BORNEMANN PUMPEN
IMO AB.
IMO INDUSTRIES INC (USA)
LEISTRITZ AG
PLENTY MIRRLESS PUMPS
POMPE VERGANI SPA
ROTO PUMPS LTD
TUSHACO PUMPS PVT. LTD
UT PUMPS & SYSTEMS PVT. LTD. (BORNEMAN)
WARREN PUMPS INC
58.0
PUMP_CENT.HOR (GPP)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

DMW CORPORATION
GOULDS PUMPS INC
SANWA HYDROTECH CORPORATION
SU MOTORS PVT LTD
WEIR PUMPS LIMITED
59.0
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM- VAPOUR ABSORPTION
1
2
THERMAX LIMITED
VOLTAS LIMITED
60.0
SILENCER
1
2
3
4
ACOUSTICS INDIA PVT LTD

INDIRA INDUSTRIES
PR ACOUSTICAL & ENGINEERING WORKS(P)LTD
61.0
SOOT BLOWER
1
2
3
4
BHEL (TRICHY)
CLYDE BERGEMANN LIMITED
DIAMOND POWER SPEACIALITY LTD
RIZZI ENERGY SPA
62.0
TURBINE-GAS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 12 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
SWEDEN
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
U.K.
ITALY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
14.
15.
16.
BHEL (HYDERABAD)
DEMAG DELAVAL INDL. TURBO MACHINERY
DRESSER RAND COMPANY
FIAT AVIAZIONE
GE POWER SYSTEMS
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
ISHIKAWAJIMA HARIMA HEAVY IND CO LTD
KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD
MAN TURBOMASCHINEN AG
ROLLS ROYCE ENERGY SYSTEMS INC.
SOLAR TURBINES INC
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION
63.0
TURBINE-STEAM (GP)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
APE BELLISS INDIA LTD

BLOHM & VOSS AG
FRANCO TOSI MECCANICA SPA(FORMERLY CMTL)
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
PETER BROTHERHOOD LTD
SHINKO INDUSTRIES LTD
SIEMENS AG
TRIVENI ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD.
TUTHILL ENERGY SYSTEMS ( C628 & M655)
64.0
TURBINE-STEAM (SP)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
ASEA BROWN BOVERY LIMITED

BHEL (HYDERABAD)
BLOHM & VOSS AG
ELLIOTT TURBOMACHINERY CORPORN CO. IN
FRAMATOME MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
FRANCO TOSI MECCANICA SPA(FORMERLY CMTL)
GEC ALSTHOM TURBINE GENERATORS
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
PETER BROTHERHOOD LTD
SIEMENS AG
TUTHILL ENERGY SYSTEMS ( C628 & M655)
65.0
VENTILATION & PRESSURISATION SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
ADVANCE VENTILATION PVT. LIMITED

BLUE STAR LTD
C DOCTOR INDIA PVT LTD (FORMERLY I-106)
DUSTVEN PVT LTD.
S K SYSTEMS PVT LTD
VOLTAS LIMITED
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 13 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
U.S.A
FRANCE
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.S.A
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 14 of 63
COUNTRY
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
1.0
CHASIS MOUNTED FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
1
2
3
4
BRIJBASI HI-TECH UDYOG

VIJAY INDUSTRIES & PROJECTS LTD(REF K125
VIMAL FIRE CONTROLS PVT LTD
WADIA BODY BUILDERS
2.0
CLEAN AGENT SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
5
NEW AGE INDUSTRIES

NEW FIRE ENGINEERS (P) LTD
NITIN FIRE PROTECTION INDUSTRIES LTD
NOHMI BOSAI KOGYO CO LTD
TYCO FIRE & SECURITY INDIA PVT. LTD
3.0
COATING TAPES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FURUKAWA ELECTRIC CO LTD

KENDALL COMPANY
LONG PRODUCTS LTD
METAL & PIPELINE ENDURANCE LTD
PREMIER COATINGS LTD
RAYCHEM INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
TOYO CHEMICAL CO LTD
UBE INDUSTRIES
4.0
COOLING TOWER - CONCRETE
1
2
3
GAMMON NIRMAN LTD.[CONTRACT]

HAMON THERMOPACK ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.
PAHARPUR COOLING TOWERS LTD.
5.0
DELUGE VALVE
1
2
FIRETECH EQUIPMENTS & SYSTEM PVT. LTD.

HD FIREPROTECT PVT. LTD.
6.0
EFFLUENT & SEWAGE TREATMENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
DRIPLEX WATER ENGINEERS PVT LTD(CONTRACT

EIMCO KCP LIMITED (THE)
EUTECO IMPIANTI SPA (NO ENQUIRY)
GAMMON NIRMAN LTD.[CONTRACT]
PARAMOUNT LIMITED (CONTRACT)
SERETE
SPEICHIM (NO ENQ)
VOIST ALPINE VERTRIEBS-GMBH
VOLTAS LIMITED
7.0
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (PORTABLE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ASCO STRUMECH PVT.LTD.

BHARAT ENGG. WORKS
GUNNEBO INDIA LIMITED
KIDDE INDIA LTD (FMLY VIJAY FIRE-IND)
SAFEX FIRE SERVICES
SUPREMEX EQUIPMENTS
ZENITH FIRE SERVICES (INDIA) PVT. LTD.
8.0
FIRE HOSE ACCESSORIES
1
2

INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
U.S.A
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
FRANCE
AUSTRIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5
6

SHAH BHOGILAL JETHAMAL & BROTHERS
9.0
FOAM MAKER
1
2
3

10.0
FOAM MONITOR
1
2
3
4
AKRON BRASS COMPANY

11.0
FOAM NOZZLES
1
2
3
4
AKRON BRASS COMPANY

ZENITH FIRE SERVICES (INDIA) PVT. LTD.
12.0
GLASS WOOL INSULATION PRODUCTS
UP TWIGA FIBRE GLASS LTD
13.0
HOSE DELIVERY
1
2
3
CHHATARYA RUBBER & CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

NEW AGE INDUSTRIES
14.0
HYDRANT/LANDING VALVE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

NEW AGE INDUSTRIES
VENUS PUMPS & ENGINEERING WORKS
15.0
INSULATING REFRACTORY CASTABLE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ACHINT CHEMICALS
CARBORUNDUM UNIVERSAL LTD
CASTWELL INDUSTRIES
JSL REFRACTORIES LIMITED
MAITHAN CERAMICS LTD
MANISHRI REFRACTORIES & CERAMICS PVT LTD
MPR REFRACTORIES
OCL INDIA LTD
PACIFIC REFRACTORIES LTD
PROGRESSIVE REFRACTORY & MONOLITHICS
SHARAD REFRACTORIES PVT LTD
SHARADA CERAMICS PVT LTD
TATA REFRACTORIES LIMITED
VESUVIUS INDIA LTD
16.0
INSULATING BRICKS
1
2
3
4
5
6
ACHINT CHEMICALS
MAITHAN CERAMICS LTD
MPR REFRACTORIES
NAVRANG REFRACTORIES (P) LTD
NUTECH REFRACTORIES PVT LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 15 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
PACIFIC REFRACTORIES LTD

RAASI REFRACTORIES LTD
RAJASTHAN CERAMIC INDUSTRIES
RELIABLE REFRACTORIES
SHARAD REFRACTORIES PVT LTD
VALLEY REFRACTORIES LIMITED
17.0
INSULATING JOINTS
1
2
3
4
ALFA ENGINEERING S.R.L.

IGP ENGINEERS PVT. LIMITED
NUOVA GIUNGAS S.R.L
ZUNT ITALIANA SRL
18.0
REFRACTORY FIRE BRICKS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ASHOKE REFRACTORIES PVT LTD

MAITHAN CERAMIC LTD
MPR REFRACTORIES
NATIONAL REFRACTORIES
OCL INDIA LTD
RAJHANS REFRACTORIES (P) LTD
SHRI NATARAJ CERAMIC AND CHEM INDUST LTD
19.0
REFRACTORY HIGH ALUMINA BRICKS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ASHOKE REFRACTORIES PVT LTD

ASSOCIATED CERAMICS (P) LTD
JSL REFRACTORIES LIMITED
MAITHAN CERAMIC LTD
MANISHRI REFRACTORIES & CERAMICS PVT LTD
MPR REFRACTORIES
OCL INDIA LTD
RAJHANS REFRACTORIES (P) LTD
SHRI NATARAJ CERAMIC AND CHEM INDUST LTD
20.0
SAFETY SHOWER & EYE WASHER
1
2
FRANCIS LESLIE & CO.

UNICARE EMERGENCY EQPT
21.0
SPRAY NOZZLES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
AKRON BRASS COMPANY

DELAVAN LTD
ELKHART BRASS MANUFACTURING INC.
FLOW CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES
GEA SPIROGILLS LTD
LECHLER (INDIA) PVT LIMITED
LECHLER GMBH & CO KG
SIDDHARTH ENTERPRISES
SPRAYING SYSTEMS CO.
STRAHMAN VALVES INC.
22.0
WATER CUM FOAM MONITOR
1
2
3
4
AKRON BRASS COMPANY

NEW AGE INDUSTRIES
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 16 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
FRAMCE
U.K.
U.K.
INDIA
LUXEMBOURGE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
23.0
WATER MONITOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
AKRON BRASS COMPANY

NEW AGE INDUSTRIES
SUPREMEX EQUIPMENTS
24.0
WATER SPRINKLER
1
2
3

TYCO FIRE & SECURITY INDIA PVT. LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 17 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 18 of 63
COUNTRY
PIPING
1.0
EXPANSION JOINT (METALLIC) - IMPORTED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
BROCKINGTON & SCOTT LTD

EJS ASIA PACIFIC PTY LTD
FLEXIDER S.R.L
HEITZ GMBH
IWKA BKT GMBH
JORD BELLOWS PTY LIMITED
MUNRO & MILLER FITTINGS LTD
NORDON INDUSTRIES
SENIOR FLEXONICS PATHWAY
U.S BELLOWS INC.
WITZENMANN GMBH
2.0
EXPANSION JOINT-(FABRIC)
1
2
3
KE BURGMANN FLEXIBLES INDIA PVT LTD

KELD ELLENTOFT INDIA PVT LTD
URJA PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.
3.0
EXPANSION JOINT-METALLIC
LONESTAR INDUSTRIES
4.0
EXPANSION JOINTS (RUBBER)
1
2
3
4
CORI ENGINEERS PVT LTD

MIL INDUSTRIES LIMITED
RUBBER PRODUCTS PVT LTD
SRM EXOFLEX PVT. LTD.
5.0
EXPLOSION CLADDING
1
2
EXPLOFAB METALS (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

GIRIDHARI EXPLOSIVES PVT.LTD.
6.0
FASTENERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
AEP COMPANY
BOLTMASTER INDIA PVT LTD
DEEPAK FASTENERS LIMITED
FASTENERS & ALLIED PRODUCTS PVT LTD.
HARDWIN FASTENERS PVT LTD.
J.J.INDUSTRIES
MULTI FASTENERS PVT LTD
NEXO INDUSTRIES
OME METALLURGICA ERBESE S.r.l.
PACIFIC FORGING & FASTENERS PVT LTD
PIONEER NUTS & BOLTS PVT LTD
PRECISION AUTO ENGINEERS
PRECISION ENGG. INDUSTRIES
PRESIDENT ENGINEERING WORKS
SANDEEP ENGINEERING WORKS
7.0
FITTING BLOCK FORGED- ALLOY STEEL
1
2
3
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
M.S. FITTINGS MFG. CO PVT LTD
8.0
FITTING BLOCK FORGED- CARBON STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
LEADER VALVES LTD
R.N.GUPTA & CO. LTD
U.K.
U.S.A.
ITALY
GERMANY
GERMANY
AUSTRALIA
U.K.
FRANCE
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9.0
FITTING BLOCK FORGED- STAINLESS STEEL
1
2
3
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
10.0
FITTINGS FABRICATED FROM PLATE- A.S.
1
2
SIDHARTH & GAUTAM ENGINEERS

TUBE PRODUCTS INCORPORATE
11.0
FITTINGS FABRICATED FROM PLATE- C.S.
1
2
3
4
DEE DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERS LIMITED

GUJRAT INFRAPIPES PVT. LIMITED
12.0
FITTINGS FABRICATED FROM PLATE- CLADDED
13.0
FITTINGS FABRICATED FROM PLATE- S.S.
1
2
3

14.0
FITTINGS FROM SEAMLESS PIPE- ALLOY STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
EBY INDUSTRIES
EFTEN ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
TEEKAY TUBES PVT LTD
15.0
FITTINGS FROM SEAMLESS PIPE- S.S.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

EBY INDUSTRIES
16.0
FITTINGS FROM SEAMLESS PIPE-CARBON STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CSA FITTINGS
EBY INDUSTRIES
EFTEN ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
17.0
FITTINGS PIPE CAP UPTO 24" - C.S.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CSA FITTINGS
EBY INDUSTRIES
ICEM ENGINEERING COMPANY LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 19 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
18.0
FITTINGS PIPE CAP UPTO 24"-A.S.
1
2
3
4
EBY INDUSTRIES
19.0
FITTINGS PIPE CAP UPTO 24"- S.S.
1
2
3
4
5
6

EBY INDUSTRIES
20.0
FITTINGS TO IS-1239
21.0
FITTINGS-IMPORTED (MANUFACTURERS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
ALLIED INTERNATIONAL S.R.L.

AWAJI SANGYO K.K.
ERNE FITTINGS GMBH
FLOW LINE DIVN.MARKOVITZ ENTERPRISES INC
FORGEROSSI SPA
IBF S p A
MUNRO & MILLER FITTINGS LTD
NIPPON BEND CO LTD
RACCORTUBI
SUMITOMO METAL IND.LTD
SUNGKWANG BEND CO. LTD
TAYLOR FORGE STAINLESS
TECNOFORGE SPA
WASK R M F
WEIR MATERIALS & FOUNDRIES
WILH SCHULZ GmbH
22.0
FLANGE- CARBON STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
ABASI ENGINEERING WORKS

BRITEX ENGINEERING WORKS
CD ENGINEERING CO.
CD INDUSTRIES(GHAZIABAD)
CHAUDHRY HAMMER WORKS LTD
ECHJAY INDUSTRIES PVT LTD. (RAJKOT)
GOLDEN IRON & STEEL WORKS
J K FORGINGS
JAV FORGINGS (P) LTD
KUNJ FORGINGS PVT LTD
METAL FORGINGS PVT LTD
PRADEEP METAL LIMITED
R.N.GUPTA & CO. LTD
R.P.ENGINEERING PVT LTD
SHAH INDUSTRIAL & COMML CORPORATION
SHREE GANESH FORGINGS LTD
UMA SHANKAR KHANDELWAL & CO
23.0
FLANGE- ALLOY STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CD ENGINEERING CO.
CHAUDHRY HAMMER WORKS
24.0
FLANGE- STAINLESS STEEL
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 20 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
THAILAND
AUSTRIA/EUROPE
U.S.A
ITALY
ITALY
U.K
JAPAN
ITALY
JAPAN
SOUTH KOREA
U.S.A
ITALY
U.K
U.K
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
LTD
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CD ENGINEERING CO.
CD INDUSTRIES(GHAZIABAD)
CHAUDHRY HAMMER WORKS LTD
PRADEEP METAL LIMITED
SHREE GANESH FORGINGS LTD
UMA SHANKAR KHANDELWAL & CO
25.0
FLANGES
1
2
3
4
AWAJI SANGYO K.K.

NICOLA GALPERTI & FIGLIO S.P.A.
TECNOFORGE SPA
UMA FORJA S.COOP.
26.0
GASKET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CARBON LORRAINE CEFILAC ETANCHEITE(FRAN)

FLEXITALLIC LTD
JAMES WALKER & CO LTD
KLINGER FLUID CONTROL GMBH (FORM.R551)
LANZA S.P.A
MOORSIDE MACHINING CO LTD
REINZ-DIGHTUNGS GMBH
27.0
GASKET METAL JACKETED
1
2

MADRAS INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
28.0
GASKET METALLIC & SOFT IRON
1
2
3

29.0
GASKET SPIRAL WOUND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GASKET INDIA PRIVATE LTD.

GOODRICH GASKETS PVT LTD
STARFLEX SEALING INDIA PVT LTD
TEEKAY METAFLEX PVT. LTD.
UNIQUE INDUSTRIAL PACKINGS
30.0
HAMMER BLIND(CARBON STEEL
1
2
SHREEPAD ENGINEERING CO.

YAMUNA ENGG CO
31.0
HOSE METALLIC FLEXIBLE SS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
AEROFLEX INDUSTRIES PVT LTD

BENGAL INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
GAYTRI INDUSTRIAL CORPORATION
INSAP FLEXIBLES & ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.
SENIOR INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED
32.0
HOSE- RUBBER (STEAM/GAS/AIR/WATER/CHEM.)
1
2
3
GAYTRI INDUSTRIAL CORPORATION

SONI RUBBER PRODUCTS LTD
SRIDHAR RUBBER PRODUCTS PVT LTD
33.0
INDICATOR-FLOW GLASSES
1
2
BLISS ANAND PVT LTD

FRIEDRICH KROMBACH GMBH & CO.KG
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 21 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
THAILAND
ITALY
ITALY
SPAIN
FRANCE
U.K.
U.K.
AUSTRIA
ITALY
U.K.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5
LEVCON INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD

PRATOLINA INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD
SIGMA INSTRUMENTS CO
34.0
PIPE-ALLOY STEEL(SEAMLESS) TO ASTM STDS
1
2
3
4
5
BHEL (TRICHY)
ISMT LTD-AHMEDNGR
ISMT LTD-BARAMATI
MAHALAXMI SEAMLESS LIMITED
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD.
35.0
PIPE-CARBON STEEL TO INDIAN STANDARDS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
ADVANCE STEEL TUBE LTD

ASIAN MILLS PVT LTD
GOODLUCK STEEL TUBES LTD.
INDUS TUBE LIMITED
JINDAL PIPES LTD
JINDAL SAW LTD (KOSI WORKS)
LALIT PROFILES & STEEL INDUSTRIES LTD
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD
MAN INDUSTRIES (I) LTD
MUKAT PIPES LTD
MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD.
NORTH EASTERN TUBES LIMITED
PRATIBHA PIPES &STRUCTURAL PVT LTD
PSL LIMITED (NANI CHIRAI)
PSL LIMITED- (CHENNAI)
RAMA STEEL TUBES LTD
RATNAMANI METALS & TUBES LTD
SRI SARBATI STEEL TUUBES LTD
STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA LTD
SURINDRA ENGINEERING CO LTD (RAJPURA)
SURINDRA ENGINEERING CO LTD (MUMBAI)
SURYA ROSHNI LTD
SWASTIK PIPES LTD
THE TATA IRON & STEEL CO LTD
UTKARSH TUBES PVT. L TD. ( FORMERLY BMW)
WELSPUN GUJARAT STAH ROHREN LTD
36.0
PIPE-CARBON STEEL (SEAMLESS) TO ASTM STDS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BHEL (TRICHY)
CHANGSHU SEAMLESS STEEL TUBE CO. LTD
HEAVY METALS & TUBES LIMITED(MEHSANA)
ISMT LTD-AHMEDNGR
ISMT LTD-BARAMATI
JINDAL SAW LTD (NASHIK WORKS)
MAHALAXMI SEAMLESS LIMITED
SAINEST TUBES PVT LTD
WUXI ERQUAN SPECIAL STEEL TUBE CO. LTD
37.0
PIPE-CARBON STEEL (WELDED) TO ASTM STDS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

MUKAT PIPES LTD
MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD
SURINDRA ENGINEERING CO LTD-(MUMBAI)
38.0
PIPE- CLADDED
1
2
EXPLOSIVE FABRICATORS INC

JAPAN STEEL WORKS LTD
39.0
PIPE-SEAMLESS ALLOY STEEL
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 22 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
CHINA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
CHINA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
BENTELER STAHL/ROHR GMBH

DALMINE SPA (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS)
IBF S p A
INTERNATIONAL EXTRUDED PRODUCTS LLC
JFE STEEL CORPORATION
MANNESMANN DMV STAINLESS FRANCE S.A.S.
TUBOS DE ACERO DE MEXICO SA(ENQ.TENARIS
VALLOUREC AND MANNESMANN TUBES
40.0
PIPE-SEAMLESS API5L
1
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

MANNESMANN S.A.
MITTAL STEEL ROMAN S. A.
PREUSSAG HANDEL GMBH
SIDERCA S.A.I.C. (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS)
SOCONORD O.C.T.G.
TUBOS DE ACERO DE MEXICO SA(ENQ.TENARIS
TUBOS REUNIDOS SA
VALCOVNY TRUB CHOMUTOV
VOLSKI TUBE MILL
41.0
PIPE-SEAMLESS CARBON STEEL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
7
8
9
10
BENTELER STAHL/ROHR GMBH1

DALMINE SPA (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS)2
JFE STEEL CORPORATION3
KATAKURA STEEL TUBE CO LTD4
MANNESMANN S.A.5
MITTAL STEEL ROMAN S. A.
TUBOS REUNIDOS SA
VALCOVNY TRUB CHOMUTOV
42.0
PIPE-SEAMLESS STAINLESS STEEL
1
2.
3.
4.
5
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
ASSAB INTERNATIONAL AB
BSL TUBES ET RACCORDS
IBF S p A
INTERNATIONAL EXTRUDED PRODUCTS LLC U.S.A
MANNESMANN DMV STAINLESS FRANCE S.A.S
NIPPON METAL INDUSTRY CO
SANDVIK AB
SCHOELLER-BLECKMANN EDELSTAHLROHR
TUBACEX TUBOS INOXIDABLES SA
ZHEJIANG JIULI STNLESS STEEL PIPE CO LTD
43.0
PIPE-SEAMLESS (DUPLEX/SUPER DUPLEX SS)
1.
2

SANDVIK ASIA LIMITED
44.0
PIPE-SS(SEAMLESS & WELDED)TO ASTM STDS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
HEAVY METALS & TUBES LIMITED(MEHSANA)

NUCLEAR FUEL COMPLEX
RAJENDRA MECH INDUSTRIES LTD
SANDVIK ASIA LIMITED
SURAJ STAINLESS LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 23 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
ITALY
ITALY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
MEXICO
FRANCE
ITALY
JAPAN
BRAZIL
Romania
GERMANY
ARGENTINA
BELGIUM
JAPAN
MEXICO
SPAIN
CZECH REPUBLIC
FRANCE
RUSSIA
GERMANY
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
BRAZIL
Romania
JAPAN
SPAIN
CZECH REPUBLIC
FRANCE
SWEDEN
FRANCE
ITALY
ITALY
U.S.A
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
AUSTRIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
CHINA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
45.0
PIPE-WELDED ALLOY STEEL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DALMINE SPA (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS) I

NIPPON MINING CO. LTD (NO ENQUIRY)
NIPPON STEEL CORPORATION
46.0
PIPE- WELDED API5L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CORUS UK LIMITED (ENQ.TO DELHI LIAISION)

EUROPIPE GMBH
ILVA LAMIERE E TUBI SRL(ENQ TO ILVA SPA)
IPSCO INC.
NAPA PIPE CORPORATION
PRODUCTORA MEXICANA DE TUBERIA S.A.DE CV
SIAT S.A. ( ENQUIRY TO CONFAB)
THYSSEN MANNESMANN HANDEL GMBH
TUBACERO S.A.
UMRAN STEEL PIPE INC (TURKEY)
VOLSKI TUBE MILL
47.0
PIPE- WELDED CARBON STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CONFAB INDUSTRIAL S.A

CORUS UK LIMITED (ENQ.TO DELHI LIAISION)
EUROPIPE GMBH
KATAKURA STEEL TUBE CO LTD
48.0
PIPE- WELDED STAINLESS STEEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ASSAB INTERNATIONAL AB
AVESTA SANDVIK TUBE B.V.
BENTHAM INTERNATIONAL LTD
BSL TUBES ET RACCORDS
INOX TECH. SPA
NIPPON METAL INDUSTRY CO
SANDVIK AB
THYSSEN MANNESMANN HANDEL GMBH
49.0
PIPES- SS WELDED TO A 358
1
2
3
RAJENDRA MECH INDUSTRIES LTD

50.0
SAMPLE COOLER.
1
2
3
4
AERO ENGINEERS
ENPRO INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
MEENAKSHI ASSOCIATES PVT LTD
TUBE WELD ENGINEERING WORKS LTD.
51.0
SPRING SUPPORTS
1
2
3
4
PIPE SUPPORTS INDIA PVT LTD

PIPING & ENERGY PRODUCTS ( P ) LTD
SARATHI ENGG ENTERPRISES
SPRING SUPPORTS MFG CO
52.0
STATIC MIXER
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 24 of 63
COUNTRY
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.K.
GERMANY
ITALY
CANADA
JAPAN
U.S.A.
JAPAN
MEXICO
ARGENTINA
JAPAN
GERMANY
MEXICO
TURKEY
RUSSIA
BRAZIL
U.K.
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
SWEDEN
SWEDEN
U.K.
FRANCE
ITALY
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
SWEDEN
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CHEMINEER INC.
LIGHTNIN MIXERS LTD
MIXRITE CORPORATION
STATIFLO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
SULZER BROTHERS LTD (ENQ.TO S-211)
SULZER INDIA LTD
53.0
STEAM SUPPLY / COND. RECOVERY MANIFOLD
1
2
ARMSTRONG INTERNATIONAL SA
SPIRAX MARSHALL LIMITED
54.0
STEAM TRAPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
ARMSTRONG INTERNATIONAL INC.

FUSHIMAN CO LTD
MIYAWAKI INC
PLENTY STEAM TRAPS, PLENTY LIMITED
TLV INTERNATIONAL INC
YARWAY CORPORATION
55.0
STEAM TRAPS-BUCKET/TH.DYN/TH.STAT/FLOAT
1
2
3
4
ESCO (A DIV.OF JM STEAMCON PVT LTD)

PENNANT ENGINEERING PVT LTD
VARALL ENGINEERS
56.0
STRAINERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
BARTON FIRTOP ENGINEERING CO. LTD

EPE EPENSTENNER GMBH & CO
FLOWTECH FLUID HANDLING LTD
FORAIN S.R.L.
FUJI FILTER MFG CO LTD
NEWARK WIRE CLOTH CO
SPIRAX SARCO INTERNATIONAL INC
VEE BEE LIMITED
57.0
STRAINERS (FAB/CAST/FORGED)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
BOMBAY CHEMICAL EQUIPMENTS

GUJARAT OTOFILT
VARALL ENGINEERS
58.0
VALVE BALL - FIRE SAFE (FORGED)
1
2
BELGAUM AQUA VALVES PVT. LTD.

MICROFINISH VALVES PVT LIMITED
59.0
VALVE BALL FIRE SAFE-CCS
1
2
3
4
5
6

FLOW CHEM INDUSTRIES
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
REYNOLD VALVES LTD
VIRGO ENGINEERS LIMITED
60.0
VALVE BALL FIRE SAFE-CSS
1
2
3
4

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 25 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
BELGIUM
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.K.
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
GERMANY
U.K.
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
5
6
REYNOLD VALVES LTD

61.0
VALVE BALL JACKETED - NON FIRE SAFE
62.0
VALVE BALL MULTIPORT NON FIRE SAFE
63.0
VALVE BALL NON FIRE SAFE-CCS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
MEVADA ENGG.WORKS
OSWAL INDUSTRIES LTD
REYNOLD VALVES LTD
64.0
VALVE BALL NON FIRE SAFE-CSS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
MEVADA ENGG.WORKS
REYNOLD VALVES LTD
65.0
VALVE BALL NON FIRE SAFE-FCS
1
2
3
4
5

LEADER VALVES LTD
MEVADA ENGG.WORKS
66.0
VALVE BALL NON FIRE SAFE-FSS
1
2
3
4
5

LEADER VALVES LTD
MEVADA ENGG.WORKS
67.0
VALVE BELLOW SEALED
1
2
BELL-O-SEAL VALVES PVT LTD

68.0
VALVE BUTTERFLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BATLEY VALVE CO LTD, THE

BF KOGYO KAISHA LTD
CHARLES WINN (VALVES) LTD.
COOPER CAMERON (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD.
CRANE AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
FLOWSERVE PTE (MFR. SERCK)
FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
GUICHON VALVES
HATTERSLEY NEWMAN HENDER LTD.
KURIMOTO LTD
LANZA S.P.A.
MCCANNA VALVES INC
METSO AUTOMATION PTE LTD(FORMERLY NELES)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 26 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A
AUSTRALIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
FRANCE
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
U.S.A
U.K.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
NAKAKITA SEISAKUSHO CO LTD

ORTON S.R.L SS
PCC WOUTER WITZEL
PIETRO FIORENTINI SPA
SASAKURA ENGINEERING CO LTD
SPX VALVES & CONTROLS (FORMERLY DEZURIK)
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS (VALVATRON)
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS ITALIA SPA
WESTAD INDUSTRI A S
69.0
VALVE BUTTERFLY (PTFE SEATED)
INTERVALVE (INDIA) LTD.
70.0
VALVE BUTTERFLY CS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
7
8
9
10
ADVANCE VALVES PVT LTD

BDK PROCESS CONTROLS PVT LTD
CRANE PROCESS FLOW TECHNOLOGIES IND. LTD
INSTRUMENTATION LTD. (PALGHAT)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS INDIA PVT LTD
VALFLO PVT LIMITED
71.0
VALVE BUTTERFLY - CAS
72.0
VALVE BUTTERFLY - CSS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
VALFLO PVT LIMITED
73.0
VALVE CHECK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
ALCO ITALIA SPA

AMPO, S.COOP (POYAM VALVES)
BABCOCK POWER ESPANA SA
BEL VALVES
BFE SPA
CONVAL INC
DANIEL MEASURMNT & CONTROL ASIA PACIFIC
ENTECH DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
FLOWSERVE PTE(MFR. EDWARD)
FRIATEC LIMITED
GESTRA AG
GOODWIN INTERNATIONAL LTD
GUICHON VALVES
ISHIDA VALVE MFG CO. LTD
KURIMOTO LTD
LAZARO ITUARTE S.A.
LVF SPA
MALBRANQUE S.A
MOKVELD VALVES BV
NEWMANS INC.
OMB VALVES
PETROL VALVES SRL
RING-O VALVE OPERATIONS
SEMPELL AG
SITINDUSTRIE EQUIPMENT S.R.L.
STAHL ARMATUREN PERSTA GMBH
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 27 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
ITALY
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
JAPAN
U.S.A
U.S.A
ITALY
NORWAY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
SPAIN
SPAIN
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
ITALY
U.S.A.
U.K.
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.K.
FRANCE
JAPAN
JAPAN
SPAIN
ITALY
FRANCE
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
ITALY
GERMANY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
SUFA LTD
TAKAMISAWA VALVE CO LTD(ENQ TO MEC CORPN
TOM WHEATLEY VALVE OPERATIONS
TRUFLO RONA S.A.
TYCO VALVES AND CONTROLS ITALIA S.R.L
VALVINOX SRL
VALVOSIDER
VELAN INC
VITAS - DIVISION OF VALVITALIA S.P.A
WHEATLEY GASO INC
YONEKI VALVE CO LTD
Z & J TECHNOLOGIES GMBH
74.0
VALVE CHECK (DUAL PLATE WAFER TYPE)
1
2

BDK ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES LTD
75.0
VALVE CHECK CAST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

BHEL (TRICHY)
ECONO VALVES PVT. LTD.
FOURESS ENGG (I) LTD. (AURANGABAD)
KSB PUMPS LTD (COIMBATTORE)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
NITON VALVE INDUSTRIES PRIVATE LTD .
NSSL LTD. (NECO SCHUBERT & SALZER LTD)
PANCHVATI VALVES & FLANGES PVT LTD
PETROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING ENTERPRISES
SAKHI ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.
SHALIMAR VALVES PVT LTD
STEEL STRONG VALVES INDIA PVT LTD
76.0
VALVE CHECK EXCESS FLOW
1
2
3
CHANDRA ENGG. & MECH PVT LTD.

MIYAIRI VALVES MFG CO LTD
77.0
VALVE CHECK FORGED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ASSOCIATED TOOLINGS INDIA PVT LTD

AUTOCAP INDUSTRIES
BHEL (TRICHY)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
78.0
VALVE CHECK GUNMETAL/BRASS/BRONZE
1
2
3
H. SARKAR & COMPANY

LEADER VALVES LTD
ZOLOTO INDUSTRIES
79.0
VALVE CRYOGENIC
1
2
3
4

FLOW CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES
LVF SPA
VELAN INC
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 28 of 63
COUNTRY
CHINA
JAPAN
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SPAIN
FRANCE
ITALY
U.K.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
80.0
VALVE CUTTING
1
2
3

KUBOTA CORPORATION
81.0
VALVE DIAPHRAGM
1
2
3
4
5
6
DRESSER PRODUITS INDUSTRIELS

KITAMURA VALVE MANUFACTURING CO LTD
MCCANNA VALVES INC
NIPPON DAIYO VALVE CO LTD
RICHTER CHEMIE-TECHNIK GMBH
SAUNDERS VALVE CO LTD
82.0
VALVE DIAPHRAGM CAST CARBON STEEL
1
2.
3.

PROCON ENGINEERS
83.0
VALVE DIAPHRAGM CAST STAINLESS STEEL
1
2

CRANE PROCESS FLOW TECHNOLOGIES IND. LTD INDIA
84.0
VALVE GATE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
ALCO ITALIA SPA

BEL VALVES
BFE SPA
BREDA ENERGIA SESTO INDUSTRIA SPA
FRIATEC LIMITED
GUICHON VALVES
KUBOTA CORPORATION
KURIMOTO LTD
LAZARO ITUARTE S.A.
LVF SPA
MALBRANQUE S.A
NEWMANS INC.
OMB VALVES
PETROL VALVES SRL
SEMPELL AG
SUFA LTD
TRUFLO RONA S.A.
VALVINOX SRL
VALVOSIDER
VELAN INC
WHEATLEY GASO INC
YONEKI VALVE CO LTD
85.0
VALVE GATE CAST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

BHEL (TRICHY)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 29 of 63
COUNTRY
AUSTRALIA
JAPAN
U.S.A
FRANCE
JAPAN
U.S.A
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
SPAIN
SPAIN
U.K.
ITALY
ITALY
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
GERMANY
FRANCE
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
SPAIN
ITALY
FRANCE
U.S.A
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
GERMANY
CHINA
JAPAN
BELGIUM
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
LEADER VALVES LTD

NITON VALVE INDUSTRIES PRIVATE LTD
SAKHI ENGINEERS PVT. LTD
86.0
VALVE GATE FORGED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

AUTOCAP INDUSTRIES
BHEL (TRICHY)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
NITON VALVE INDUSTRIES PRIVATE LTD
87.0
VALVE GATE GUNMETAL/BRASS/BRONZE
1
2
3
H. SARKAR & COMPANY

LEADER VALVES LTD
ZOLOTO INDUSTRIES
88.0
VALVE GATE/THRU CONDUIT GATE VLV (AP16D)
1
2
3
4
BEL VALVES
89.0
VALVE GLOBE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29..
30.
31.
ALCO ITALIA SPA

BEL VALVES
BFE SPA
CONVAL INC
DESCOTE
FRIATEC LIMITED
GUICHON VALVES
KLEIN ROBINETTERIE INDUSTRIELLE
KURIMOTO LTD
LAZARO ITUARTE S.A.
LVF SPA
MALBRANQUE S.A
NEWMANS INC.
OMB VALVES
PETROL VALVES SRL
SEMPELL AG
SUFA LTD
TRUFLO RONA S.A.
VALVINOX SRL
VALVOSIDER
VELAN INC
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 30 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A
ITALY
GERMANY
ITALY
SPAIN
SPAIN
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A
AUSTRALIA
FRANCE
U.S.A
U.K.
GERMANY
FRANCE
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
SPAIN
ITALY
FRANCE
U.S.A.
ITALY
ITALY
ITALYL
GERMANY
GERMANY
CHINA
JAPAN
BELGIUM
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
32.
33.
34.
35.

WHEATLEY GASO INC
YONEKI VALVE CO LTD
Z& J TECHNOLOGIES GMBH
90.0
VALVE GLOBE BELLOW SEALED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ASTAVA B.V.
DESCOTE
FRIATEC LIMITED
NOVATEC NOUVELLE TECHNOLOGIES
PHONIX ARMATUREN WERKE BREGEL GMBH
RICHTER CHEMIE-TECHNIK GMBH
VELAN INC
91.0
VALVE GLOBE CAST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

BHEL (TRICHY)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
SAKHI ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.
92.0
VALVE GLOBE FORGED
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

AUTOCAP INDUSTRIES
BHEL (TRICHY)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LEADER VALVES LTD
SEMPELL VALVES PVT LTD
93.0
VALVE GLOBE GUNMETAL/BRASS/BRONZE
1
2
3.
H. SARKAR & COMPANY

LEADER VALVES LTD
ZOLOTO INDUSTRIES
94.0
VALVE KNIFE GATE
1
2

VAAS INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
95.0
VALVE NEEDLE
1
2
3
4

EXCELSIOR ENGG. WORKS
LEADER VALVES LTD
TECNOMATIC INDIA PVT LTD
96.0
VALVE PISTON (SEATLESS) CCS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 31 of 63
COUNTRY
ITALY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
AUSTRALIA
FRANCE
U.K.
FRANCE
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1.
2.
3.
ARMSTRONG INTERNATIONAL SA
FORBES MARSHALL
UNI KLINGER LTD
97.0
VALVE PLUG
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
FLOWSERVE PTE (MFR. NORDSTORM)

FLOWSERVE PTE (MFR. SERCK)
FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
GOODWIN INTERNATIONAL LTD
SUMITOMO CORPORATION
XOMOX LTD
98.0
VALVE PLUG CONCENTRIC- CSS (F.S & N.F.S)
1
2
3
4

CHEMTROL SAMIL (INDIA) PVT LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
XOMOX SANMAR LIMITED
99.0
VALVE PLUG CONCENTRIC- CCS (F.S & N.F.S)
1
2
3
4

CHEMTROL SAMIL (INDIA) PVT LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
XOMOX SANMAR LIMITED
100.0
VALVE PLUG CONCENTRIC- CAS(F.S. & N.F.S.)
XOMOX SANMAR LIMITED INDIA
101.0
VALVE PLUG PRESSURE BALANCED (FS)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
102.0
VALVE PLUG PRESSURE BALANCED (NFS)
1
2

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
103.0
WELDOLETS/SOCKOLETS/ELBOWLET
1
2
3
4
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
ULMA FORJA S.COOP.
104.0
PIPES & TUBULARS TO A.P.I.STANDARDS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BHEL (TRICHY)
ISMT LTD-AHMEDNGR
ISMT LTD-BARAMATI
JINDAL PIPES LTD
MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD
SURINDRA ENGINEERING CO LTD-(MUMBAI)
SURYA ROSHNI LTD
WELSPUN GUJARAT STAHL ROHREN LTD.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 32 of 63
COUNTRY
BELGIUM
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
U.K.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
U.K.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SPAIN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 33 of 63
COUNTRY
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
1.0
A.C.(MV) VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

BHEL (BANGALORE)
EUROTHERM DEL INDIA LIMITED
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC CO LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
MEIDENSHA CORP
NELCO LTD
RELIANCE ELECTRIC CO
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION INDIA LTD
SIEMENS AG
SIEMENS LIMITED
SIEMENS-ALLIS ENERGY PRODUCTS
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
2.0
ACTUATOR-MOV
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AUMA INDIA LTD

AUMA RIESTER GMBH & CO. KG
BIFFI ITALIA S.R.L
EIM CONTROLS UK LTD
FLO - TORK INC
LIMITORQUE INDIA LIMITED
MARSH ENGINEERS
ROTORK CONTROLS (INDIA) LTD
3.0
BATTERY-LEAD ACID (FLOODED)
1
2
EXIDE INDUSTRIES LTD.

KIRLOSKAR BATTERIES LTD
4.0
BATTERY-LEAD ACID (VRLA)
1
2
3
AMARA RAJA BATTERIES LTD

EXIDE INDUSTRIES LTD.
HBL NIFE POWER SYSTEMS LTD
5.0
BATTERY-NICKLE CADMIUM
1
2
AMCO SAFT INDIA LIMITED

6.0
BATTERY CHARGER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
AMARA RAJA POWER SYSTEMS (P) LTD

CALDYNE AUTOMATICS LTD
CHHABI ELECTRICALS PVT LIMITED
DUBAS ENGINEERING PVT LTD
KERALA STATE ELECT DEV CORP LTD (KRKULM)
MASS-TECH CONTROLS PVT LTD
UNIVERSAL INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
UNIVERSAL INSTRUMENT MFG CO PVT LTD
7.0
CABLE-COMMUNICATION (JELLY FILLED)
1
2
3
4
5
6
CMI LIMITED
DELTON CABLES LIMITED
ELKAY TELELINKS LTD.
FINOLEX CABLES LTD.
RELIANCE ENGINEERS LIMITED
VINDHYA TELELINKS LIMITED
8.0
CABLE-FIRE ALARM AND COMMN.
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
ITALY
U.S.A
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
CMI LIMITED
CORDS CABLE INDUSTRIES LTD
K E I INDUSTRIES LIMITED
9.0
CABLE-HIGH VOLTAGE (XLPE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
INDUSTRIAL CABLES (I) LTD

NICCO CORPORATION LTD
POLYCAB WIRES PVT LTD
TORRENT CABLES LTD
UNIFLEX CABLES LIMITED
UNIVERSAL CABLES LTD
10.0
CABLE-MEDIUM VOLTAGE-POWER (PVC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ASSOCIATED FLEXIBLES AND WIRES [P] LTD

FINOLEX CABLES LTD.
GEMSCAB INDUSTRIES LTD
RADIANT CABLES PVT LTD
RAVIN CABLES LTD
TORRENT CABLES LTD
11.0
CABLE-CONTROL (PVC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
ASSOCIATED CABLES PVT LTD

CMI LIMITED
ECKO CABLES PVT LTD
EVERSHINE ELECTRICALS
FINOLEX CABLES LTD.
GEMSCAB INDUSTRIES LTD
GOYOLENE FIBRES (INDIA) PVT LTD
HAVELL'S INDIA PVT LTD
NETCO CABLE INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.
NORTH EASTERN CABLES PVT LTD
PARAMOUNT COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED
RAVIN CABLES LTD
SUYOG ELECTRICALS LTD
TORRENT CABLES LTD
12.0
CAPACITORS-HIGH VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
5
ABB LTD (BANGALORE)

BHEL (BHOPAL)
KAPSALES ELECTRICALS LTD.
SHREEM CAPACITORS PVT LTD
13.0
CONTROL PANEL (FLP)
1
2
3
4
5
BALIGA LIGHTING EQUIPMENTS (P) LIMITED

FCG FLAMPROOF CONTROL GEARS P. LTD(C-157
FCG POWER INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENTS PVT.LTD
FLEXPRO ELECTRICALS PVT LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 34 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
SUDHIR SWITCHGEARS PVT LTD
14.0
CONTROL STATION- WEATHERPROOF
1
2
3
4
5
6

BHARTIA INDUSTRIES LTD
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
EX-PROTECTA
PROMPT ENGINEERING WORKS
15.0
CONTROL STATION- FLAME PROOF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

GOVAN INDUSTRIES (INDIA) P LTD
16.0
EPABX SYSTEM
1
2
3
AVAYA GLOBAL CONNECT LTD (FORM. T-130)

BPL SYSTEMS AND PROJECTS LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
17.0
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
EDWARD INTERNATIONAL
HONEYWELL AUTOMATION INDIA LTD-FORM.T115
HONEYWELL INC.
NEW FIRE ENGINEERS (P) LTD
SIEMENS BUILDING TECHNOLOGIES
18.0
FLP ELECTRICAL FITTINGS (IMPORTED)
1
2
3
A.T.X SA
R STAHL SCHALTGERATE GMBH
VICTOR PRODUCTS PLC
19.0
HIGH MAST LIGHTING SYSTEM
1
2
3
BAJAJ ELECTRICALS LTD

CROMPTON GREAVES LTD.
PHILIPS INDIA LIMITED
20.0
JUNCTION BOX (FLAME PROOF)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

21.0
LIGHTING & DISTRIBUTION BOARD (FLP)
1
2
3
4
5
6

22.0
LIGHTING FITTING& ACCESSORIES(HAZARDOUS)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 35 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
CANADA
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
CANADA
FRANCE
GERMANY
U.K
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

23.0
MOTOR INDUCTION-MV (INDL.TYPE SAFE AREA)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ALSTOM INDUSTRIAL PRODUCT LTD-FORM.A347A
BHARAT BIJLEE LIMITED
LAXMI HYDRAULICS PVT LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
24.0
MOTOR-INDUCTION(HV INCREASED SAFETY ZN2)
1
2
3
4

BHEL (BHOPAL)
25.0
MOTOR-INDUCTION-HV (INDL. TYPE SAFE AREA)
1
2
3
4
5
ABB LTD (BARODA)

BHEL(BHOPAL)
26.0
MOTOR-INDUCTION-M.V (FLAME PROOF)
1
2
3
4

27.0
MOTOR-INDUCTION-M.V (ZONE 2-TYPE e & n)
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

SIEMENS LIMITED
28.0
MOTOR-SYNCHRONOUS-H.V.
1
2
BHEL (BHOPAL)
29.0
MOTORS IMPORTED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

ASI ROBICON SPA (FORMERLY ANSALDO )
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
JEUMONT SA / FRAMATONE ANP
LOHER GMBH
SIEMENS AG
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
WEG EXPORTADORA S.A.
30.0
NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR-H.V.
1
2

RESITECH ELECTRICALS PVT LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 36 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
FRANCE
GERMANY
GERMANY
JAPAN
BRAZIL
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
RSI SWITCHGEAR PVT LTD

S.R. NARKHEEDE ENGINEERING PVT LTD
31.0
PLANT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
1
2
3
INDUSTRONIC GMBH
NEUMAN ELEKTRONIK GMBH & CO
SIEMENS AG
32.0
PLUGS/SOCKETS/HANDLAMPS (FLAME PROOF)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

33.0
RELAY & CONTROL PANEL
1
2
3
4
ABB LTD (BANGALORE)

AREVA T & D INDIA LTD (T&D GROUP)
EASUN REYROLLE LTD
ENPRO INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION PVT LTD
34.0
SWITCH BOARD FIXED FOR PACKAGE EQUIPTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ACCUSONIC CONTROLS PVT LTD

DHARIA SWITCHGEAR & CONTROL.
HINDUSTAN CONTROLS & EQUIPMENT PVT. LTD.
M.K. ENGINEERS & CONTROLS PVT. LTD.
POPULAR SWITCHGEARS PVT LTD
POSITRONICS PVT LTD
TRICOLITE ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
UNITED ELECTRIC CO (DELHI) PVT LTD
VIDHYUT CONTROL (INDIA) PVT LTD
ZENITH ENGINEERING CORP.
35.0
SWITCH BOARD-HV(INDOOR) WITH SF6 BREAKER
ABB LTD (NASIK)
36.0
SWITCH BOARD-M.V.-MCC/PCC/PMCC-DRAWOUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

CONTROLS & SCHEMATICS LTD
CONTROLS & SWITCHGEAR CO LTD
GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
37.0
SWITCH BOARD-MV:MCC/ASB/LDB-FIXED TYP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

CONTROLS & SCHEMATICS LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
38.0
SWITCH BOARD:HV(INDOOR) WITH VCB
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB LTD (NASIK)

ALUMINIUM INDUSTRIES LTD. (ALIND)
BHEL (BHOPAL)
JYOTI LIMITED
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 37 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
SIEMENS LIMITED
39.0
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR (HV)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ANSALDO ENERGIA SPA

AVK DEUTSCHLAND GMBH & CO. KG
JEUMONT SA / FRAMATONE ANP
MEIDENSHA CORP
SIEMENS AG
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
TOYO DENKI SEIZO K.K.
40.0
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR (MV)
1
2
3

LEROY SOMAR& CONTROLS INDIA PVT. LTD
NEWAGE ELECTRICAL INDIA LTD
41.0
TRANSFORMER-DISTRIBUTION (DRY TYPE)
1
2
BHEL JHANSI
VOLTAMP TRANSFORMERS (P) LTD
42.0
TRANSFORMER-DISTRIBUTION-UPTO 5MVA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

EMCO LIMITED
INDO TECH TRANSFORMERS LIMITED
KANOHAR ELECTRICAL PVT. LTD.
TRANSFORMERS & RECTIFIERS (I) LTD
VIJAI ELECTRICALS LTD.
43.0
TRANSFORMER-POWER-ABOVE 5MVA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

BHEL JHANSI
EMCO LIMITED
KANOHAR ELECTRICAL PVT. LTD.
SIEMENS LIMITED
TRANSFORMERS & ELECTRICALS KERALA LTD
VIJAI ELECTRICALS LTD.
44.0
U.P.S.SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CHLORIDE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS

DB POWER ELECTRONICS (P) LTD
EMERSON NETWORK POWER (I) PVT LTD
GUTOR ELECTRONICS LTD
HI-REL ELECTRONICS PVT LTD.
KERALA STATE ELECT DEV CORP LTD (KRKULM)
MGE ASIA PTE LTD
SAFT NIFE AB
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 38 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
ITALY
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SWEDEN
JAPAN
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 39 of 63
COUNTRY
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1.0
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
1
2
3
4
5

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
2.0
AUX. RELAY
1
2
ABB LTD (BANGALORE)

3.0
BIMETAL RELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB LTD (BANGALORE)

CONTROLS & SWITCHGEARS CONTACTORS LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
4.0
BUCHHOLZ RELAY
1
2
A J SERVICES
ATVUS INDUSTRIES
5.0
BUS DUCT (H.V.)
1
2
3
4
5
BHEL JHANSI
NARMADA SWITCHGEAR PVT. LTD
STARDRIVE BUSDUCTS PVT LTD
6.0
BUS DUCT (M.V.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

ENPRO ENGINEERING
GLOBE ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES
NARMADA SWITCHGEAR PVT. LTD
STARDRIVE BUSDUCTS PVT LTD
7.0
CABLE GLAND ( HAZARDOUS AREA)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

COMET BRASS PRODCUTS
COMET INDUSTRIES
FCG FLAMPROOF CONTROL GEARS P. LTD (C-157)
STANDARD METAL INDUSTRIES
8.0
CABLE TERMN. & JOINTING KIT
1
2
3
4
MAHINDRA ENGG. & CHEMICAL PRODUCTS LTD

RAYCHEM RPG LIMITED
REPL ENGINEERING LIMITED
YAMUNA GASES & CHEMICALS LTD
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9.0
CONTACTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ABB LTD (BANGALORE)

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
10.0
BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH
1
2
3

RELIABLE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PVT LTD
SWITRON DEVICES
11.0
CONTROL SWITCH / SELECTOR SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

HOTLINE SWITCHGEAR & CONTROLS
KAYCEE INDUSTRIES LTD.
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
RELIABLE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PVT LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
SWITRON DEVICES
12.0
EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER
1
2
3
DATAR SWITCHGEAR PVT LTD.

INDO ASIAN FUSEGEAR LTD
LEGRAND (INDIA) PVT. LTD (FORM. M-006)
13.0
FUSE SWITCH COMBINATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ABB LTD (BANGALORE)

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
STANDARD ELECTRICALS LTD
14.0
FUSE
1
2
3
4

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
15.0
HEAT TRACER
THERMON HEAT TRACERS PVT. LTD.
16.0
HEAVY DUTY SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
17.0
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER (CT/PT)-MV
1
2
3
4
5
6
GILBERT & MAXWELL ELECTRICALS PVT LTD

KALPA ELECTRIKAL PVT LTD
KAPPA ELECTRICALS
NARAYAN POWERTECH PVT LTD
PRAGATI ELECTRICALS PVT LTD
PRECISE ELECTRICALS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 40 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
SILKAANS ELECTRICALS MFG.CO.PVT.LTD
18.0
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS (CT/PT) HV
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB LTD (BARODA)

ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & SYSTEMS
KALPA ELECTRIKAL PVT LTD
KAPPA ELECTRICALS
PRAGATI ELECTRICALS PVT LTD
19.0
ISOLATOR/LOAD BREAK SWITCH (HV INDOOR)
1
2
PANICKKER SWITCHGEAR LTD.(FORM. D-022)

SIEMENS LIMITED
20.0
LIGHTING & POWER PANEL
1
2
3
4

21.0
LIGHTING FIX. FOR NON HAZRDOUS AREA
1
2
3

PHILIPS INDIA LIMITED
22.0
LIGHTING TRANSFORMER
1
2
3
4
AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC LTD.

INDCOIL TRANSFORMERS PVT LTD
KAPPA ELECTRICALS
23.0
LIGHTNING ARRESTOR
1
2
3
4

ELPRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
OBLUM ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES (P) LTD
W.S. INSULATOR OF INDIA
24.0
MAGNETIC OIL LEVEL GAUGE
1
2
INSTRUMENT & CONTROLS

SUKRUT UDYOG
25.0
MCB
1
2
3
4
5
6
DATAR SWITCHGEAR PVT LTD.

INDIANA CURRENT CONTROL LTD
LEGRAND (INDIA) PVT. LTD (FORM. M-006)
26.0
MCCB
1
2
3

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
27.0
METER
1
2
3
4
5

AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC LTD.
MECO INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD
NIPPEN ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS CO.
RISHABH INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 41 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
28.0
OIL TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
1
2
PERFECT CONTROLS
PRECIMEASURE CONTROLS PVT.LTD.
29.0
ON LOAD TAP CHANGER
1
2
3
4
5
6
BHEL (BHOPAL)
CTR MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES LTD
EASUN-MR TAP CHANGERS P LTD
ON LOAD GEARS
TRANSFORMERS & ELECTRICALS KERALA LTD
30.0
PROTECTION RELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB LTD (BARODA)

EASUN REYROLLE LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
31.0
PUSH BUTTON AND INDICATING LAMP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

HOTLINE SWITCHGEAR & CONTROLS
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
PRECIFINE PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.
SHRI TULSI SWITCHGEARS PVT LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
TEKNIC CONTROLS
32.0
TIMER
1
2
3
4

ELECTRONIC AUTOMATION PVT LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
33.0
VAC BOTTLE
1
2

34.0
WINDING TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
1
2
PERFECT CONTROLS
PRECIMEASURE CONTROLS PVT.LTD.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 42 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 43 of 63
COUNTRY
INSTRUMENTATION - I
1.0
AMBIENT AIR ANALYSER SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ARJAY ENGINEERING LTD

CASELLA MONITOR EUROPE LTD.
ENVIRONMENT S.A.
FORNEY CORPORATION
OPSIS AB
SERES
SIEMENS AG
SIGNAL GROUP LTD
TELEDYNE MONITOR LABS (FORM. M-679)
THERMO ELECTRON CORPORATION-USA
2.0
ANALYSER SHELTER
1
2
3
ABB LTD-BANGALORE
CHEMTROLS ENGINEERING LTD
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT INDIA PVT LTD
3.0
ANALYSER SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
EMERSON PROCES MGMT ASIA PACIFIC PTE LTD
HAMILTON SUNDSTRAND CORPORATION
SERVOMEX PLC
SIEMENS AG
TELEDYNE ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
YOKOGAWA INDIA LIMITED
4.0
AIR FILTER REGULATORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

DIVYA CONTROL ELEMENTS PVT LTD
JANATICS INDIA PVT LTD
PLACKA INSTRUMENTS INDIA P LTD
SCHRADER DUNCAN LIMITED
SHAH PNEUMATICS
SHAVO NORGREN (I) PVT LTD
V AUTOMAT & INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD
VELJAN HYDRAIR PVT LTD
5.0
AUTOMATIC GAS SAMPLER
JISKOOT AUTOCONTROLS LTD
6.0
CONTROL VALVES (MR NO.X330)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
ARCA REGLER GMBH

CONTINENTAL VALVE LTD
DRESSER VALVE INDIA PVT LTD
FISHER SANMAR LIMITED
FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
FORBES MARSHALL ARCA P LTD.(FORMRLY A214
ITALVALV S.N.C
KENT INTROL PVT. LTD.(FORM. A-333)
KENT INTROL UK LTD (FORM. A-718)
KOSO FLUID CONTROLS (PVT) LTD
MIL CONTROLS LIMITED
MOTOYAMA ENGG WORKS LTD
SAMSON AG MESS-UND REGELTECHNIK
SAMSON CONTROLS PVT LTD
CANADA
SCOTLAND
FRANCE
U.S.A
SWEDEN
FRANCE
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K
GERMANY
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
GERMANY
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
19
20
21
SEVERN GLOCON LTD

WEIR VALVES & CONTROLS UK LTD
7.0
COPPER TUBES(COATED,BARE)(MR NO.X700)
1
2
ALCOBEX METALS (PVT) LTD

RAJCO METAL INDUSTRIES P LTD(FORM.H092)
8.0
DESUPERHEATERS & PRDS (MR NO.X440)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ARCA REGLER GMBH

CCI VALVE TECHNOLOGY AB (FORMERLY B-706)
FORBES MARSHALL ARCA P LTD.(FORMRLY A214
HOLTER REGELARMATURE N GMBH &CO.KG(HORA)
IMTECH SYSTEMS BV (FORMERLY KIEKENS BV)
MAZDA LIMITED
SPX VALVES & CONTROLS
YARWAY CORPORATION
9.0
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AN INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD

GENERAL INSTRUMENTS CONSORTIUM
HIRLEKAR PRECISION ENGINEERING PVT LTD
SAMSON CONTROLS PVT LTD
SWITZER INSTRUMENT LTD
WAAREE INSTRUMENTS LIMITED
WIKA INSTRUMENTS INDIA PVT LTD
10.0
DRAFT GAUGES (MR NO. X110)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

BADOTHERM PROCESS INSTRUMENTS B.V.
BOURDON HAENNI S.A
BUDENBERG GAUGE CO. LTD
DRESSER INC.
WIKA ALEXANDER WIEGAND & CO GMBH
11.0
FLOW ELEMENTS (VENTURI, FLOW NOZZLES)
1
2
3
4
5
6
FMC MEASUREMENT SOLUTIONS-UK

STAR-MECH CONTROLS (INDIA) PVT LTD
TM TECNOMATIC SPA
12.0
GAS CHROMATOGRAPH (PROCESS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD- BANGALORE
ORTHODYNE S.A.
SIEMENS AG
THERMO ELECTRON CORPORATION
13.0
GAS DETECTION SYSTEMS
1
2

CROWCON DETECTION INSTRUMENTS LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 44 of 63
COUNTRY
U.K.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
SWEDEN
INDIA
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
DETECTION INSTRUMENTS (I) PVT. LTD.

DETECTOR ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
DRAGER SAFETY AG & CO. KGAA
GENERAL MONITORS IRELAND LTD
HONEYWELL ANALYTICS (FORM. Z-512)
MINE SAFETY APPLIANCES COMPANY
MSA (INDIA) LTD
OLDHAM FRANCE S.A.
RIKEN KEIKI CO LTD
SIMRAD OPTRONICS ICARE (FORM. I-556)
14.0
INSTRUMENT VALVES & MANIFOLDS (MR NO.X730)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
ANDERSON GREENWOOD CROSBY

ASTEC VALVES & FITTINGS PVT. LTD.
AURA INC.
AUTOCLAVE ENGINERS FLUID COMPONENTS
CIRCOR INSTRUMENTATION LTD(FORM. H608)
EXCEL HYDRO PNEUMATICS PVT LTD
EXCELSIOR ENGG. WORKS
HAM-LET (ISRAEL-CANADA) LTD.
HYD-AIR ENGG. WORKS LONAVLA
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION
PRECISION ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES
PRIME ENGINEERS
SWAGELOK CO.
SWASTIK ENGINEERING WORKS
15.0
LEVEL SWITCHES (DISPLACER/FLOAT) (MR.X210)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
BLISS ANAND PVT LTD

DAG PROCESS INSTRUMENTS
ENDRESS+HAUSER JAPAN CO. LTD (FORM S-522)
JRU CONTTROL PVT LTD
KROHNE MESSTECHNIK GMBH & CO KG
KSR KUEBLER NIVEAUMESS-TECHNIK AG
MAGNETROL INTERNATIONAL N.V
MOBREY LTD (FORM. S-578)
SBEM PVT LTD
SOR INC
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
TRANSDUCERS AND CONTROLS PVT LTD
16.0
ON-OFF VALVES (MR NO.X450)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CONTINENTAL VALVE LTD

COOPER CAMERON VALV ITALY SRL-FRM D659
EL-O-MATIC INDIA (PVT) LTD.
FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
HINDLE COCKBURNS LIMITED
ITALVALV S.N.C
KITZ CORPORATION OF EUROPE S.A.
PIBIVIESSE S.P.A.
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS (VALVATRON)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 45 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
FRANCE
JAPAN
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
ISRAEL
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
JAPAN
SPAIN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
21
22

17.0
OPTICAL FIBRE CABLE & ASSOC. ITEM MR X480
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ABB INDUSTRI AS
BIRLA ERICSSON OPTICAL LIMITED
FINOLEX CABLES LTD.
HIMACHAL FUTIRISTIC COMMUNICATIONS LTD.
KABEL RHEYDT
PIRELLI CAVI SPA
STERLITE OPTICAL TECHNOLOGIES LTD
U M CABLES LTD
UNIFLEX CABLES LIMITED
VINDHYA TELELINKS LIMITED
18.0
ORIFICE PLATES & FLANGES (MR NO. X320)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

EUREKA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENTS (P) LTD.
GURU NANAK ENGG WORKS
JRU CONTTROL PVT LTD
PETROL VALVES SRL
TM TECNOMATIC SPA
19.0
PILOT OPERATED SAFETY VALVE(MR-X560)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

CURTISS WRIGHT FLOW CONTROL CORPORATION
DRESSER INC.
SAFETY SYSTEMS UK LTD
TAI MILANO SPA
TYCO SANMAR LTD
WEIR VALVES & CONTROLS FRANCE (FORM S791)
20.0
PR.REGULATOR & SLAM SHUT VALVE (MR X190)
1
2
3
4
5
6
ELSTER-INSTROMET NV-FORMER. I563

GORTER CONTROLS B.V.
MOKVELD VALVES BV
RMG REGEL+MESSTECHNIK GMBH
21.0
PRESSURE GAUGES (MR NO.X100)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

BOURDON HAENNI S.A
BRITISH ROTOTHERM CO.LTD
BUDENBERG GAUGE CO. LTD
DRESSER INC.
FORBES MARSHALL (HYD) PVT. LTD
GLUCK (INDIA) MFG.CO
H GURU INSTRUMENTS(SOUTH INDIA)PVT. LTD
MANOMETER (INDIA) PVT. LTD.
PRECISION INDUSTRIES
WAAREE INSTRUMENTS LIMITED
WALCHANDNAGAR INDUSTRIES LTD(TIWAC DIVN)
22.0
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (MR NO. X-360)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 46 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K.
NORWAY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
INDIA
ITALY
U.S.A.
USA, CANADA/UK
U.S.A.
U.K.
ITALY
INDIA
FRANCE
BELGIUM
SINGAPORE
NETHERLANDS
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
GERMANY
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
COUNTRY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

BHEL (TRICHY)
DRESSER INC.
FUKUI SEISAKUSHO CO LTD
LESER GMBH & CO. KG
NAKAKITA SEISAKUSHO CO LTD
PARCOL SPA
SEBIM VALVES INDIA PVT LTD
TAI MILANO SPA
TYCO SANMAR LTD
WEIR VALVES & CONTROLS FRANCE(FORM S791)
23.0
PROCESS STREAM ANALYSER (ELECTROCHEM-O2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
SERVOMEX PLC
24.0
PROCESS STREAM ANALYSER (H.C.-TCD/FID)
1
2
3
4
5
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
25.0
PROCESS STREAM ANALYSER (HYDROGEN-TCD)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
HORIBA INSTRUMENTS (S) PTE LTD
PANAMETRICS LTD
SIEMENS AG
26.0
PROCESS STREAM ANALYSER (IR/UV)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
SERVOMEX PLC
SICK MAIHAK
SIEMENS AG
SIGNAL GROUP LTD
27.0
PROCESS STREAM ANALYSER (PARAMAGNETIC-O2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
PANAMETRICS LTD
SERVOMEX PLC
SICK MAIHAK
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 47 of 63
U.S.A.
INDIA
USA,CANADA/UK
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
FRANCE
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
IRELAND
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
U.K.
GERMANY
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
IRELAND
U.K.
GERMANY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9
10
11
12
SIEMENS AG
28.0
PROCESS STREAM ANALYSER- MOISTURE/ DEW PT
1
2
3
4
AMETEK
PANAMETRICS LTD
SERVOMEX PLC
29.0
PROCESS STREAM ANALYSERS (O2-ZIRCONIA)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
AMETEK
INSTRUMENTATION LTD
PANAMETRICS LTD
SECO CONTROLS PVT LTD
SERVOMEX PLC
SIEMENS AG
SYSTECH INSTRUMENTS
30.0
PRODUCT QUALITY ANALYSER (SULPHUR)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
BARTON INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS LTD
GALVANIC APPLIED SCIENCES INC.
PAC ANTEK LP
SICK MAIHAK
31.0
PRODUCT QUALITY ANALYSER SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
FORNEY CORPORATION
32.0
PRODUCT QUALITY ANALYSERS (DENSITY)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
BOPP & REUTHER MESSTECHNIK GMBH

ENDRESS + HAUSER GMBH & COMPANY
33.0
PRODUCT QUALITY ANALYSERS (DISTILLATION)
1
2
3
4
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
PAC ANTEK LP
34.0
PRODUCT QUALITY ANALYSERS (FLASH POINT)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 48 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A.
IRELAND
U.K.
U.S.A.
U.K
INDIA
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
IRELAND
INDIA
U.K
GERMANY
U.K
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
CANADA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
PAC ANTEK LP
35.0
PRODUCT QUALITY ANALYSERS (NIR)
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
36.0
PRODUCT QUALITY ANALYSERS (VISCOCITY)
1
2
3
4
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
PAC ANTEK LP
37.0
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ABB LTD (BANGALORE)

GE FANUC AUTOMATION NORTH AMERICA INC.
GE FANUC SYSTEMS PVT LTD
HIMA PAUL HILDEBRANDT GMBH + CO KG
HONEYWELL INC.
ICS TRIPLEX
INVENSYS SOFTWARE SYSTEMS (S) PTE LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION INC.
SIEMENS AG
SIEMENS LIMITED
38.0
SAFETY VALVES BOILER SERVICE(MR NO.X460)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

BHEL (TRICHY)
DRESSER INC.
FUKUI SEISAKUSHO CO LTD
PARCOL SPA
TYCO SANMAR LTD
39.0
SELF ACTUATED FLOW CONTROL VALVES
WA KATES COMPANY
40.0
SELF ACTUATED PR.CONTROL VALVE MR NO.X340
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

ESME VALVES LTD.
GORTER CONTROLS B.V.
KAYE & MACDONALD INC.
NIRMAL INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PVT. LTD.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 49 of 63
COUNTRY
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
U.S.A
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
USA, CANADA/UK
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A
FRANCE
INDIA
BELGIUM
SINGAPORE
U.K
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
13
14
15
RICHARDS INDUSTRIES (FORMERLY TRELOAR)

41.0
SIGNAL CABLES (MR NO.X750)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
ASSOCIATED CABLES PVT LTD

CMI LIMITED
FINE CORE CABLES PVT LTD.
GOYOLENE FIBRES (INDIA) PVT LTD
PARAMOUNT COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED
SUYOG ELECTRICALS LTD
THERMO CABLES LTD (FORM. T-150)
42.0
SKIN THERMOCOUPLES (MR NO.X430)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

DAILY THERMETRICS
DETRIV INSTRUMENTATION & ELECTRONICS LTD
GAYESCO LLC
JAPAN THERMOWELL CO LTD
NAGMAN SENSORS PVT LTD
PYRO-ELECTRIC INSTRUMENTS GOA PVT LTD
THERMO ELECTRIC CO. INC.
THERMO-COUPLE PRODUCTS CO
THERMO-ELECTRA B.V
TM TECNOMATIC SPA
43.0
SOLENOID VALVES (MR NO.X390)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ALCON ALEXANDER CONTROLS LIMITED

ASCO (INDIA) LIMITED
ASCO JOUCOMATIC LTD
ASCO JOUCOMATIC SA
AVCON CONTROLS PVT. LTD.
HERION WERKE
PRECISION INSTRUMENT COMPANY
ROTEX AUTOMATION LTD.
SCHRADER DUNCAN LIMITED
VERSA BV
44.0
SP CONTROL VALVES (ECC. DISC HI PERF )
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
ITALVALV S.N.C
45.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (AXIAL)
1
2
CONTROL COMPONENTS INC.

MOKVELD VALVES BV
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 50 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K
U.S.A
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
U.K
INDIA
U.S.A
FRANCE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
U.S.A.
NETHERLANDS
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
46.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (BALL CONTROL)
1
2
3
4
5
ITALVALV S.N.C
47.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (BUTTERFLY)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
ITALVALV S.N.C
48.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (LOW CV)
1
2
3
4
5

FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
49.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (MR -X350)
1.
2.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
ITALVALV S.N.C
50.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (PLUG)
51.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (ROTARY PLUG)
1
2
3
4
5

FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
52.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (SEGMENTAL)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

FLOWSERVE PTE LTD
ITALVALV S.N.C
53.0
SPECIAL CONTROL VALVES (VARIABLE CV)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 51 of 63
COUNTRY
ITALY
JAPAN
U.K.
JAPAN
U.S.A.
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
ITALY
JAPAN
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K
GERMANY
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
ITALY
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K
GERMANY
U.S.A
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2

54.0
SPECIAL LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (TUNNING FORK)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
K-TEK CORPORATION
NIVO CONTROLS PVT LTD
VEGA GRIESHABER KG GMBH
VENTURE MEASUREMENT COMPANY
55.0
SPECIAL TEMPERATURE ELEMENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

DAILY THERMETRICS
GAYESCO LLC
THERMO-ELECTRA B.V
TM TECNOMATIC SPA
56.0
STACK GAS ANALYSER SYSTEMS (INSITU)
1
2
3
4
5

FORNEY CORPORATION
SERVOMEX PLC
SIEMENS AG
57.0
STACK GAS ANALYSER SYSTEMS (EXTRACTIVE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
ENVIRONMENT S.A.
FORNEY CORPORATION
SERES
SERVOMEX PLC
SICK MAIHAK
SIGNAL GROUP LTD
THERMO ELECTRON CORPORATION-USA
58.0
STACK GAS ANALYSERS (O2-ZIRCONIA)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD-BANGALORE
AMETEK
PANAMETRICS LTD
SERVOMEX PLC
SIEMENS AG
SYSTECH INSTRUMENTS
59.0
STACK GAS ANALYSERS (SPM)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 52 of 63
COUNTRY
FRANCE
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
ENGLAND
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K
USA
USA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
INDIA
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
U.K
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
FRANCE
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
U.K.
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K
INDIA
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
INDIA
IRELAND
U.K
GERMANY
U.K
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ENVIRONMENT S.A.
FORNEY CORPORATION
SERVOMEX PLC
SIEMENS AG
60.0
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
1
2
3
COOPER CAMERON VALV ITALY SRL-FRM D659

MOKVELD VALVES BV
61.0
TANK PR. PROTECT. DEVICES / FLAME ARRSTR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

ANDERSON GREENWOOD VAREC
BRAUNSCHWEIGER FLAMMENFILTER
CORPORATION WIN
GROTH EQUIPMENT PTE LTD
L & J TECHNOLOGIES
PROTEGO EQUIPMENT PVT LTD
62.0
TEMP.ELEMENTS,THERMOWELLS (MR NO.X410)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ALTOP INDUSTRIES LTD.
BOURDON HAENNI S.A
DAILY THERMETRICS
DETRIV INSTRUMENTATION & ELECTRONICS LTD
GAYESCO LLC
NAGMAN SENSORS PVT LTD
TEMP-TECH
TEMPSEN INSTRUMENT INDIA LTD
THERMO-ELECTRA B.V
TM TECNOMATIC SPA
63.0
TEMP.GAUGES (BI METALLIC,FILLED SYSTEM)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

BOURDON HAENNI S.A
DRESSER INC.
H GURU INSTRUMENTS(SOUTH INDIA)PVT. LTD
SOLARTRON ISA
WALCHANDNAGAR INDUSTRIES LTD(TIWAC DIVN)
64.0
TOXIC GAS DETECTION SYSTEM (REFER 15 IA)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CROWCON DETECTION INSTRUMENTS LTD

DETECTION INSTRUMENTS (I) PVT. LTD.
DETECTOR ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
DRAGER SAFETY AG & CO. KGAA
HONEYWELL ANALYTICS (FORM. Z-512)
MINE SAFETY APPLIANCES COMPANY
OLDHAM FRANCE S.A.
SIMRAD OPTRONICS ICARE (FORM. I-556)
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 53 of 63
COUNTRY
FRANCE
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
U.K
GERMANY
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
ITALY
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
KOREA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
U.K.
INDIA
FRANCE
USA
INDIA
USA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
GERMANY
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
U.S.A.
FRANCE
FRANCE
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
65.0
VARIABLE AREA FLOW METERS(I,T)MR NO.X020
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ALFLOW GLASS EQUIPMENTS
ASA SPA
EUREKA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENTS (P) LTD.
HEINRICHS MESSTECHNIK GMBH
INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.
KROHNE MARSHALL PVT. LTD
PLACKA INSTRUMENTS INDIA P LTD
ROTA YOKOGAWA GMBH & CO. KG
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
66.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSER SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
FORBES POLYMETRON PVT LTD.
HONEYWELL INC.
SERES
67.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSER- DISSOLVED OXYGEN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
HONEYWELL INC.
68.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSER- OIL IN H20 DISLVD
1
2
BRISTOL BABCOCK LTD

69.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSER- OIL IN H20 TOC/TC
1
2
3
4
ARJAY ENGINEERING LTD

SERES
70.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSERS (CONDUCTIVITY)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
ENDRESS+HAUSER (I) PVT. LTD.
HONEYWELL INC.
INVENSYS INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 54 of 63
COUNTRY
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
CANADA
INDIA
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
71.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSERS (PH)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
HONEYWELL INC.
SERES
72.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSERS (SILICA)
1
2
3
4
5
6

HONEYWELL INC.
SERES
73.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSERS (TURBIDITY)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
SERES
74.0
WATER QUALITY ANALYSERS (CHLORINE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
SERES
YOKOGAWA LECTRIC CORPORATION
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 55 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 56 of 63
COUNTRY
INSTRUMENTATION - II
1.0
ALARM ANNUNCIATORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIGICONT
ELECTRONIC CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD.
IDEC IZUMI CORPORATION
INSTALARM INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD.
INSTRUMENTATION LTD
MINILEC (INDIA) PVT LTD
PROCON INSTRUMENTATION PVT LTD
RONAN ENGINEERING COMPANY
2.0
ANALYSER (AIR DEMAND)
AMETEK
3.0
ANALYSERS ( DENSITY /SPECIFIC GRAVITY)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
BERTHOLD TECHNOLOGIES GMBH & CO.KG

ENDRESS+HAUSER (I) PVT. LTD
OHMART/VEGA CORPORATION
4.0
ANALYSERS (HYDROGEN SULPHIDE)
1.
2
3
AMETEK
SICK MAIHAK
5.0
AVERAGING PITOT TUBES (MR NO.X040)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

MIDWEST INSTRUMENT
THERMO BRANDT INSTRUMENTS
TM TECNOMATIC SPA
TORBAR FLOWMETERS LTD
VERIS INC.
6.0
CLOSED CIRCUIT TV (MR NO.X540)
1
2
3

NELCO LTD
PHILIPS INDIA LTD
7.0
CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ACCUSONIC CONTROLS PVT LTD

ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS & APPLIANCES PVT LTD
INSTRUMENTATION LTD
KERALA STATE ELECT DEV CORP LTD (AROOR)
POSITRONICS PVT LTD
PRIMA AUTOMATION INDIA PVT LTD
PYROTECH ELECTRONICS PVT LTD
RADHA KRISHNA CONTROLS
8.0
DRUM LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (BI-COLOUR GAUGE)
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A
GERMANY
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
ITALY
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
JERGUSON GAUGE & VALVE

LEVELSTATE SYSTEMS LTD
NARVIK - YARWAY B.V
NIHON KLINGAGE CO LTD
YARWAY CORPORATION
9.0
DRUM LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (ELECTRONIC)
1
2
3
4

NARVIK - YARWAY B.V
YARWAY CORPORATION
10.0
FIELD INSTRUMENTS (P,DP,F,L,T) MR NO.X300
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
FUJI ELECTRIC SYSTEMS CO. LTD
HONEYWELL INC.
11.0
GAUGE GLASSES & COCKS (MR NO. X260)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ASIAN INDUSTRIAL VALVES & INSTRUMENTS

BLISS ANAND PVT LTD
JERGUSON GAUGE & VALVE
PENBERTHY INC
PHOENIX SYSTEMLEMENTE UND MESSTECHNIK
PUNE TECHTROL PVT LTD
R.K. DUTT CONCERNS
12.0
I/P CONVERTERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

ABB AUTOMATION LTD
IMI WATSON SMITH LTD
MOORE CONTROLS LTD
MTL INDIA
SHREYAS INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD
THERMO BRANDT INSTRUMENTS
13.0
INFRARED TEMP MEASUREMENT SYSTEM
WAHL INSTRUMENTS INC.
14.0
LOADING SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

DANIEL MEASUREMENT & CONTROL (I) PVT LTD
FMC MEASUREMENT SOLUTIONS
15.0
MAGNETIC FLOW METERS (MR NO.X050)
1
2
3
4
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 57 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A..
AUSTRIA
U.K
NETHERLANDS
JAPAN
U.S.A.
U.K.
ENGLAND
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
AUSTRIA
INDIA
JAPAN
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
YAMATAKE CORPORATION LTD
16.0
MAGNETIC LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ASIAN INDUSTRIAL VALVES & INSTRUMENTS

BLISS ANAND PVT LTD
K-TEK CORPORATION
KSR KUEBLER NIVEAUMESS-TECHNIK AG
PHOENIX SYSTEMLEMENTE UND MESSTECHNIK
17.0
MASS FLOW METERS (MR NO.X060)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BRONKHORST HIGH TECH BV

FLUID COMPONENTS INC
FOX THERMAL INSTRUMENT INC.
KURZ INSTRUMENTS INC
RHEONIK MESSGERATE GMBH
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
18.0
NUCLEONIC LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
BERTHOLD TECHNOLOGIES GMBH & CO.KG

OHMART/VEGA CORPORATION
19.0
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT METERS (MR NO.X010)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

FMC TECHNOLOGIES SANMAR LIMITED
LIQUID CONTROL INDIA PVT. LTD
OVAL CORPORATION
PETROL INSTRUMENTS SRL
TELTECH INSTRUMENTATION PVT.LTD.
20.0
PRESSURE SWITCHES (MR NO.X120)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ASCO JOUCOMATIC LTD

BETA BV
BOURDON HAENNI S.A
DAG PROCESS INSTRUMENTS
DELTA CONTROLS LTD
DRESSER INC.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 58 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INIDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S..A
AUSTRIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
BELGIUM
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
GERMANY
JAPAN
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
ITALY
INDIA
U.S.A.
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
INDFOS INDUSTRIES LIMITED

PYROPRESS ENGG CO LTD
REGULATEURS GEORGIN S.A
ROBERTSHAW CONTROLS CO
SIRCO CONTROLS LIMITED
SOR INC.
UNITED ELECTRIC CONTROLS CO
21.0
RECEIVER INSTRUMENTS (MR NO.X530)
1
2
3
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

SIEMENS LIMITED
22.0
RUPTURE DISCS (MR NO. X370)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
BS & B SAFETY SYSTEMS (INDIA) LTD

BS&B SAFETY SYSTEMS INC
ELFAB HUGHES LTD
FIKE EUROPE N.V.
OKLAHOMA SAFETY EQUIPMENTS CO. INC.
REMBE GMBH SAFETY+CONTROL
SAFETY SYSTEMS UK LTD (MARSTON DIVN)
23.0
SPECIAL LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (CAP.& COND.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
NARVIK - YARWAY B.V
SBEM PVT LTD
VENTURE MEASUREMENT COMPANY
YARWAY CORPORATION
24.0
SPECIAL LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (RF TYPE)
1
2
3
4
5
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
K-TEK CORPORATION
25.0
SPEED TANSMITTERS
1
2
3
4

HANS TURCK GMBH & CO. KG
JAPAN SERVO CO LTD
PEPPERL + FUCHS GMBH
26.0
SPL. LEVEL INSTRUMENTS-GUIDED WAVE RADAR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

K-TEK CORPORATION
L & J TECHNOLOGIES
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
27.0
TANK FARM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (MR NO.X820)
1
2
3
4
5

ENRAF B.V
L & J TECHNOLOGIES
SAAB ROSEMOUNT TANK RADAR AB
SBEM PVT LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 59 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
JAPAN
U.K.
FRANCE
U.S.A.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K
BELGIUM
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
NETHERLANDS
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A
GERMANY
U.S.A
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
JAPAN
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
SWEDEN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
6
7
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD

28.0
TANK LEVEL INSTRUMENT (RADAR,ULTRASONIC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
ENRAF B.V
HAWK MEASUREMENT SYSTEM PTY LTD
L & J TECHNOLOGIES
SAAB ROSEMOUNT TANK RADAR AB
SIEMENS AG
29.0
TANK LEVEL INSTRUMENT (SERVO TYPE)
1
2
3
4
5

ENRAF B.V
L & J TECHNOLOGIES
SBEM PVT LTD
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
30.0
TANK LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (FLOAT OPERATED)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENDRESS+HAUSER JAPAN CO. LTD(FORM S-522)

ENRAF B.V
L & J TECHNOLOGIES
NIVO CONTROLS PVT LTD
SBEM PVT LTD
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
31.0
TARGET FLOWMETERS
32.0
TEMPERATURE RECORDERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

HONEYWELL INC
YAMATAKE CORPORATION LTD.
YOKOGAWA INDIA LTD.
33.0
TURBINE FLOW METERS (MR NO. X030)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

FAURE HERMAN GROUP INTERTECHNIQUE
HOFFER FLOW CONTROLS INC
ROCKWIN FLOWMETER INDIA (P) LTD
SENSUS METERING SYSTEMS INC (FORM. I589)
34.0
ULTRASONIC FLOW METER
1
2
3
4
5
DANIEL MEASUREMENT& CONTROL (I) PVT LTD

Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 60 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.S.A.
INDIA
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
AUSTRALIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
SWEDEN
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
SINGAPORE
U.K.
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A
BELGIUM
GERMANY
U.K.
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

PANAMETRICS LTD
SICK MAIHAK
SIEMENS AG
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
35.0
VISCOSITY METER
1.
36.0
VORTEX FLOW METER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

OVAL CORPORATION
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 61 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
IRELAND
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ENGLAND
U.K.
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 62 of 63
COUNTRY
INSTRUMENTATION - III
1.0
DISPLACER LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

FOXBORO ECKARDT GMBH
MIL CONTROLS LIMITED
PARCOL SPA
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD
2.0
DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM (MR NO. X500
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

ABB LTD (BANGALORE)
BHEL (BANGALORE)
HONEYWELL INC.
SIEMENS AG
3.0
GAS METERING SYSTEM (TURBINE)
1
2
3
4
5
6

SENSUS METERING SYSTEMS INC (FORM. I589)
4.0
GAS METERING SYSTEM (ULTRASONIC)
1
2
3
4
5

FMC MEASUREMENT SOLUTIONS-KONGSBERG
5.0
GAS METERING SYSTEM -DUAL CHAMBR ORIFICE
1
2
3

FMC MEASUREMENT SOLUTIONS-KONGSBERG
6.0
INTERFACE DEVICES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CAMILLE BAUER MESSINSTRUMENTE AG

HANS TURCK GMBH & CO. KG
IFM ELECTRONIC GMBH
MTL INDIA
OSNA ELECTRONICS PVT LTD
PEPPERL + FUCHS GMBH
R STAHL SCHALTGERATE GMBH
R STAHL PVT LTD
7.0
LIQUID METERING SYSTEM (P D METERS)
1
2

INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
BELGIUM
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
NORWAY
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
NORWAY
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
VENDOR LIST
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5

OVAL CORPORATION
PETROL INSTRUMENTS SRL
8.0
LIQUID METERING SYSTEM (TURBINE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ABB AUTOMATION LTD

FAURE HERMAN GROUP INTERTECHNIQUE
HOFFER FLOW CONTROLS INC
9.0
LIQUID METERING SYSTEM (ULTRASONIC)
10.0
LIQUID METERING SYSTEM -MASS FLOW METERS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

RHEONIK MESSGERATE GMBH
11.0
TRAINING SIMULATOR SYSTEM
1
2
TRIDENT COMPUTER RESOURCES

12.0
TURNKEY INSTRUMENTATION (MR NO.X090)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)

INSTRUMENTATION LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 63 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ITALYL
U.K..
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
PROJECT INFORMATION
1.0 OWNER :
MANGMANGLORE REFINERY AND PETROCHEMICALS LIMITED
MRPL PHASE III REFINERY PROJECT

2.0 PROJECT TITLE:
3.0
INTRODUCTION
Mangalore refinery and petrochemicals limited (MRPL), is setting up a
new refinery facilities as part of the MRPL Phase III Refinery Project. To
cater to the steam and power requirement a new power plant is planned.
Engineers India Limited (EIL) has been retained by MRPL to provide
services to project management consultancy (PMC).
4.0 Key Features of Project Site

4.1
Project site
Mangalore, Karnataka.
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Nearest town
Nearest Railway Station
Nearest Sea Port
Nearest Airport
Site Temperature
Mangalore
Surathkal
New Mangalore port.
Mangalore (BAJPE)
t min = 16.0 0C
:
:
:
:
t nor = 32.0 0C
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
Relative Humidity
Rainfall data(Annual)
Rainy season
Wind velocity
Wind direction
:
:
:
:
:
t max = 38.00C
75 @ tnor
3467mm Avg
June to September
20-68 Kmph (Max. 28 days/years)
Morning East to West,
Evening North west to South East.
4.12
Elevation above mean sea :

level
Min 5.5m
Average 8m
4.13
4.14
4.15
Barometric pressure
Source of Fresh water
Seismic zone
:
:
:
Max 8 78m
1007mbar
River Netravadi
As per 1893- Latest
SCOPE OF WORK/ SUPPLY

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 8 of 14
2.7
FIRE PROOFING
As per OISD specification and as defined in structural section in the tender.
2.8
MAIN ROADS, APPROACH ROADS, STORM WATER DRAINS & CULVERTS

All approach roads for sub station & control room, DG shed and other areas within scope
limit, footpaths (as applicable) for maintenance and operational requirement of plant shall be
provided by EPC contractor as per equipment layout and as per detailed engineering
requirement. Any additional approach roads around CPP, sub station, tank farm and other
areas to facilitate crane movement or any other vehicle movement during construction shall
be in contractors scope of work. Crossings for all services shall be in the scope of contractor.
Additional WBM layer and premix carpeting of damaged road during construction shall be in
the scope of EPC contractor.
All roads around each facility shall be made good while handing over after completion of
construction activity. Any culverts, pipe way bridges, cable crossings, electric road crossings,
road crossings for OWS/ CRWS system, cooling water lines, fire water lines, drinking water
lines, etc. coming below the main roads and approach roads shall be in EPC Contractors
scope of work and shall be designed for crane loads.
Any strengthening/ widening of existing main roads for crane movement for erection shall be
in the scope of the contractor.
2.9
CABLE CROSSING
For all electrical/ instrument cables crossing the main/approach roads, suitable road
crossings either by PVC pipes encased in concrete or RCC ducts/ culverts shall be provided
as per Electrical/ Instrumentation requirements. Crossings shall be designed to withstand the
load of crane movement envisaged for erection / maintenance.
2.10
a)
RCC TRENCHES
Cable trenches
RCC Electrical/ Inst. cable trenches with pre-cast RCC covers shall be provided as per
structural standards and electrical/ instrumentation requirements. Trenches and covers in
crane movement area shall be designed to withstand the load of crane movement envisaged
for erection / maintenance. Cable trenches within scope limit shall be filled with sand before
placing of pre-cast cover.
2.11
OWS/ CRWS SYSTEM

Oily Waste sewer (OWS) from all process equipments shall be discharged in to OWS
funnels & conveyed through underground gravity sewers and hooked up with main Refinery
OWS header. Catch basins, Manholes, funnel points, vent pipes, flame arrestors, steel
gratings, clean outs shall be provided as per attached specifications. Floor wash/ rainwater
from continuously oil contaminated (COC) areas shall also be discharged to existing OWS
header.
Contaminated rain water/ floor wash/ fire water shall be collected through catch basins
located in the contaminated areas of the new facilities in the power plant unit and shall be
conveyed through under ground gravity sewer and hooked up with main refinery CRWS
header. Catch basins, funnel points, vent pipes, flame arrestors, steel gratings, clean outs
shall be provided as per attached specifications.
Contractor is required to design and develop/ provide the CRWS/ OWS collection system
and get the same approved from Owner/ representative of Owner.
U/G carbon steel piping for OWS/CRWS shall be provided with corrosion protection as per
specification attached with the tender.
RCC Manholes / Catch basins shall be designed as liquid retaining structure.
Format No. EIL-1641-1924 Rev.1

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
2.12
Page 9 of 14
HARD STAND
Based on soil data, the hard stand required for erection of heavy equipments to be designed
and provided as per equipment erection philosophy/type of cranes to be used inside and
outside the battery limit of units. Dismantling of hard stand if required, as per directions of
Engineer-in-Charge / representative of Owner, disposal of unserviceable material outside the
complex boundary limit as per direction of engineer in Charge.
2.13
STORAGE TANK AREAS

Complete fire protection along with PESO approval and approval from TAC accredited
agency for storage tanks is in contractors scope of work. RCC ring beam foundations shall
be provided for all tanks of dia upto 10M. For dia > 10M sand pad foundation with
bituminous anti corrosive layer shall be provided. However, structural input should be
referred for foundation details of tank dia upto 10M. Geo-tech recommendation shall be
taken care while designing the tank pad foundation.
Stone masonry dyke wall shall be provided as per PESO requirements. Tanks shall be
located as per statutory regulations of OISD and PESO etc.
Oily Waste sewer (OWS) from all tankages shall be discharged in to OWS funnels &
conveyed through underground gravity sewers and hooked up with main Refinery OWS
header. Catch basins, manholes, funnel points, vent pipes, flame arrestors, steel gratings,
clean outs shall be provided as per attached specifications.
Contaminated rain water/ floor wash/ fire water shall be collected in the contaminated areas
of the tank dyke and shall be sent to CRWS header/storm water drain through oil catcher &
through a double valve pit. Skimmed oil shall be sent to OWS manhole and water shall be
sent to storm water drain. Catch basins, funnel points, vent pipes, flame arrestors, steel
gratings, clean outs shall be provided as per attached specifications.
2.14
COOLING TOWER AND COOLING WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES

The scope of work shall cover design, detailed engineering, procurement, supply of all
materials, equipments, installation, construction, fabrication, erection, manufacture, receipt,
storage, conservation and preservation of all materials at site, handling at site, assembly,
painting, testing, commissioning and guaranteeing of cooling water system, post
commission services and fulfilment of performance guarantee of the RCC Induced draft
counter flow cooling tower with PVC fill, Cooling Tower sump & pump, cooling Water
Treatment facilities including side stream filters, antiscalant, biological control & other dosing
systems as per requirement, as per specifications, Design basis, standards, data sheets &
P&IDs enclosed including all electrical, instrumentation and other works as per scope
defined in various sections of tender and as detailed below
2.14.1
Nos. of cells and capacity of cooling tower and cooling water pumps shall be
decided by bidder as per the requirement and as mentioned elsewhere in the
bid document.
2.14.2
The main components for the above Cooling tower shall be as below but not
limited to same
-
Cooling tower, basin, cold water channel
Cooling water sump
Cooling water pumps
Cooling water treatment plant consisting of side stream filters, antiscalant,

biological control & other dosing systems as per requirement
CWTP building

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 10 of 14
Cooling Water Pump house, pump foundations, flooring, pumps & pump
house piping
2.14.3
Allied instrumentation/ electrical and other civil works.
Cooling water supply & return piping
RCC pavement upto 5m all around cooling tower area including below basin
Cooling water pump station shall be provided with RCC pavement.
Other Civil works such as approach road, ERC /IRC, pipe culvert for
approach road
COOLING TOWER
The scope of work shall cover :i)
Design, detail engineering, supply of all materials, erection, construction of

mechanical induced draft, counter flow RCC cooling tower with PVC fill
ii)
The cooling tower cells shall be so designed so that each of them can be repaired,
maintained and cleaned while the other cells are in service. The cooling tower fan
shall be made of FRP. Oil skimming arrangement in the channel at entry for sump
shall be provided to remove floating oil to OWS. HC and H2S detectors shall be
provided at the cooling tower top.
iii)
The basin shall be provided with an overflow arrangement from each cell which shall
be suitably connected to the nearest storm water drain. The basin shall be provided
with sludge removal arrangement from each cell which shall be suitably connected to
the nearest storm water drain.
iv)
A chain pulley block of suitable capacity with all necessary lifting arrangement shall
be provided for maintenance work on cooling tower fan, gearbox and motor as per
specifications.
v)
The cold water from the basin shall be conveyed through a sluice gate to the sump
through cold water channel covered with pre-cast RCC slabs. The sluice gate shall be
provided at a level such that maximum flow occurs through the gate at normal water
level.
vi)
Return hot water from various units etc. shall be combined into a common line and
further taken into the cooling tower as per vendor's design requirements for each cell.
Corrosion probe and corrosion coupon shall be provided by the vendor in the return
header near the cooling tower. Vendor shall also check minimum pressure
requirement in return header and fan deck height with return header pressure
available at cooling tower grade and finalise Cooling Tower height accordingly &
design the hot water riser
vii)
Painting of above ground piping, structural steel etc. shall be done as per job
specifications for field painting enclosed with bid.
viii) Area below cooling tower basin, cold water channel and upto 2.0m all around the
cooling tower basins and cold channel shall be provided with RCC Pavement Type-III.
ix)
Providing approaches for cooling tower, cooling water treatment plant building, pump
house and any other approaches if required.
x)
Providing treating effluent makeup system with control valve and ACF
xi)
Any other work required for the completion of the job in all respects.

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
2.14.4
Page 11 of 14
COOLING WATER SUMP AND PUMP HOUSE
i)
Design, detail engineering, construction of RCC sump to receive water from the cold
water channel of the cooling tower and Cooling water pump house The top slab of
each sump shall be provided with two number of 0.6m x 0.6m manholes with RCC
covers for maintenance of each sump. Each manhole shall be provided with a ladder
for access inside the sump up to bottom level.
ii)
Suction pipe nozzles for all pumps shall be provided in sump. Puddle flanges shall be
provided in sump and basin wall for pump suction pipes, sludge outlet pipes, overflow
pipes and level transmitter nozzles .
iii)
Additional manhole of 0.5m x 0.5m with removable RCC covers shall be provided on
the top of each slab of sump just above each suction line of the cooling water pumps
for inspection. These manholes shall be provided with access ladders.
iv)
Level instruments shall be mounted on the sump as per Standard Specifications,

Standards. Monkey ladder shall be provided for access to sump top Sufficient number
of vents of CS pipe with insect screen shall be provided on the top slab of each sump.
v)
Level transmitters shall be located on the top of each sump.
vi)
The sump shall be provided with scour valve / drain valve at the bottom and overflow
shall be suitably connected with the nearest storm water drain through CS pipe. The
overflow pipe in cold water basin shall be minimum 2 nos. of 300 mm diameter.
vii)
The Cooling Water Pump House building shall be with RCC columns, structural steel
truss and side sheeting arrangement. Necessary insert plates and steel and steel
platforms as walkways shall be provided on the inside faces of the columns as per
detailed engineering by the contractor.
viii) Supply and erection of HOT crane in pump house of suitable capacity.
ix)
Supply, erection of corrosion coupon and corrosion probe.
x)
Any other work required as per scope drawing and P&ID and required for the
completion of the job in all respects.
2.14.5
PIPING WORKS
i)
Supply and erection of cooling water supply, return piping, cooling water make-up and
other piping with in the battery limits of cooling tower. All piping, valves, fittings,
gasket, nut and bolts etc. shall be provided by the contractor as per the requirements
of process P&ID and piping material specifications.
ii)
Supply and erection of suction piping for all the pumps inside sump up.
iii)
All above ground cooling water piping, cooling water make up, basin drain piping,
OWS piping etc.
iv)
All under ground CS piping shall be provided with corrosion protection as per
specifications attached with bid.
v)
All potable water piping for the safety and eyewash shower shall be as per piping
specifications J2A.
vi)
Painting of pipelines, structural steel, etc. as per job specification for shop and field
painting specification including supply of all paints required and colouring as per
colour codes.
vii)
All other works not exclusively mentioned in the tender document, but are necessary
to complete the system in all respects with respect to process requirements, P&ID,
and data sheet etc. shall form a part of total scope of work.

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
2.14.6
Page 12 of 14
COOLING WATER TREATMENT AND DOSING SYSTEM
i)
The bidder scope of work covers supply, design, detail engineering of all the work
connected with cooling water treatment and dosing consisting of side stream filters,
antiscalant, biological control & other dosing systems as per requirements, safety
shower & eye wash, all interconnecting piping works & piping from treatment plant up
to dosing points, all instrumentation, electrical works, civil & structural works for the
building required for housing this facilities works.
ii)
Design and construction of Cooling Water Treatment Plant building in RCC and brick
construction as per the schematic layout drawing including RCC/Steel columns, pump
foundations, equipment foundations, RCC flooring/ paving, plinth protection, brick
walls, necessary building works like doors, windows, plastering, white washing etc. as
per Architectural scope and lay out and any incidental work, etc. complete. The entire
specifications for cooling water treatment plant building shall be as per architectural
specifications and drawing.
The scope of work shall also include following
Plumbing & building drainage
Supplying & fixing plumbing fixtures in toilet blocks.
Supplying & laying of drinking water piping with gate/ globe valve
located in valve chamber & hook up with plant drinking water supply
line.
Construction of floor trap, gully trap, inspection chamber etc. including

laying of soil & waste pipes to IS:3486 jointing with lead etc.
Joining the sanitary line from buildings to plant sanitary sewer (SS)
system, construction of RCC manholes, laying of RCC (P1 class to
IS:458) pipes etc. complete.
iii)
The cooling water treatment plant area shall be RCC paved type-II.
iv)
Painting of steel structures, equipments piping etc. shall be as per attached

specifications
v)
Supply, fabrication and erection of supporting structural elements for piping such as
shoes, clips, clamps, cradles, anchors, guides etc.
vi)
Providing of RCC sleepers/overhead pipe supports, guides etc. for above ground
piping
vii)
Testing and trial run for the performance of each dosing system including supply of
chemicals for trial run is included in the scope of work.
viii) Precast concrete interlocking block footpaths shall be provided between CWTP &
dosing point in cooling water channel
ix)
Design, engineering, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of entire

electrical system including lighting for Cooling Water Treatment plant as per electrical
scope of work, specifications, etc. complete.
x)
All other works not exclusively mentioned in the tender document, but are necessary
to complete the system in all respects with respect to process requirements, P&ID,
scope drawings & data sheets etc. shall form a part of total scope of work.
2.14.7
i)
ELECTRICAL, CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
Complete electrical, civil & structural works for Cooling Tower, CWTP and Pump
house shall be carried out as per detailed specifications of the tender enclosed
elsewhere. Platforms & ladders shall be provided for safety and ease of maintenance,
operation of the plant as per requirements of the owner/EIL at no extra cost.

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
ii)
Page 13 of 14
Supply, fabrication and erection of supporting structural elements for piping such as
shoes, clips, clamps, cradles, anchors, guides etc, construction of RCC sleepers for
running above ground piping, civil construction of cable trenches including supply and
installation of metal inserts for running power/ lighting and control cables shall be in
the scope of this tender.
2.14.8
COMMISSIONING OF THE SYSTEM
i)
Commissioning of the entire system within scope of work including all equipments,
etc. flushing out all piping etc. complete, including testing and trial runs at no extra
cost to owner shall be provided by the contractor.
ii)
On completion of the work, the contractor shall remove and dispose off, all
unserviceable material, debris etc.
iii)
Owner or his authorised representative will have the right to inspect at any stage of
manufacture and construction, all materials, components and workmanship and
testing of materials. The contractor shall provide all facilities of inspection and
testing without any extra cost to the owner.
iv)
It shall be clearly understood that the contractor shall be responsible to complete

and commission the entire work in all respects including the work not specifically
mentioned in the scope of work or specifications or in drawings, but are necessary
to achieve completion.
2.14.9
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE & TESTS
i)
The cooling tower shall be tested and guaranteed to meet the performance
requirement when tested in accordance with the procedure set forth in the latest
revisions of the test code ATC-105 of CTI.
ii)
If the performance test shows a deficiency, the contractor shall rectify the defects
without any additional cost to the owner
2.14.10
TWO YEARS RECOMMENDED SPARES.
i)
The contractor shall submit the list of spares required for trouble free operation of
Cooling Tower for a period of two years along with their prices with the offer.
ii)
All other works as mentioned package specification shall deemed to be in the

scope of this tender.
iii)
Any other works not listed above but required to complete the work in all respects
unless specifically mentioned otherwise.
2.14.11
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR COOLING TOWER
COUNTER FLOW TOWERS

The offer of counter flow tower will be evaluated by Fulkerson's method using
Fulkerson's demand curve and fill characteristic curves applicable to the case.
The inlet air velocity shall be 1.5m/sec to 4m/sec. No tolerances are acceptable.
A partition cell shall be provided from the basin bottom to the top of basin and from
bottom of fill to fan deck levels. Designer/ vendor shall decide whether to provide wall
from basin top to the bottom of fill. End walls of cooling tower shall be kept closed.
Bidder shall submit calculations preferably in the enclosed Tower sizing format.

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
3.0
Page 14 of 14
DRAWINGS/ DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FROM CONTRACTOR

3.1
WITH OFFER
The list of drawings/documents as required to be submitted along with offer is
enclosed in the tender document.
3.2
AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT

The list of drawings/documents as required to be reviewed by representative of
Owner/ Owner is enclosed in the tender document.
4.0
APPROVALS
Approval of the facilities within contract scope limit from PESO, TAC/ TAC accredited
professionals & DGCA shall be obtained by the EPC package contractor.
EPC Contractor to comply with the requirement of these authorities irrespective if it is
mentioned or not in the bid package & shall form part of contractors scope of work including
preparation of required drawings/ documents. Contractor shall comply with the requirement of
local bodies including preparation of required drawings/ documents.
5.0
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
5.1
OWNERS SCOPE OF SUPPLY

Nil
5.2
CONTRACTORS SCOPE OF SUPPLY

- All items consumables/non consumables required to complete the job.
- All tools tackles, plant machinery etc to complete the job.

STRUCTURAL & ARCHITECTURE
10
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
1.2.1
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
10 of 17
Owners Scope of Supply

NIL
1.2.2
Contractors Scope of Supply

All architectural materials (consumables/ non-consumables) required for satisfactory
completion of the job shall be supplied by the contractor.
1.3
Deliverables by the Contractor
1.3.1
Drawings / Documents Required after Award of contract

The Contractor shall submit a detailed schedule of submission of deliverables as
indicated herewith for review by Owner/PMC as per agreed schedule. Such a
schedule shall be made in line with the overall time schedule indicated elsewhere in
the Tender Documents. Submission of all deliverables shall be as per the said
schedule as reviewed by Owner/PMC.
All deliverables shall be prepared using Computer software and shall be complete in
all respects including correct titles indicating Owner, Consultant, Contractor, Project
name, PMC Job No., Dates, Issues, Revisions and signatures of Performer,
Checker & Approver of the Contractor.
Incomplete, unsigned & unchecked Documents/ Drawings shall not be accepted and
shall be returned.
All revisions shall be clearly pointed out clouded for easy identification/ review.
All deliverables shall be submitted in requisite number of prints as per methodology
mentioned elsewhere in the Tender Documents.
Deliverables by the Contractor shall be as listed herewith.
1.
Drawing/Document Schedule
The schedule shall include all Drawings/ Documents with Title, Number,
Dates of issues (scheduled & actual) & present review status etc. The
schedule shall be updated and submitted at regular intervals as mentioned
elsewhere.
2.
Drawings
A.
Preliminary Architectural Drawings of the buildings in accordance

with bid indicating Plans, Sections & Elevations & Architectural
treatment. Such preliminary dwgs shall be prepared after finalisation
of sizes & layout of the required spaces/ areas/ rooms and review of
the same by the originating department of PMC.
B.
Construction drawings of all the Buildings shall be prepared

incorporating comments etc. on the preliminary Dwgs.
Construction Drawings shall contain the followings.
1. Plan of all levels, Terrace Plan, Key Plan.

11
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
11 of 17
2. Sections as required for complete understanding of the Design &

Construction.
3. Elevations of all sides.
4. Door/Window details.
5. False ceiling details & layouts.
6. Schedule of Architectural Finishes.
7. Architectural details as required.
8. Any other Dwg as required for complete understanding of the
Design & Construction.
Drawings shall be prepared using AutoCAD software of latest (at the time of
floating the Tender) version.
Drawings shall be prepared in 1:100 or 1:50 scale. For Construction details,
Door Window Details the scale shall be 1:20 to 25. For key plans larger but
legible scale may be used.
The Contractor shall prepare & submit specifications of materials etc., which
are not covered or attached in the Tender Documents for review by
Owner/PMC.
4.
Documents/ Drawings for Statutory Approval

The Contractor shall prepare & submit Documents/Drawings for Statutory
Approval
in
accordance
with
the
statutory
requirement
for
Information/Record of Owner/PMC.
5.
As Built Drawings
The Contractor shall prepare & submit As-built drawings both in requisite no.
of hard prints as well as in form of computer files for Information/Record of
Owner/PMC.
6.
List of Sub- vendors/ authorised applicators for specialised items
The Contractor shall submit list of all Sub- vendors/ authorised applicators to be
engaged for execution of various specialised items (like Aluminium Doors and
Windows, Waterproofing and Underdeck Insulation, False ceiling, False Flooring
etc.) for approval.
1.3.2
Review of the Contractor's Drawings/Documents

Drawings/ Documents submitted by the Contractor shall be reviewed by
Owner/PMC within agreed upon time schedule.
It shall be Owner/ PMC's right to review any/ all or none of the Drawings/
Documents submitted by the Contractor.
Review by Owner/ PMC shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
correct Design, Engineering and Construction. The sole responsibility of the
correctness of Design, Engineering & Construction shall lie with the Contractor
irrespective of the fact that the Drawings/Documents submitted are reviewed or not
reviewed by Owner/PMC. The Contractor shall correct all faulty design &
construction detected at any stage of work without any cost & time implication to
PMC or the Owner.

12
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page
12 of 17
Following Parameters of Design & Drawings shall not be reviewed.

A.
Adequacy of provisions (in terms of spaces, services & utilities) and space/
area/ Room sizes for Plant Buildings or Plant Areas in other Buildings. The
Contractor shall ensure correctness of such provisions vis--vis Owner/ PMC
reviewed/ approved G.A. drawings & submit Architectural dwgs only after
approval/ review of such provisions by concerned deptt. of PMC.
B.
Correctness of Drawings in terms of dimensions, matching of Plan, Elevation,

Section, etc. These parameters may be reviewed at random only.
C.
Location, Co-ordinates, Orientation & Road/Ground/Pavement levels. The

Contractor shall ensure correctness of these vis--vis EIL reviewed/approved
G.A. drawings.
1.4
List of Attachments
1.4.1
Drawings
NIL
Standard Specifications
1.4.2
Sl.
no.
01
1.4.3
Specification
no.
7-49-1101
No. of
sheets
08
Rev.
1
Title
Vendor List for Architectural Products.
Standards
Title
No. of
Sheets
Revisi
on
Details of skirting (with bk. Work)
01
7-75-0003
Details of skirting (with RCC col.)
01
03
7-75-0004
Details of dado
01
04
7-75-0011
Wooden flush door with steel frame
01
05
7-75-0014
Aluminium glazing details
01
06
7-75-0015
Glazed aluminium window
01
07
7-75-0027
Steel windows (General Spec.)
01
08
7-75-0028
Steel windows (use of sections)
01
09
7-75-0029
Steel windows (section details)
01
10
7-75-0031
Steel windows (with louvers)
11
7-75-0032
Steel windows (fittings & fixtures)
01
12
7-75-0042
Aluminium panel false ceiling (84C

system)
01
13
7-75-0047
False flooring details (channel type)
01
14
7-75-0060
Orissa pan w.c. fixing detail
01
Sl.
No.
Standard No.
01
7-75-0002
02
01

13
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
Title
1.4.4
No. of
Sheets
Revisi
on
European type w.c. fixing detail
01
7-75-0063
Urinal fixing detail
01
17
7-75-0064
Wash basin fixing detail
01
18
7-75-0068
Roof drainage & water proofing
03
19
7-75-0070
Pressed steel door (single shutter)
01
20
7-75-0071
Pressed steel door (double shutter)
01
Sl.
No.
Standard No.
15
7-75-0062
16
Job Specifications
Sl.
no.
01
1.5
13 of 17
Specification no.
6782-380-16-48-JS-01
No. of
sheets
73
Rev.
A
Title
Job SpecificationsStructural & Architectural
Architectural Design Basis

Architectural design of the buildings shall be in conformity with the following:
1.5.1
Codes and Standards

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.5.2
National building Code of India

Local Municipal or other authoritys bye-laws
Relevant state Govt. Factory Acts
TAC (Tariff Advisory Committee) regulations
Any other rules/regulations/recommendations as applications
Space Requirement :
Space requirement shall be based on one or combination of the following depending
upon the specific situation
a.
b.
c.
d.
Occupancy
Equipment layout and clearances
Maintenance and safety requirements
Storage requirement
The height of the buildings shall be provided as per the statutory requirements and
equipments and crane/ monorail requirement.
1.5.3
Safety Requirements
Safety from fire and like emergencies shall be taken into account in building design.
Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with sufficient no. of
exits (as per TAC requirements) to permit safe escape of occupants in case of
emergency.

14
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
14 of 17
Following references shall be adhered to in this regard :

A.
National Building Code of India
B.
State Factory Act
C.
Tariff Advisory Committee
1.5.4
Day Lighting And Ventilation

Established level of illumination shall be maintained for all parts of the building by
means of windows, ventilators, skylights etc. For this IS:3646 Part I & II and IS:2440
shall be adhered to. For the purpose of illumination day lighting shall be
supplemented by artificial illumination.
Established level of ventilation in items of air changes per hour shall be maintained
for all spaces. IS:3103 and IS:3362 shall be adhered to for this purpose. Natural
ventilation shall be supplemented by mechanical/electrical means.
1.5.5
Aesthetics
Architectural design and treatment of the buildings/sheds shall ensure proper
aesthetics by adopting general principles of Architecture. An overall architectural
control shall be maintained with the rest of the buildings of the project, outside the
Contractors scope.
1.5.6
Building Elements
a)
Plinth Protection
All the buildings & sheds shall be provided with minimum 1000 mm wide
plinth protection around the building/shed plinth at top of Finished Grade
Level. The rain water down pipes shall discharge rain water on this
pavement.
b)
Steps/Ramps
Steps/ramps shall be provided for access to the Buildings/sheds for
Pedestrian/Vehicular, equipment entry. Minimum 1000 mm wide platform
shall be provided in between Entrance door and steps/ramps. Following
dimensions of the steps/ramps shall be adhered to.
A.
B.
C.
D.
c)
Tread
=250 mm minimum
Riser
=175 mm maximum
Slope of Ramp
= Not steeper than 1:6
Ratio of Tread & Riser= 2 Riser + Tread= 600 to 648 mm
Windows/ventilators
Windows/ventilators shall be provided in all areas for natural lighting,
ventilation and visibility at working level.
For the purposes of ventilation, total openable area of the windows/
ventilators shall be as per Factory Act subjected to a minimum of 15% of the
floor area to be ventilated. However, for Control Room and in office areas
etc. where visibility from inside is of prime importance, increased window
area shall be provided. Areas accommodating panels/ equipments shall be
normally provided with ventilators at high level for unobstructed distributed
lighting.

15
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
d)
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
15 of 17
Shading Devices
Shading devices shall be provided over all windows, openable ventilators for
rain & sun protection. These devices shall be in the form of horizontal
projections, vertical projected fins or combination of both as per building
facade treatment. Minimum projection shall be 600 mm. Windows in closed
condition should not allow any rain water inside.
1.6
Specific Architectural Requirements

Only relevant clauses as applicable for each type of building shall be referred
1.6.1
Floor Finishing:
Floor finishing shall be based upon the occupancy or function of the particular area.
However the following parameters shall be adopted unless otherwise specified.
Panel dividers wherever required shall be provided as per specification.
a.
Cellar area
b.
MCC Rm., A/C Plant Room. :
50 thk.Heavy duty Cem. Conc.

Flooring.
Battery Room
Vitrified Acid resistant tiles over

cem. conc. flooring.
c.
1.6.2
25 thk Cem conc. flooring
d.
Console Rm., Rack Rm. & UPS Rm :False flooring with antistatic
laminate top as/
e.
Office areas, Corridors
Vitrified Porcelain Tile flooring
f.
Toilets & D/W area
Ceramic tiles flooring & 2100

high ceramic tiles dado.
g.
Skirting
125mm high skirting in all areas

using same material as that of
floor.
Acid resistant tile dado 1500
high shall be provided in Battery
Rm.
h.
Analyser room
Vitrified Porcelain Tile flooring
Doors, Windows, Ventilators

Doors, windows, ventilators shall be provided as per requirement. Their sizes shall
be according to requirements and equipment to be placed. All doors, windows shall
be provided with necessary approved quality fittings and fixtures and
painted/polished as per specifications. Doors and windows in air conditioned/
pressurised/equipment areas shall be airtight and provided with rubber beading all
around.
Equipment Entry Doors:
Mechanically operated rolling shutter.

Pressed Steel doors with 2mm thk. sheeting as
per requirement.

16
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Doors:
Page
16 of 17
Entrance doors of Control room shall be

aluminium glazed doors with toughened
(shatterproof) glass. Doors in Office area, toilet
shall be teak veneered wooden flush doors
with pressed steel frames.
Windows And Ventilators: Powder coated aluminium windows &

ventilators using heavy duty aluminium
sections with toughened (shatterproof) glass
are to be provided in all areas.
Safety Bars:
1.6.3
1.6.4
Plastering And Pointing

Plastering
Aluminium safety grill shall be provided in

windows & ventilators where required.
12mm thick cement plaster in 1:6 on fair side of

all walls.
15mm thick cement plaster in 1:6 on rough

side of 230 thick brick walls.
20mm thick sand face plaster in two coats on

all external faces of brick walls.
6mm thick plaster in 1:4 in ceiling, chajjas & on

cols. etc.
15mm thick cement plaster mixed with water

proofing compound on inside surfaces of
R.C.C. gutter.
20 x 10mm groove
specifications to be
required.
in plaster as per
provided wherever
Roofing Treatment
Minimum slope of 1:80 shall be obtained in roof by providing lean concrete 1:3:6
over roof keeping 25mm min. concrete at disposal/gutter ends. Alternately roof shall
be laid to slope as desired. Roof tops shall have atactic polypropylene modified
bituminous membrane water proofing treatment as specified in Architectural
specifications.
R.C.C. rain water gutter shall be provided to collect roof water into it. Gutter shall be
provided with necessary slopes towards rain water pipes by means of cement
screed. 15mm thick water proof cement plaster shall be provided on inner surfaces
of gutter and 12mm thick water proof cement plaster shall be provided on outer
surfaces of gutter. Any sunk area, before cinder filling shall be finished with 15 mm
thk. water proof cement plaster. Rain water downtake pipes shall be PVC pipes
embedded in concrete.
1.6.5
White Washing, Colour Washing Distempering, Painting, Polishing

Ceiling
All ceilings of offices, corridors, analyser room ,

shall be finished with plastic emulsion paint , &

17
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
17 of 17
ceiling of all other areas shall be finished with

three coats of white wash, canopy/porch ceiling
shall be finished with water proof cement.
Inside Walls
Outside Walls
:All office corridor, analyser room , control

room shall be finished with plastic emulsion
paint as per requirement. All other area walls
shall be finished with three coats of white
wash.
:
Doors And Windows :
1.6.6
All outside surfaces of building shall be

finished with water proof cement paint.
All steel doors, windows & ventilators shall be
finished with two coats of synthetic enamel
paint over a coat of primer.
Sanitary Fittings/Fixture
Battery room shall be provided with sink and Toilets shall be provided with all
necessary approved Indian standard fittings and fixtures .
1.6.7
Roofing
All sheds shall have precoated galvanised steel sheets for roofing and cladding. The
sheets shall be min. 0.50mm thick. The roofing system shall include all accessories
like ridges, north light curves, apron pieces, corner pieces, m.s. flat windties etc.
1.6.8
False Flooring, False Ceiling and Underdeck Insulation

Console Room, Rack Room, UPS Room, Operators Room , corridors & toilet areas
shall have Aluminium plank false ceiling with underdeck insulation. Wherever false
flooring is required, it shall be provided with lamination top, min.600 high from conc.
slab or hard floor .
ENGINEERING DESIGN BASIS

GENERAL CIVIL
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 12
AREA
CONCRETE
ASPHALT
STONE
PITCHING
OTHER
COMPACTED
EARTH
SURFACE
- FOOTPATH
(Precast
concrete
interlock blocks)
- TANK FARM (inside dyke)
- BETWEEN UNIT &

Roads (Except approach road
to units & approaches to fire
hydrant)
(Precast
Interlocking
Tiles)
- PIPE WAYS
(PCC M20)
- OPEN STORAGE /
MAIN AREAS
ROAD EMBANKMENT SLOPE
(if slope is
more than 1
m high)
3.6
STORM WATER DRAINAGE
3.6.1
Run off co-efficient

a.
b.
Paved area
3.6.2
1.0
- Bituminous
0.9
0.6
0.4
Compacted area such as tank

farm/ offsite areas/expansion area
c.
- Concrete
Unusable open area/ Green Belt area
Ditches
a. Type
b.
Rectangular type in and around units.

Other areas, ditches shall be rectangular
and/or trapezoidal type.
Construction
-
Rectangular Ditches Stone

masonry
with cement plaster in offsites. RCC in
units and other RCC paved areas (grade
of RCC drain shall be same as that of
pavement).
Trapezoidal Ditches PCC (M20) lining

for both horizontal and sloped portion

GENERAL CIVIL
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 12
3.6.3
Culverts and Road Crossings

a. Pipe Culverts - Under Roads
: RCC pipes (Class NP-3 as per IS:458)
b. Storm Water Box culverts
: RCC Precast/ Cast-in-situ Construction
c. Cast-in-Situ Boxes for cable crossing
: RCC construction
d. Electric Road Cable crossings
PVC pipe class-1

embedding in PCC
(IS
4985)
(All drainage culverts shall be RCC box culverts, wherever heavy crane movement is
envisaged.)
3.6.4
Tank farm drainage shall be provided in such a way that the storm water discharge
shall be either sent to storm water open ditch or to the oily sewer by providing sand
trap and valve pit.
3.6.5
An oil catcher with baffle wall type arrangement shall be provided on storm water
ditch before it leaves the battery limit of the complex.
3.7
WATER SYSTEM
3.7.1
Raw Water
a.
Source
Water requirement for this project will be met from River Netravati. It is proposed to
construct a intake well and convey water to refinery by pipeline.
b.
c.
3.7.2
3.7.3
Storage
Type of reservoir
Existing Rock quarry in the refinery area shall be further

developed and used as an open storage reservoir for
Raw Water. The reservoir shall have PE film lining with
concrete lining.
Capacity
Based on reliability of source.
Storage (Filtered Water)

Type of reservoir
RCC reservoir top covered..
Capacity
As per Process Design Basis.
Treatment
Treatment shall be done based on analysis of raw water

vis--vis requirement of process specification for water
quality of service water, cooling water make- up, DM
water and drinking water.
Drinking Water System
a. Rate of water supply
- 30 gals/head/day (135 lpcd).
b. System
c. Storage
- Overhead tank of R.C.C Construction.
d. Treatment
- Chlorination
Underground
fittings.
ring
main
with
G.I.
pipes
and
Fire Protection System

Refer separate EIL design basis document no. 6782-00-16-47-DB-02
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1

GENERAL CIVIL
Page 9 of 12
3.7.4
Cooling Water System

Cooling water system (comprising of cooling Tower, CW Treatment, CW Sump and
Pumping) shall be as per process design basis.
3.7.4.1 Cooling Tower

a.
Type
Induced Draft.
b.
Construction
RCC Tower with PVC fill
c.
Capacity and other parameters are based on process data sheet and design
data.
3.7.4.2 Cooling Water Treatment

The required treatment as per Process Data Sheets and Design Data shall be
provided.
3.7.5
3.7.6
DM Water Treatment
-
D.M. Water plant shall be as per process design basis.
The required treatment as per process data sheet and design data sheet shall
be provided for D.M. plant and condensate polisher.
Underground Piping
All underground C.S./M.S. pipes shall be provided with corrosion resistance
protection as per SMMS Specification.
3.8
SEWERS
3.8.1
General
a.
Storm water drains shall not be combined with oily drains. However within the paved
area of the unit where rain water is likely to be contaminated with oil, the same shall
be discharged in the Contaminated Rain Water System (CRWS) oily drains. At unit
battery limit sealed manholes shall be provided.
b.
Process waste (OWS) shall be discharged to waste water treatment facilities through
primary treatment plant if required. Otherwise to be discharged directly to the waste
water treatment plant.
c.
Acidic waste shall be neutralized and discharged to disposal point or waste water
treatment plant.
d.
Cooling tower blow down if contaminated shall be treated in WWTP.
e.
All gravity sewers shall generally be laid underground.
f.
All underground C.S. pipes shall be provided with corrosion resistance protection.
3.8.2
Types of Sewers and Disposal Method

Oily sewer
To Oil separator in WWTP
Contaminated Rain Water
Oil separator in WWTP
Chemical Sewer
Neutralisation pit and then pumped to

WWTP
Acidic and Alkali

WWTP

GENERAL CIVIL
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 12
3.8.3
APH Wash

WWTP
Closed Blow Down
To CBD Drum (RCC Pit)
Cooling Tower Blow Down
To WWTP
Sanitary Sewer
To WWTP
Design of CRWS and Oily Sewers
3.8.3.1 The Contaminated Rain Water System oily sewer shall be designed for the following
combinations :
-
Contaminated rain water + Process Waste OR Fire water + Process Waste,

whichever is more.
3.8.3.2 The quantities of contaminated rainwater shall be worked out based on the
contaminated process area in the unit block.
3.8.3.3 The quantities of process waste shall be specified by Process / licensors. Consider
process waste from standby equipments also. OWS shall be routed to WWTP.
3.8.4
Design of Sanitary Sewer
The sanitary sewer shall be designed for 3 times the average flow flowing half
full in case of lateral sewer and flowing 2/3 full in case of Main Sewers.
3.8.5
Cover for Sewer Line
a. Minimum cover over sewer line shall be 600 mm.

b. Under road, sewer shall be protected by concrete encasement and minimum cushion
shall be 1200 mm.
3.8.6
Material of Construction for Manholes

Type and construction of manholes
a.
In units areas
RCC Manholes / Catch Basin

(Liquid Retaining Specifications)
b.
In Offsite areas
RCC Manholes (Liquid Retaining
Specifications)
c.
Sanitary Sewer
Brick Manholes
Manhole Seal
For trapping of gas or prevention of spread of fire through is required, a liquid seal of
minimum 150 mm shall be provided at manhole along with suitable vents. Location of
sealed manholes shall be decided accordingly. All vent pipes of sealed manholes
shall be provided with flame arrestor.
3.8.7
Material of Construction for Sewers
3.8.7.1 CRWS Sewer

a. Within process units and Tankage areas Specs
b. Offsite gravity sewer
CS Pipes As per Piping Material

RCC pipes class Pl (as per IS :
458) Socket and spigot, rubbering
joints (Suitable concrete supports
at all socket/ spigot joints of
underground piping shall be
provided.)
10

GENERAL CIVIL
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 12
c. Offsite pressure main

Specs
a. Within process units and Tankage areas Specs
3.8.7.2 Oily Sewer
b. Offsite gravity sewer
RCC pipes class Pl (as per IS :

458) Socket and spigot, rubbering
joints (Suitable concrete supports
at all socket/ spigot joints of
underground piping shall be
provided.)
c. Offsite pressure main

Specs
3.8.7.3 Acidic and Alkali sewer
HDPE (as per IS:4984)
3.8.7.4 CBD Sewer
All CBD header and branch pipes

shall be laid in RCC trenches with
precast RCC covers. RCC Trench
shall be filled back with sand.
3.8.7.5 Chemical Sewer
CI Pipes as per (IS:1536 & 1537)

/ HDPE (as per IS:4984)
3.8.7.6 Sanitary Sewer

a.
Toilet block up to inspection chamber
HCI pipes (as per IS: 1729)
b.
Gravity main & lateral
RCC class Pl (as per IS:458) as

per IS : 458) Socket and spigot,
rubbering
joints
(Suitable
concrete supports at all socket/
spigot joints of underground
piping shall be provided.)
c.
Pressure main
CI Pipes (as per IS: 1536 and IS:

1537) / HDPE Pipes (Pressure
piping suitable for required
pressure)
3.8.7.7 Manhole for acid/ alkali sewer shall be provided with Acid/ Alkali proof lining.
3.9
STORAGE TANK FOUNDATION AND DYKE WALLS:

Foundation type:
a. Up to 10 m dia tank
RCC Ring beam type.
b. Above 10m dia tank
Sand tank pad
Anticorrosive layer 50 mm thick Bitumen sand mix for storage tank foundations
plus 50mm premix carpet outside the tank shell on the foundation only.
Storage Tank Dyke Walls
Construction Laterite Blocks /
Random Rubble Stone Masonry
3.10
FENCING/COMPOUND WALL
i.
Protection of Land Acquisition Limit -
Chain Link Fencing.

11

GENERAL CIVIL
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 12
ii. Protection of Main plant areas
3.11
Compound wall of Laterite Blocks

/ Random Rubble Stone Masonry
4.00m high with 600 mm barbed
wire over hang.
PROCESS CONTROL ROOM SAFETY

Control room shall be sized and designed meeting requirements of OISD-163
(Process Control Room Safety).
12
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
Page 8 of 14
Above ground fire water piping shall be painted with Fire Red Paint to shade
No. 536 of IS:5 as per painting specification.
All fire water network shall be hydro tested to a pressure shall be tested at 1.5
times the system design pressure of 18 Kg/cm2 (g).
At least 10% of all welded joints shall be radiographed and shall be found in
order. At least 50% of welded joints selected for radiography shall be field
joints.
C. Restriction Orifice
-
RO at Hydrant outlets to reduce the pressure to : 7kg/cm2
RO at tappings of water spray system to keep the system pressure

in the range specified in the TAC/ OISD rules.
D. Isolation valves
Isolation valves shall be provided in such a way that not more than 4 (four)
hydrants are isolated at a time and at crossings (Junctions) to ensure easy
maintenance and uninterrupted water supply in case of break down.
Isolation valve shall also be provided below monitor and at all hydrants.
Isolation valve shall be provided at all tapping points on firewater headers.
Only carbon steel valves shall be used. CS valves shall be provided with
gear operations including equalizing lines for dia 8 12 and above valve
sizes. No cast iron valves shall be used.
E. Hydrants, Monitors, Hose Reels & Hose boxes
Hydrant shall be BIS approved with following detail
Outlet
63mm double headed
Pipe size
4" CS
Capacity
36 cum/hr
Type
Oblique angle type as per TAC

requirement
Monitor shall be BIS approved with following detail

Nozzle bore size
38mm (Water cum - foam diffuser type)
Pipe size
6" CS
Capacity
144 cum/hr
FM / UL listed High Volume Long Range water cum foam monitor shall be
provided around units / tankages
Capacity
2000 GPM 4000 GPM
Horizontal range
80 m

DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 14
Hose reel shall be 40m long of 20mm bore size.

Hose shall be Reinforced Rubber Line (RRL) 2 nos 15m each kept in each
hose cabinet Hoses shall be as per Type A of IS:636. Hose cabinet shall
have 2 Jet nozzles with branch pipe or 2 Universal branch pipes

Hose cabinet shall be BIS approved installed at every alternate hydrant
points and every landing valves.
F. Landing Valve
- Double headed
- To be provided on landings of first floor and above as per design criteria.
G. Material of Construction
Material used for fire protection system shall be in accordance with TAC
requirements and client specific requirement.
Broad specifications of material are as follows:
Pipe, fittings, valves
- Carbon steel as per piping material

specification
- GI pipes for water spray (Down stream
of isolation valve)
Hydrant, Monitors, landing valves
:Bureau of Indian Standards
Hose reels, hose Boxes and Accessories: (BIS) marked /TAC approved
H. Water Supply and Storage

a.
Supply
From Raw Water Reservoir.
b.
Storage capacity
Based
on
6-hour
storage
of
installed
capacity of pumps. Fire water reservoir shall

have 2 compartments with 3hrs. of installed
capacity of pumps.
c.
Material of construction
Open earthen reservoir lined with PE film

and concrete for raw water and fire water
reservoir
d.
Make up water
From Raw Water Reservoir through make

up Pump
e.
Emergency connection
From RW reservoir

DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 14
I.
Fire Water Main Pumps
a.
Capacity
To fight two major fires simultaneously or as

per TAC rules, which ever is higher.
b.
Type
Vertical centrifugal.
Note: Pump capacity and head are to be finalised during detail

engineering.
c.
Standby pumps
50% standby pumps
d.
Drive
Electrical / diesel engine as per OISD.
e.
Power
supply
to To meet the requirement of the OISD.
Electrical driven pumps
f.
Diesel Driven Pumps
To meet the requirement of OISD

Diesel - day tanks capacity to meet
requirement of TAC and shall be placed
outside fire water pump house. (minimum12
Hour running storage)
Starting of DE with trickle charged battery
g.
Mode of Operation
Starting of pumps
Stopping of pumps
h.
Fire
water
Pumps
Automatic through pressure switches and

manual. Pump actuation and running
indication shall be transmitted to Control
Room and Fire Station.
Manual only
Jockey
-Capacity
Based on OISD/ TAC requirements
-Head
0.5kg/cm2 more than main pump head
-Type
Vertical
-Stand-by
100%
-Drive
Electric (Normally)
To run on emergency power as well.

DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 14
Mode of operation
Automatic through pressure switches with

provision to start and stop manually.
J. Fire Water Pump House

Firewater pump house shall be RCC frame construction having R.C.C.
roof with brick walls as per TAC norms. It shall have provision for separate
battery room, operator room and toilet block. A HOT/EOT crane shall be
provided for maintenance and erection. A local fire control panel in
operators room shall be provided for all controls of firewater pumps.
3.3.2
Water Spray System

Water spray system provided on hydrocarbon tanks, transformers, process
equipment, etc. shall meet the requirements of TAC/ OISD. The rate of
water applications & mode of operation shall be as per Table-1 and as per
process licensors requirement.
Water spray on every equipment, vessel, column, air fin cooler, tanks,
cable cellar and transformers shall have tappings from two sides of main
header. (But network design shall be done assuming only one tapping as
operational.)
Water curtain shall be provided between heater and flow pass control
valve and as per process licensors recommendations.
While providing water spray on equipments/ vessels, special care shall be
taken to provide water spray on flanges of nozzle connected to
equipments/ vessels.
TABLE 1
Rate of Water Application & Mode of Operation of Water Spray & Foam System
Facilities
Mode of Operation Rate of application
Hydrocarbon Storage tanks
Manual
As per TAC & OISD whichever

is more
- On pumps
Manual

is more
- Other equipments as per

licensor
Manual

is more
- Tall column
Manual

is more
- Air Fin Coolers
Manual

is more
Process unit handling hydrocarbon

DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 14
Transformers
Auto (Deluge
system)

is more
Cable Cellar
Auto (Deluge
system)

is more
NOTE:
In case process licensor recommends for automatic deluge

system, manual system shall be changed accordingly.
Material of Construction
Pipes, fittings
CS for mains and MS-GI(HVY) screwed piping for

spray system
Valves and flanges
CS.
Spray nozzles
Cu Alloy
Deluge valves
CS
Detector piping
GI.
3.3.3
-
Foam System On Hydrocarbon Storage Tanks

Type of foam
-AFFF
Operation
-Manual
System type
-Semi fixed
Application time
-As per TAC
Foam Solution
-3% foam
Foam solution application rate

-
5 lpm/m2 of liquid surface - for fixed roof and cone cum floating roof tank
12 lpm/m2 of vapour seal area i.e. foam dam area for floating roof tanks.
8.1 lpm/m2 for roof collapse case for floating roof tanks.
Foam Compound Storage
Foam compound requirement shall be considered to meet requirement of

foam fire protection system.
In addition to above for crude oil storage tanks automatic actuated by Linear Heat
Detection Rim Seal Foam Protection System designed to detect and extinguish
the floating roof Rim seal fire at its incipient stage shall also be provided as laid
down in OISD 116. (The system is installed at the roof of tank and consist of
long foam line laid along the tank perimeter. The foam aspirating nozzles are
mounted on the line at an interval of 2.5 M. The premix foam is contained in a
vessel which is kept charged with nitrogen through a nitrogen cylinder. The
system is designed for minimum foam application rate of 18 LPM / M2 of rim seal
area.

DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 14
3.3.4
-
CO2 Fire Extinguishing System

The system shall be as per NFPA-12.
3.3.5 Deleted Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System for control room
Clean agent fire extinguisher system shall be provided in control rooms as per
NFPA 2001. The system shall be automatic and detection and actuation shall
also meet the requirement of NFPA 2001. Initial approval shall be taken from
client before proceeding with design and detailing.

3.3.6
First Aid Fire Fighting Equipments
This shall be provided as per OISD / TAC.

3.3.7 Mobile Fire Fighting Equipments
New mobile fire fighting equipments shall be provided in the new fire station as
per the provisions of OISD. Any specific requirements for mobile fire fighting
equipments for fire station shall be provided by MRPL.

3.3.8 Fire Fighting Appliances
Hoses & Hose boxes with accessories shall be provided as per OISD / TAC
requirements.
3.3.9 Fire Station
New fire station shall be located at safe location in the proposed Phase-III
Refinery Project.
3.3.10 Codes & Standards
a.
Fire Protection Manual (Internal appliances, fire engines, trailer pumps,

and hydrant systems) (By Tariff Advisory Committee)
b.
I.S. Codes
For Fire Fighting Equipments.
c.
Rules for water
(For spray system design)
Spray system
d.
NFPA 10
(Portable Fire Extinguisher)
e.
NFPA 12
(CO2 Fire Extinguishing system).
f.
NFPA 2001
(Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System)
g.
OISD standards
h.
NFPA-11
Std. For Low Expansion Foam
i.
NFPA-13
Std. For Installation of Sprinkler System
j.
NFPA-17
Std. For DCP
k.
Process licensors standards and recommended HSE Policy/ codes.
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1

Page 14 of 14
3.4
APPROVAL OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

TAC Manuals describe procedure of submitting documents elaborating the
details of documents, drawings, scale of drawings, minimum contents in the
drawings. Based on their guidelines, documents / drawings shall be prepared.
Approval from TAC accredited agency shall be taken.
3.5
FIRE PROOFING
Fire proofing using vermiculite shall be provided for steel structures and
equipment supports that could collapse under fire condition and contribute to
the intensity of the fire shall be provided to meet the requirements of OISD
Standard 164 (Fire Proofing in Oil and Gas Industry).
4.0
FIRE DETECTION / ALARM SYSTEM

Refer Engineering Design Basis (Electrical) OISD Standards.
5.0
COMMUNICATION
Refer Electrical Specifications for details.
DESIGN BASIS / PHILOSOPHY

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
1.0
SECTION: C-2.3
6782-380-16-48-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 2
Please refer section C-3.2
JOB SPECS & DATA SHEETS

GENERAL CIVIL
SECTION: C-3.1
6782-380-16-47-ID-01-B
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 2 of 2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
S.No.
TITLE
SPECIFICATION NO.
REV
NO. OF
SHEETS
1.
Job specifications for Cooling Tower

in CPP area
6782-380-16-47-SP-10
12
2.
Job specifications for Cooling & Foam 6782-380-16-47-SP-11

System for Storage Tanks
11
3.
Job specifications for High Velocity / 6782-380-16-47-SP-12

Medium Velocity Spray System on
Transformers / Cable Cellars
4.
Job Specification for Fixed CO2 Fire

Extinguishing System
6782-380-16-47-SP-13
5.
Specification for flexible pavements

with bituminous macadam and
bitumen premix carpet
6782-380-16-47-SP-14
JOB SPECIFICATION FOR

COOLING TOWER
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 7 of 12
Access platforms of steel or concrete and MS rung ladders for operation (All MS
components shall have 2 coats of anticorrosive enamel paint over a coat of red oxide
zinc chromate primer).
Sluice gates of isolation of each cell shall be as per IS:3042.
Cooled water channel with necessary baffles shall also be provided by the contractor.
Top of the cold water channel shall be covered with pre-cast cement concrete slabs
with lifting hooks.
The screen at the outlet of the cold water channel shall be HD galvanised iron and
made up of small sections fitted with lifting hooks to facilitate section wise removal. A
suitable working platform with chain pulley block (Hot Dip Galvanised) and a monorail
(HDG) arrangement with U clamp shall be provided for removal of screens. The
effective velocity through the screen shall not be more than 0.3m/sec.No. of screens
provided shall be two, in addition one spare screen shall also be supplied. The
velocity through the channel shall not be more than 1.0m/sec. considering depth
below minimum water level.
The velocity through the sluice gates shall not be more than 1.2m/sec.
Maximum, minimum and normal operating water levels in the basin shall be clearly
indicated in the data sheets.
All design and calculations for civil works shall be submitted to the client/EIL for
approval.
The basin and channel shall be hydraulicaly tested with water upto the top level as
per clause 10 of IS:3370 (Part-I) and if any leakage or defect is noticed, the same
shall be rectified and retested at contractors own cost.
6.0
COOLING TOWER PIPING AND HOT WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

Hot water distribution system, if trough type shall be suitably covered at the top to
minimise algae growth and dust and other foreign material getting into the
recirculating water
All underground pipes shall be provided with coating as per specifications enclosed
else where in the bid document.
Contractor shall have to provide the hot water piping as per PMS enclosed with bid.
The sizes of hot water headers will be based on the velocity at 2.0 to 2.5m/sec. and
shall be got approved by EIL. The pipes shall be painted with 2 coats of approved
anticorrosive paint.
Hot water distribution system at the top of the tower shall be of open through gravity
splash type or enclosed header type with low pressure nozzles and splash plates
made of either porcelain or suitable plastic material. The size of hot water headers
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1

COOLING TOWER
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 8 of 12
shall be given in the offer. Each hot water riser shall be provided with isolation gate
valve. Nozzles and splash plates shall be easily cleanable and shall be so provided
as to result into even distribution of water over the entire tower cross section.
Headers or troughs must be arranged for easy and rapid cleaning and capable of
being flushed out by means of clean-out flanges located at the terminal end of each
header.
Contractor shall provide block valves on water inlet to each cell. All flanges within the
cooling tower battery limits shall be as per ASA 150 lb.standards, flat face, slip on
type flanges.
7.0
MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
All mechanical components of the cooling tower viz fans, hubs, speed reducers, drive
shafts etc. shall be designed to withstand the corrosive and moist environment in
which these are proposed to operate for the cooling tower service. The mechanical
equipment in the cooling tower will not give vibration of more than 0.0005". The gear
boxes and fans shall be capable to take this vibration.
7.1
Fans
Fans to induce air flow through the tower shall be axial flow type, multiblade,
adjustable pitch type designed for cooling tower services. The fan blades shall be of
glass reinforced or other corrosion resistant alloy.
Tip speed of the fan shall not exceed 3600 metre / minute (12,000 ft./minute). Each
blade shall be adjustable for angle or pitch and individually fastened to a common
hub. Fan hub shall be of Hot Dip galvanised steel. Combined Noise level of fans at
rated pitch angle and speed shall not exceed 85 decibels above threshold level at a
horizontal distance of 15M from the tower.
The bolts for fixing of the fan blades on the hub shall be 1041 SAE grade.
The fan assembly shall be statically balanced.
Equipment duly calibrated for testing decibel level shall be arranged by the
contractor, at his own cost.
7.2
Gear Reducers
Speed reducing gear shall be of heavy duty, right angle, self lubricating type
designed for continuous operation under extreme conditions of heat and humidity.

COOLING TOWER
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 9 of 12
The speed reducer shall be designed as per AGMA specifications for right angle
gears and shall have a minimum service factor of 2 at rated driven horse power.
The lubrication system shall be of simple design. Lubricating oil shall be drainable
and refillable from outside the fan rings. Oil level shall be readable from the same
point. Gear case shall be vented outside of fan ring. The slow speed shaft shall have
double oil seals.
7.3
Drive Shaft
Drive shaft connecting motor and the speed reducer shall be of hot dip galvanised
carbon steel for outdoor operation in highly humid atmosphere.
The drive shaft shall have flexible couplings on either end to absorb any
misalignment during operation, the bushes of the flexible coupling shall be of
neoprene material and bolts shall be of galvanised steel.
The entire rotor assembly including drive shaft shall be dynamically balanced.
7.4
Support and Guards

The motor and the speed reducers shall be supported on a single hot dip galvanised
structural steel frame with all necessary bracings to prevent deflections,
misalignment or excessive vibrations. The motor and the speed reducer shall be
accurately aligned on the supports and securely bolted to it with galvanised steel
bolts, nuts, split washers and steel washers.
All moving parts of fan and motor assembly shall be properly guarded for safety
reasons.
7.5
Motor
Each fan shall be driven by a single speed, totally enclosed, fan cooled weather proof
chemical plant type, squirrel cage induction motor of class `B' insulation conforming
to relevant IS specifications. The motor shall be located outside the exhaust air
stream at the top of cooling tower and connected to the reduction gear by means of
fan drive shaft. Refer ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS for details. Motor rating shall
be min. 15% more than BKW.
7.6
Hardware
All cooling tower hardware shall be of corrosion resistant material.
All bolts, nuts and washers shall be of galvanised steel.
All nails shall be of stainless steel (SS-304).

COOLING TOWER
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 10 of 12
The anchors for the frame work posts shall be of cast iron. Joints connector and / or
connector plates shall be of malleable iron, cast iron or galvanised steel.
No hardware shall be of copper or copper based alloy.
7.7
Lifting Devices
(i)
One set of lifting tackles complete shall be provided on top of the fan deck for
the removal of gear assembly and fan from the stack, for maintenance or
repairs.
(ii)
One set of lifting tackles (mono rail with chain pulley block) to be provided
near basin / channel for slug dosing of chemicals.
The chain pulley block, tripod and dolly if provided for this purpose shall be of hot dip
galvanised steel and the track assembly shall be of aluminium. A movable wooden
platform shall be supplied for use as access platform through the fan stack for
handling mechanical equipments.
7.8
Vibration Cut-off Switch

One vibration cut-off switch with adjustment for sensitivity for each fan shall be
provided and they shall be of weather-proof construction mounted in a weather proof
box. This shall be mounted on the fan motor gear supports, outboard of fan ring.
7.9
Oil Recovery Arrangement

The vendor shall provide an oil skimming arrangement to be installed in cooling water
channel for recovery of oil from the recirculating water. The maximum velocity in
channel shall not exceed 0.3m/sec. at the oil skimming apparatus. Adequate
arrangement for lifting the weir plate shall also be made.
8.0
ERECTION, INSPECTION & COMMISSIONING
8.1
Contractor shall be fully responsible for the complete and satisfactory supply and
erection of all portions of the cooling tower including concrete basin, channel and
ancillary structures. The contractor shall furnish the following to complete the job.
a.
All labours
b.
All tools and related equipment
c.
All hoisting equipment
d.
All necessary scaffoldings
e.
All necessary transporting equipment
f.
Testing and commissioning responsibility
g.
Necessary metal inserts for supporting cable trays and lightning arrestors.

COOLING TOWER
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 11 of 12
On completion of the work, the contractor shall remove and dispose off, all rubbish
and other unsighty materials caused by his working and thereby leaving the premises
and the cooling tower in good, clean, safe and operatable condition.
Owner or his authorised representative will have the right to inspect at any stage of
manufacture and construction, all materials, components and workmanship and
testing of material. The contractor shall provide all facilities for inspection and testing
without any extra cost to the owner.
9.0
PERFORMANCE, GUARANTEE AND TESTS

The completed cooling tower shall be guaranteed to meet the design performance
conditions when tested in accordance with the cooling tower Institute Acceptance
Test Code ATC-105.
The contractor shall furnish performance curves based on constant L/G ratio under
the following conditions:
a.
For water rate at design condition and+10% variation.
b.
For cooling range at design condition +20% variation.
c.
For wet bulb temperature +3oF(+1.67oC) and -7oC (-3.9oC) of design wet bulb
temperature.
The completed cooling tower in operation shall also be guaranteed to meet the
following requirements.
The approach shall not be greater than that specified in the cooling tower data sheet.
Motors driving the fans shall be amply sized for total BHP required including gear
losses. The power consumption for running the fan should not exceed the rated BHP.
There shall be no leakage of water through sides or ends of the tower.
Motors, speed reduction gears and fans shall be of adequate design and construction
and properly protected for operation in all adverse climatic conditions.
Water tightness of basin, piping, valves, sluice gates, etc. is to be ensured.
Test for cooling capacity to meet design parameters.
Test for tripping level of vibration switch.
Drift losses and power consumption shall be within the guaranteed limit mentioned in
data sheets.

COOLING TOWER
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 12 of 12
Motors and fans shall operate satisfactorily in continuous operation with no injurious
vibrations and the sound intensity shall not exceed 85 decibels above threshold level
when measured at a horizontal distance of 15M from the nearest face of the tower
and 1.5 M above ground level.
Return water header in contractors scope shall be hydraulically tested for a pressure
of 5kg/cm2.
10.0
a.
Contractor shall provide one spare screen to facilitate maintenance and repairs.
b.
The drive shafts shall be hot dip galvanised after fabrication.
c.
Contractor shall specify the type of resin for all G.R.P. materials. The Contractor shall
also indicate the tensile strength of GRP materials used and it shall be noted that the
materials shall be tested for strength.
Detailed design calculations for arriving at power consumption shall be submitted.
Fulkerson method shall be used for contour flow towers & KELLY method for cross
flow tower.
JOB SPECIFICATION COOLING &

FOAM SYSTEM FOR STORAGE
TANKS
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 5 of 9
Any change/addition required to be made to meet the requirements of the statutory

authorities shall be carried out by the Contractor. The Inspection and acceptance of the
work by statutory authorities shall, however, not absolve the Contractor from any of his
responsibilities under this contract.
5.0
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
5.1
Cooling System
5.1.1 Cooling system for storage tanks shall consist of medium velocity water spray nozzles
mounted on cooling ring around the tank for shell side cooling and revolving head at the
roof of tank to cool the roof portion. Cooling system of each tank shall be connected to
fire water ring main on roadside through two supply headers. The two supply headers
shall preferably be located in such a way that they are connected to different sections of
the ring main. Each supply header shall be sized for 100% flow requirement of the
Tank. An Isolation valve shall be provided on each supply header near fire water ring
main. Pressure available in fire water ring main at header tapping points shall be
considered at 7.0 kg/cm2 for design purposes. The flow velocity in the pipes shall be as
per TAC requirements.
5.1.2 In case of floating roof tanks the cooling ring shall be located about 1.0M below the top
wind girder. Where more than one wind girders are envisaged, the location of the
cooling ring shall be decided as per table in clause no. 5.3.1. All wind girders except the
top one shall be provided with deflector plate to channelise the water along the shell.
In case of cone and floating-cum-cone roof tanks the cooling ring shall be provided at
the highest possible location on tank shell to provide maximum coverage to the tank
shell. Where more than one wind girders are envisaged, the location of cooler ring shall
be decided as per table in clause no. 5.3.1. All wind girders shall be provided with
deflector plates to channelise the water along the shell.
5.1.3 To cool the roof portion of cone and floating cum-cone roof tanks a revolving (sprinkler)
head conforming to IS:906 shall be provided. The branch feeding the revolving head
shall be connected to the same supply header which is feeding to cooling ring.
5.1.4 Minimum pipe size shall be restricted to Dia 80mm.
5.2
Semi Fixed Foam System
5.2.1 Semi fixed foam system for storage tanks shall consist of foam makers mounted on
tank shell at top. Each foam maker shall be connected with an independent foam
supply dry piping which shall be extended to the roadside. Protein based foam solution
with 3-6% proportion shall be pumped into foam lines at a pressure of 7.0 kg/cm2 from a
mobile foam tender.

TANKS
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 6 of 9
5.2.2 Foam makers for cone and floating cum cone roof tanks shall be provided with vapour
seal chambers to prevent escape of hydrocarbon vapours through dry foam piping to
the roadside.
5.2.3 Suitable foam deflectors shall be provided inside tank shell on foam outlets to guide the
foam smoothly along the tank shell. Platform and approach ladder from rooftop shall be
provided for each foam maker for maintenance and testing work.
5.3
Hydraulic Design
The design requirements of water spray and foam system are indicated in Annexure A.
and hydraulic design shall be performed using PIPENET or equivalent software.
5.3.1 Cooling System:

A cooling application rate of 3 lit/min/m2 of tank shell area shall be considered for design
purposes.
For cone and cone cum floating roof tanks (dia> 10m) where two or more cooling rings
are envisaged, the cooling rate for these rings and number of shall be as given in table
No. 1

TANKS
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 7 of 9
TABLE NO-1
(FOR FLOW OF WATER AND NO. OF RINGS)
Detail of
Tanks
No. of Rings
%Flow
of water
Ring Position on Tank
Floating Roof Tanks

Height < 10.0M
Height > 10.0M

< 15.0M
Height > 15.0M

< 20.0M
Height < 10.0M
Height> 10.0M
< 15M
Height> 15.0M
< 20.0M
One
Two
100%
Below top wind Girder
Ist Ring
30%
Below Top wind Girder
2nd Ring
70%
Ist Ring
25%
4M from top of tank (in case this

location is fouling with 2nd wind
girder, the ring shall be placed
below the 2nd wind girder.)
Below top wind Girder
2nd Ring
25%

Three
3rd Ring
50%
At mid height of the tank (in case
this location is fouling with 3rd
wind girder, the ring shall be
placed below the 3rd wind girder.
Cone & Cone cum Floating Roof Tanks
One Revolving Head
One
Revolvi
ng
Head +
2 Rings
One
Revolvi
ng
Head +
3 Rings
100%
At top of Tank
Revolving
Head
Ist Ring
25%
At top of Tank
25%
Below top wind girder
2nd Ring
50%
Revolving
25%

At top of tank
Ist Ring
20%
Below top wind girder
2nd Ring
20%
3rd Ring
35%

At mid height of the tank (in case
this location is fouling with 3rd
wind girders, the ring shall be
placed below the 3rd wind girder.

TANKS
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 8 of 9
The spray nozzles shall be so selected that their individual spray pattern shall at least
meet each other without leaving any portion of tank shell unwet and shall provided
uniform cooling. A minimum overlap of 400mm between two nozzles shall be provided.
5.3.2 Orifice Plate

In the cooling rings, the residual pressure shall be minimum 1.4 kg/cm2g in the ring
based on design pressure 7.0 kg/cm2g of available in fire water at header tapping,
suitable orifice plate shall be provided in both the vertical risers for each tank.
5.3.3 Semi Fixed Foam System:

For cone roof tanks, a foam solution rate of 5 lit/min/m2 of liquid surface area shall be
considered for design purposes. For floating roof tanks, foam solution delivery rate shall
be 12 lit/min/m2 . The nos. and capacities of foam makers shall be as indicated in the
enclosed design requirements.
For floating roof tanks the foam application shall be restricted to foam seal area by
providing a foam dam. The foam dam shall be located about 800mm away from tank
shell. The height of foam dam shall be sufficient to retain foam upto the top of the
weather shield. Suitable drain spouts shall be provided to drain the degenerated foam
liquid from the foam dam area. The rate of application of foam shall be 12 lpm/m2 of
foam dam area for floating roof tank.
5.4
Equipment and Materials Specification
5.4.1 All equipment and materials in contractor's scope for fire protection systems shall be as
per specifications and drawings.
5.4.2 The details and material specs of foam makers, vapour seal chambers, spray nozzles,
revolving sprinkler head, foam coupling, pipes and fittings shall be submitted to
Owner/EIL for approval before placing the order on sub vendors. Various fire fighting
equipments shall have either BIS certification mark wherever applicable or shall be TAC
approved.
6.0
ERECTION:
Fabrication and erection of piping shall be done as per the approved detailed drawings
and enclosed specifications with following specifications with following specific
requirements:
6.1
Foam Piping at grade level shall be sloped towards the drain valves at all the lowest
elevations.
6.2
Drain valve assembly shall be provided at low points in the dry piping system. Suitable
strainers shall be provided in cooling water headers.

TANKS
6.3
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 9 of 9
Suitable guides shall be provided on the piping wherever required to keep the pipes in
position.
6.4
Vendor shall design, fabricate and provide all pipe supports on tankages. Pipe sleepers
for grade level piping (sleeper height upto 500mm above finished grade level) shall be
as per EIL standard drg. enclosed. In case where the sleeper height is more than 500,
special structural supports shall be designed and provided by the Contractor.
6.5
The portion of piping passing through dykes shall be coated as per EIL standard
specification and encased in M20 concrete 100mm thick all around. The pipe shall be
embedded in the dyke to make it water tight. The dyke shall be cut to lay the pipes and
dyke made good after laying the pipes.
6.6
10% of all the welded joints shall be radiographically tested and half the joints
radiographed shall be field joints.
7.0
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
7.1
The complete piping shall be tested to a hydrostatic test pressure of one and a half
times the working pressure for a period of 2 Hrs.
7.2
Commissioning
The complete cooling and foam system shall be tested for satisfactory performance as
per design requirements by the contractor. Any modification required for achieving such
performance shall be done by the contractor without any extra cost.
(Owner shall
arrange for necessary water and foam solution required for performance testing of the
system).
The system shall be deemed to be complete after the above tests are
conducted by the bidder to the satisfaction of the owner.
8.0
PAINTING
8.1
After hydraulic testing of the system all exposed steel piping, equipment, fixtures and
supports shall be painted with two coats of fire red paint over a coat of primer
conforming to shade No.536 of IS:5 as per shop and field painting specification
attached in the bid.
8.2
All other components shall be suitably painted and identified.
9.0
CIVIL WORKS
All civil works shall be done as per relevant IS codes and good engg. practice.

HV/MV SPRAY SYSTEM ON
TRANSFORMERS / CABLE
CELLARS
2.2.4
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-12 Rev A
Page 4 of 6
Deluge Valve Assembly:

The Water Spray System shall be provided with Deluge Valve assembly actuated by
QBD (Quartzite Bulb Detector) on air line. Deluge valve shall be as per attached EIL
specification for Deluge Valve.
The deluge valve assembly shall comprise of solenoid valve, by pass valve, pressure
switch, pressure gauge, inlet/ outlet valve, drain valve, priming valve, vent valve
including alarm motor gong, all tubing for actuation, fittings etc. The system shall be
provided with isolation valve & strainer on the up stream of deluge valve including
providing drain valve at downstream.
Deluge valve shall be housed with brick masonry walls (3 sides) and with RCC roof.
2.2.5
Spray Nozzles:
High Velocity Water spray nozzles shall have discharge pattern as 90-100 degree
angle uniform full cone spray pattern and shall be provided as per attached EIL
specification for nozzles. The nozzle placing shall conform to the requirements of
Rules for Water Spray System. Nozzles on the rings shall be located at not less
than 500mm and not more than 800mm from the Transformer surface.
2.2.6
Detection System:
The detection system for transformers shall confirm to cl. 3.2.4 of Rules for Water
Spray System. QBD on air line shall be provided for detection of fire.
2.2.7
Supporting of Pipes:
Piping shall be individually supported as far as possible. In no case, shall the piping
be supported on the body of the Transformer. Terminal pipes longer than 300mm
shall be supported separately.
2.2.8
Piping Material Specification:

Spray Piping Upstream of Deluge Valve:
A33A (A/G)
A94A (U/G)
Spray Piping Down Stream of Deluge Valve:
J2A (Screwed / threaded)
Detection Piping:
J2A
All A/G fire water spray pipes shall be painted Fire Red confirming shade no.536 as
per IS:5.
Corrosion protection tape coating shall be provided on all U/G pipes as per attached
specification.
Break up flanges shall be provided in spray piping for easy removal during
maintenance of transformers.
2.2.9
Radiography
10% of welded joints shall be radiographed out of which 50% shall be field joints

CELLARS
2.3
CABLE CELLARS
2.3.1
General:
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-12 Rev A
Page 5 of 6
Cable cellars shall be protected by Medium Velocity water spray system. The control
shall be manual, local and remote from control room. Necessary drainage
arrangement shall be provided in cable cellar room for drainage of sprayed water.
The detection shall be through smoke detection system (smoke detection system
refer elsewhere in bid document).
The system shall be designed completely as per Rules for Water Spray System
(published by TAC) and OISD-173. Each cable cellar shall be provided with suitable
no. of segments. Each segment shall be provided with isolation valves, Deluge valve
assembly, by pass valve strainers, drain valves, high velocity spray nozzles etc. In
case of fire all the segment of a particular cable cellar shall operate simultaneously.
Suitable interface shall be incorporated for simultaneous operation of all segments.
2.3.2
System Design:
System shall be designed by using Pipenet or internationally recognized equivalent
software conforming to Rules for Water Spray System (published by TAC) and
OISD-173.
2.3.3
Hydraulic Specification:
12.2 LPM/ M2 (Minimum) of the exposed area of the cable
racks.
Minimum Pressure: 2.8 Bars
(At the hydraulically most remote Nozzles)
Maximum Pressure: 3.5 Bars (for any Nozzle)
Maximum Velocity in the Feed Pipe: 10 M/second
Application Rate:
2.3.4
Deluge Valve Assembly:

The Water Spray System shall be provided with Deluge Valve assembly. Deluge
valve shall be as per attached EIL specification for Deluge Valve and as per Rules
for Water Spray System.
The deluge valve assembly shall comprise of solenoid valve, by pass valve, pressure
switch, pressure gauge, inlet/ outlet valve, drain valve, priming valve, vent valve
including alarm motor gong, all tubing for actuation, fittings etc.
The system shall be provided with isolation valve & strainer on the up stream of
deluge valve including providing drain valve at downstream.
Deluge valve shall be housed with brick masonry walls (3 sides) and with RCC roof.
2.3.5
Spray Nozzles:
Medium Velocity Water spray nozzles shall be provided as per attached EIL
specification for nozzles. The nozzle placing shall conform to the requirements of
Rules for Water Spray System. Nozzle/ pipe spacing shall be as per Cl. 4.8.4 of
Rules for Water Spray System.

CELLARS
2.3.6
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-12 Rev A
Page 6 of 6
Detection System:
The detection system for cable cellar shall confirm to cl. 4.8.7 of Rules for Water
Spray System.
2.3.7
Supporting of Pipes:
Piping shall be supported as per guidelines of Rules for Water Spray System by the
contractor.
2.3.8
Piping Material Specification:

Spray Piping Upstream of Deluge Valve:
A33A (A/G)
A94A (U/G)
Spray Piping Down Stream of Deluge Valve:

J2A (Screwed / threaded)
All A/G fire water spray pipes shall be painted Fire Red confirming shade no.536 as
per IS:5.
Corrosion protection tape coating shall be provided on all U/G pipes as per attached
specification.
2.3.9
Radiography
10% of welded joints shall be radiographed out of which 50% shall be field joints
3.0
APPROVAL OF THE SYSTEM

Drawings & documents as required by authorities (TAC accredited agency) in all
respect shall be prepared and submitted by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make
arrangement for inspection & testing for TAC accredited agency & other statutory
authorities at various stages of the work. Any changes, additions required to meet the
requirement of TAC shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR without any extra
cost.

FIXED CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM
10.2
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Page 5 of 9
button for discharge of CO2, in each protected area (after audit alarm and 30 seconds
time delay) shall be provided near exit of the room.
Sign boards, caution boards, illumination board, alarm, given as per requirements of
NFPA- 12 shall be provided in and around building protected with CO2 system.
11.0
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
11.1
11.2
Material for cylinder body, valve, nozzle shall conform to clause 5 of IS:287. CO2 gas
quality shall conform to IS:307.
All piping, spray nozzle shall be as per NFPA-12.
12.0
STATUTORY APPROVAL
Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives for CO2 system for handling, storage,
disposal shall be taken by contractor.
13.0
TESTING AND MARKING
13.1
Every CO2 cylinder shall be made and tested, approved, equipped and marked in
accordance with IS:2878
13.2
CO2 piping shall be hydrotested as per NFPA-12.
13.3
Each cylinder shall be clearly and permanently marked with the following information:
a. Manufacturers name and trade mark.
b. Year of manufacture.
c. Cylinder marking as per IS:2872
14.0
PAINTING
Painting and colouring of pipelines, nozzles, CO2 cylinders, supports, etc. shall be
done as per standard practice including supply of all paints and consumables and
other items required for carrying out painting and colouring.
15.0
SPARES
15.1
The bid must include in the quoted price, the mandatory spares to be supplied with the
CO2 system.
15.2
In addition to the above spares, vendor shall recommend the list of spares required for
two years trouble free operation with unit rates and quantity along with the offer.

SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Page 6 of 9
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS

ANNEXURE-1
DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE BIDDER ALONG WITH THE
OFFER
C : Means Bidder to furnish data/details
1.0
Type of system
Fixed CO2 Fire Extinguishing

System
2.0
Design code/standard to which design/

manufacture/testing conforms.
:
:
NFPA-12 and SMPV

Rules (PESO) for cylinders
3.0
System designed to protect risks in the

building as specified.
:
:
C
C
3.1
3.1.1
Design Concentration
Amount of gas required.
(Attach separate sheet, if required).
(List out gas supplied, number of cylinders
etc. for working and standby requirements,
risk wise.)
:
3.2
CO2 storage cylinder details
3.3
a)
Manufacturer
b)
Design Code
c)
Capacity in litres
d)
Gas Holding Capacity (Kg)
e)
Total Number supplied
f)
Approving Agency FM/UL/LPC/

VdS & TAC
(This must be acceptable to TAC).
g)
Approved by PESO
YES
h)
Working pressure (kg/cm2)
i)
Design Pressure (kg/cm2)
j)
Dimension of Cylinder Dia x

length x thickness
EIL approved vendor
Pipes, valves and fittings.

a) Manufacturers
i.
Pipes

SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Page 7 of 9
ii.
Fittings
EIL approved vendor
iii.
Valves
EIL approved vendor
b) Material for Construction

i.
Pipes
As per spec
ii.
Fittings
As per spec
iii. Valves
As per spec
As per NFPA
ii. Fittings
As per NFPA
iii. Valves
As per NFPA
As per NFPA
As per NFPA
Manufacturer and Type
ii. Material of Construction
iii. Number Supplies
iv. Approved by FM/UL/VdS/FOC

& TAC (Yes/No)
c) Design Code
i.
d)
Pipes
Type of joints
e)
Hydraulic test Pressure of

manifold/supply lines(kg/cm2).
f)
Discharge Nozzles
i.
3.4
Painting and colouring of pipeline,

nozzles, cylinder supports included
(2 coats of red oxide and synthetic enamel):
3.5
Operating Devices
3.5.1
Push Button Station

i.
Type
ii.
Manufacturer
iii.
Model, numbers offered
iv.
Overall dimensions
Manufacturer
3.5.2
Control Cables
i.

SYSTEM
3.6
Page 8 of 9
ii.
Code/ Standard
iii.
Type
iv.
Size
v.
Rating
Main Control Panel

i.
Manufacturer
ii.
Mounting Detail
iii.
Number of entries
iv.
Sheet Thickness
v.
Cable Entry
vi.
Total heat load predicted for air

conditioning, if any.
:
No. of AC/DC feeders and their

rating.
:
vii.
3.6.1
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Additional Requirements for Control Panel

a) Whether housing all the necessary
relays indicating lamps, push
buttons, switches, etc. for the
efficient operation of the system,
(Yes/No).
b) Input power supply requirement for

operation of panel. (AC/DC Volts)
c)
Panel Signal Voltage(AC/DC Volts)
d)
Type/APM Capacity of the battery
e) Interconnecting cabling between

battery and panel.
f)
g)
Power supply unit incorporated in

the panel. (Yes/No).
Audio visual alarm on panel provided
Battery low conditions (Yes/ no)
h) Change over from AC Main supply

to standby power supply fully
automatic in either direction
(Yes/No).

SYSTEM
i)
Following push buttons provided

:
ii) Reset
iii) Test (Yes/ No)
Audio visual indication for AC

supply failure provided (Yes/No).
k) Pilot lamp for system ON supply

(Yes/No).
l)
Dual tone hooter for fire/fault alarm

Provided & range of the same
m) Painting (External/Internal)
5.0
Material of Construction selected in

accordance with NFPA-12 (Yes/No)
Inspection and Testing
a)
b)
Visual inspection of installed

system & hazard area.
Check of labeling of devices.
c) Check for mechanical tightness of

piping & associated equipments
d)
6.0
Page 9 of 9
i) Alarm
j)
4.0
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Non-destructive operational
tests for all devices included.
Weighing system (EIL approved)
SPECIFICATION FOR FLEXIBLE

PAVEMENTS WITH BITUMINOUS
MACADAM AND BITUMEN
PREMIX CARPET
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 4 of 7
3.2 Quantities of materials required for 10m2 of road surface

3.2.1
Aggregates
The approximate quantity of aggregates required for 10 m2 of area of bituminous macadam
shall be 0.60 to 0.75 m3 for compacted thickness of 50mm.
3.2.2
Binder
3.2.2.1 Premixing
The bituminous binder required for premixing of bituminous macadam shall be at the rate
specified depending on the gradation of the aggregates. The upper limit may be raised when
absorptive type of aggregates are used, and the exact rate shall be specified by the Engineerin-Charge.
3.2.2.2 Tack Coat
The bitumen shall be heated in asphalt boilers to 1770 - 1880 C and shall be spread uniformly
at the rate of 1 kg/ m2 by means of sprayers. The applied binder shall be evenly brushed.
The tack coat shall be applied just ahead, keeping pace with laying of premix carpet.
3.2.3
Construction Methods
3.2.3.1 Weather and Seasonal Limitations

Bituminous macadam shall not be laid or placed during rainy weather or when the sub grade
or base course is damp or wet unless emulsion is used or normally when the atmospheric
temperature in the shade is 160 C or below.
3.2.3.2 Equipment
All equipment necessary for the proper construction of work shall be on the site of work in
good condition.
3.2.3.3 Preparation of Underlying Course
The underlying course on which bituminous macadam is to be laid shall be prepared, shaped
and conditioned to a uniform grade and section as specified. Any depressions or pot-holes
should be properly made up and thoroughly compacted sufficiently in advance. The surface of
the underlying course shall be thoroughly swept and scraped clean and free from dust and
foreign material
3.2.3.4 Application of Tack Coat
The tack coat shall be applied just ahead of the spreading of pre-mixed macadam.

MACADAM AND BITUMEN
PREMIX CARPET
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 5 of 7
4.0
BITUMEN PREMIX CARPET
4.1
Material
4.1.1
Coarse aggregate
The aggregate shall consist of crushed stones of clean, hard, tough, durable rock of uniform
quality and shall be clean, free from excess of dust, flat or elongated pieces, soft or
disintegrated stone, clay or other deleterious matter. The size of aggregate shall be as
mentioned in the schedule of quantities.
4.1.2
Sand
The sand shall consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated, coarse dry particles and shall be free
from injurious amounts of dust, soft or flaky particles, organic matter or other deleterious
substances.
4.1.3
Binder
The binder shall be bitumen of penetration 80/100 conforming to IS: 73. The bitumen shall be
collected on road side drums. Any leaking or damaged drum shall not be accepted.
4.2
Quantities of material (premix carpet)

For Premix Carpet 25mm thick
________________________________________________________________________
1
2
3
________________________________________________________________________
1)
Coarse Aggregate
12mm and down size
3.5m3
2)
Bitumen 80/100
185 kg
68.3 kg
3)
Coarse sand as
sealing compound
0.6m3
4.3
Laying
4.3.1
Preparation of Road Surface

The existing surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, swept & scraped clean of dust, loose
materials, caked mud and other foreign matter with the help of wire brush, chisel, picks etc.
before laying the tack course. The cleaning shall be carried out in such a manner as to expose
the stone metal to a depth of 1 to 2mm without dislodging the interlocking of the metal. All
dust and other material thus removed shall be disposed as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.3.2
If pot holes or ruts are found on the existing road surface, these irregularities must be filled in
with premix chippings and well rammed about a week before the carpet is laid.
4.4
Tack Coat
4.4.1
4.4.2
The tack coat shall be applied just ahead, keeping pace with laying of premix carpet.

MACADAM AND BITUMEN
PREMIX CARPET
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 6 of 7
4.5
Preparation of Premix
4.5.1
Mechanical mixers shall be generally used for preparation of premix. Improvised hand mixing
drums may be used, if permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.5.2
Stone chippings of specified size shall be thoroughly mixed dry in the mixer at the rate
indicated above. Binder heated at temperature suitable for the grade of bitumen is added to the
mixer drum at the specified rate per 100m3 of surface and thoroughly mixed till the stone
chips are completely coated with the binder.
4.5.3
The premix shall be emptied on to wheel barrows or stretchers and carried to work site.
4.6
Spreading of Premix
Immediately after applying the tack coat, the premix shall be spread with rakes to the required
thickness and distributed evenly by means of a drag spreader. The camber shall be checked by
means of camber board and the unevenness shall be rectified.
4.7
Rolling
4.7.1
When the premix has been laid for a length of 15-20 meters, rolling shall be commenced with
tandem rollers (8 to 10 tonnes). Rolling should commence from edges and proceed towards
centre longitudinally.
4.7.2
The wheels of roller shall be continuously moistened to prevent the premix adhering to the
wheels and being picked up.
4.7.3
After the preliminary rolling and honeycombing, high spot or depressions shall be rectified by
adding or removing the premix as per requirements and the surface shall be rolled again to
compaction. Camber shall be checked at every stage and any defects found shall be rectified.
Excessive rolling shall be avoided.
4.8
Seal Coat (For low rainfall areas- under 150 cm/yr)
4.8.1
A premix seal coat, mix preferably in a mechanical mixer after heating the sand should be
applied immediately after laying the carpet and rolled. Materials required for this seal coat are
as per clause 4.
4.8.2
Seal Coat (For high rainfall areas - over 150 cm/yr)

The material requirement for seal coat in high rainfall areas is as under:
Binder 80/100
Coarse aggregates
6.3mm passing IS 10mm
Square mesh retained on
IS sieve 2.36mm
= 98 kg/ 100m2 of road surface
= 0.9m3/ 100m2 of road surface.
A liquid seal coat, preferably with chippings as above (though coarse sand can also be used)
should be applied after laying the carpet. The binder after being heated to permitted
temperature, should be applied to the cleaned surface, blinded with chippings and rolled.
Traffic may be allowed on the road preferably 24 hours after providing the seal coat.

MACADAM AND BITUMEN
PREMIX CARPET
5.0
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 7 of 7
PAYMENT *
Payment shall be made on sq.m. basis of finished surface including all labour & materials as
per above specifications.
6.0
REMOVAL OF SURPLUS EARTH
6.1
Surplus earth and soil from excavation shall be removed from construction area to the area
demarcated by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.2
Payment shall be made only for lead beyond initial 50m from construction areas. Rate shall
include loading, transportation, dumping, stacking the surplus earth and soil in the area
demarcated. Payment shall be made on cubic meter basis by measurement of number of
trucks.
* FOR LSTK CONTRACTS PAYMENT CLAUSES STAND DELETED.
Document No.
6782-9-2554-DB-01
Rev. No.0
Page 2 of 3
SITE SPECIFIC SPECTRA FOR

MANGALORE
Spectral Acceleration Coefficients (Sa/g) for Design Basis Earthquake (DBE)

(numerical values tabulated below)
DAMPING %
0.70
0.5
0.60
1.0
2.0
Spectral accln. in "g"
0.50
3.0
0.40
4.0
5.0
0.30
7.0
0.20
0.10
0.00
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Time Period in seconds
Spectral Acceleration Coefficients (Sa/g) for Design Basis Earthquake (DBE)

Time
Period
( sec)
0.000
0.050
0.100
0.130
0.200
0.270
0.300
0.400
0.500
0.600
0.800
1.000
1.200
1.400
1.600
1.800
2.000
2.400
2.800
3.000
Percentage of critical damping
0.5
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
7.0
0.085
0.353
0.561
0.572
0.577
0.573
0.566
0.505
0.438
0.369
0.268
0.204
0.164
0.134
0.116
0.098
0.089
0.073
0.062
0.057
0.085
0.309
0.460
0.473
0.478
0.475
0.470
0.424
0.373
0.321
0.238
0.184
0.149
0.124
0.107
0.092
0.084
0.069
0.060
0.055
0.085
0.219
0.259
0.274
0.280
0.279
0.278
0.263
0.243
0.224
0.177
0.144
0.119
0.104
0.090
0.080
0.074
0.060
0.055
0.050
0.085
0.205
0.237
0.249
0.253
0.252
0.251
0.237
0.216
0.197
0.160
0.132
0.110
0.096
0.083
0.073
0.068
0.056
0.050
0.046
0.085
0.192
0.216
0.224
0.226
0.226
0.225
0.210
0.188
0.171
0.142
0.120
0.100
0.088
0.076
0.066
0.062
0.052
0.046
0.043
0.085
0.178
0.194
0.199
0.199
0.199
0.199
0.184
0.161
0.144
0.124
0.107
0.091
0.080
0.070
0.060
0.056
0.049
0.042
0.040
0.085
0.163
0.178
0.182
0.183
0.183
0.183
0.170
0.149
0.134
0.114
0.098
0.082
0.072
0.062
0.054
0.049
0.044
0.039
0.037
The spectral acceleration values for periods greater than 3.0 seconds may be considered
same as that for 3.0 seconds.
SITE SPECIFIC SPECTRA FOR

MANGALORE
Document No.
6782-9-2554-DB-01
Rev. No.0
Page 3 of 3
NOTE :
1. Categorization of structures shall be as per IS 1893 (Part 4). Structures in Category 1
shall be designed for seismic forces calculated from maximum considered earthquake
MCE (which is twice the forces calculated from DBE). Structures in Category 2,3 and 4
shall be designed for seismic forces from DBE.
2. For methodology of calculation of seismic forces and other seismic design criteria, refer
latest revisions of the following codes:
IS 1893 (Part 1) : General provisions and buildings
IS 1893 (Part 4) : Industrial structures including stack-like structures
3. Values of R for elements not covered in IS 1893 may be taken same as in NEHRP1
provisions according to which R is 1.5, 2.5 and 3.5 for low, limited and high deformable
structures respectively. In general R=2.5 for boilers, furnaces and piping systems. For
flat bottomed, ground supported steel tanks or vessels which are mechanically
anchored, R may be taken as 3.0 and if the same kind of tanks are self anchored R may
be taken as 2.5.
4. Z/2 factor shall be considered as unity. In other words, zone factor shall not be
considered when using site specific spectra.
REFERENCES
1.
NEHRP :
National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program - Recommended
provisions for seismic regulations for new buildings and other structures : Part 1 Provisions, Building Seismic Safety Council, FEMA 368, 2001, National Institute of
Building Sciences, Washington, DC
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 37 of 73
Testing of the bricks shall be done as per IS:5454 and IS:3495. Water absorption shall
not be more than 20% by its dry weight when soaked in cold water for 24 hours.
Locally available bricks of non modular size (230x115x75mm) in place of bricks of
modular size (190x90x90mm) can be used in case the bricks satisfy the other
requirements of IS:1077 (corresponding class as defined above).
5.8
Stone
5.8.1
General
All Stones used for masonry works shall conform to the requirements of following BIS
codes.
5.8.2
Method of identification of natural building stones
IS:1123
Recommendations for dimensions and workmanship

of natural building stones for masonry work
IS:1127
Recommendations for dressing of natural building stones
IS:1129
Quality of Stones
Stones shall be hard, dense, strong, sound, durable, clean and uniform in colour. They
shall also be free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amounts of alkalies,
vegetable matters and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite,
mica, sea shells etc. As far as possible stones from one single quarry shall be used for
anyone work. The strength of stones should be adequate to carry the imposed load
and shall meet all the requirements of IS:1905, taking into account the appropriate
crushing strength of stone and type of the mortar used. The percentage of water
absorption, when tested in accordance with IS:1124, shall not exceed 5 percent.
The length of the stone shall not exceed 3 times the height. Width of stone on base
shall not be less than 150mm and in no case exceed 3/4 th thickness of the wall.
Height of the stone shall not be more than 300mm.
5.9
Admixtures
5.9.1
General Requirements for Admixtures

-
All concrete admixtures shall comply with the following Indian standards:
Specification for integral cement water proofing compounds.
IS:2645
Specification for other admixtures for concrete.
IS:9103
In case of non-availability of any IS code for testing and acceptability criteria,

relevant American, British or German Code shall be applicable.
-
No admixture shall impair the durability of the concrete nor combine with the
ingredients to form harmful compounds nor increase the risk of corrosion of
reinforcement. Use of admixtures shall not reduce the dry density of concrete.
Once the proportion of admixtures have been established, strict check shall be
maintained not to alter the proportions of ingredients and water-cement ratio of
the Design Mix during execution.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
5.9.2
Page 38 of 73
The chloride contents in admixtures shall not exceed 2% by mass of the

admixture or 0.03% by mass of the cement.
Admixtures which do not meet the requirements stipulated in this document

shall not be used.
Water Proofing Compounds

-
The permeability of the specimen with the admixture shall be less than half of
the permeability with a similar specimen without the use of these compounds.
These compounds shall be used in such proportion as recommended by
manufacturer but in no case it shall exceed 3% by weight of cement.
The initial setting time of the cement with the use of these compounds shall not
be less than 30 minutes and final setting time shall not be more than 10 hours.
Tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS:4031.
Compressive strength of the specimen at 3 days shall not be less than

2
160kg/cm nor 80% of the 3 days compressive strength of mortar cubes
prepared with same cement and sand only, whichever is higher. Similarly
2
compressive strength at 7 days shall not be less than 220 kg/cm nor less than
80% of the 7 days compressive strength prepared with the same cement and
sand only, whichever is higher. The test to determine the compressive strength
shall conform to IS:4031.
5.10
Water Bars (Water Stops)
5.10.1
PVC water bars shall be used in reinforced concrete construction of liquid retaining
structures or any other structure to safeguard them from hydrostatic pressure and
water leakage and any relative movement between two parts of the structure due to
thermal loading shrinkage or differential movement of foundations. These shall be
preformed and shall provide a permanent water tight seal along the entire joint in the
poured concrete structures. These shall also be flexible enough to withstand deflection/
displacements at joints arising due to variation of temperatures or settlement of
foundations.
5.10.2
Performance requirements of PVC water bars shall meet the requirements of IS:12200.
These shall be of an approved make and of ribbed/serrated/plane type with a bulb at
the centre. The thickness and width of water bars shall in no case be less than 5mm
and 150mm respectively. However, for concrete sections greater than 300mm thick,
the width of water bars shall not be less than 230mm.
5.11
Bitumen/bituminous Materials
Bitumen to be used for various types of work shall meet all the requirements of
relevant BIS codes as given below:
Specification of Paving Bitumen.
IS:73
Specification for bitumen mastic for flooring (Grade IV)
IS:1195
Specification for Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing. IS:1322
Specification for Bituminous compounds for water proofing
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 39 of 73
and caulking purposes.
IS:1834
Specification for preformed fillers for expansion joint

in concrete pavements and structures.
IS:1838
Specification for bitumen mastic for use in water proofing of roofs
IS:3037
Specification for bitumen primer for use in water proofing

and damp proofing.
IS:3384
Specification for Bitumen Mastic for Tanking and Damp proofing.
IS:5871
Specification for Glass fibre base coal tar pitch & bitumen felts
IS:7193
Code of practice for damp proofing using bitumen mastic
IS:7198
Specification for bitumen Mastic, Anti Static and

electrically conducting grade.
IS:8374
Tests and acceptable criteria shall be as per relevant BIS codes.

5.12
PVC Pipes
PVC Pipes shall conform to the requirements of IS:4985.
5.13
Wood/timber
5.13.1
Wood recommended for platforms of cold vessels or below cold vessels/ exchangers
shall be hard and shall be of group A, grade I, and shall have safe permissible stress of
2
7N/mm in compression, perpendicular to grains on outside location as per IS:883.
General characteristics like durability, treatability etc. shall conform to IS:883 and
IS:3629.
5.13.2
Timber required to be used for form work shall be fairly dry before use. It should
maintain its shape during the use and even when it comes into contact with moisture
from the concrete. Storage of Wood/Timber shall be as per the requirements of
IS:4082.
For proper identification and selection of suitable timber for form work, following codes
shall be referred.
Classification of commercial timbers and their zonal distribution
IS:399
Specification for ballies for general purposes
IS:3337
Specification for Ply wood for concrete shuttering work
IS:4990
5.14
Anti-termite Compounds
5.14.1
Chloropyrifos emulsifiable concentrates (1%) conforming to IS:8944 shall be used for

treatment of soil for protection of buildings against attack by subterranean termites.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 40 of 73
5.15
Polysulphide Sealants
5.15.1
All Polysulphide Sealants shall conform to IS:12118. Test conditions and requirements
shall be as given in the above referred BIS code.
6.0
6.1
Construction
6.1.1
All concrete works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:456, IS:3370,
IS:2974 and other relevant BIS Codes. Concrete mix proportioning and design mix;
sampling and strength test of concrete, production and control of concrete, tolerances
and placing of reinforcement and for cover; transporting, placing, compacting and
curing etc, inspection and testing of structure (including requirement of non-destructive
testing) shall be as specified in IS:456.
6.1.2
Continuous concreting shall be done for structures supporting dynamic equipment as

per the provisions of IS:2974.
6.1.3
The damp proof course shall be laid in two layers of equal thickness and each layer
given two coats of hot bitumen on top (grade A90/S90 conforming to IS:73) at the rate
of 1.7 kg/m2. Dry sharp sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the top layer of bitumen
before hardening.
6.1.4
Form work and stripping of form work shall be as per the provisions of IS:456.
6.1.5
Assembly of reinforcement in RCC structures shall conform to IS:456.
6.1.6
Fabrication of all structural steel works shall be carried out as per the provisions of
IS:800/801/802/806 and other relevant BIS codes. Fabrication shall include cleaning,
straightening, cutting, bending, holding, bolting, welding, machining, painting, marking,
assembling, erecting, inspecting and testing etc. Welding procedure and welder
qualification shall be as per IS:800 and/or referenced BIS codes only.
6.1.7
Erection of all structural steel works including supply of plant & equipment, storing and
handling, setting out, field connections, field welding and security during erection shall
conform to IS:800/801/802/806.
6.1.8
All masonry works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:1597/2212/4326 and
other relevant BIS codes.
6.1.9
The limits of dimensional tolerances for all works shall be as given below:
For Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures:
(a)
Deviation from specified dimensions

of cross section of columns and beams.
(b)
Deviation from dimensions of footings

(see Note below)
(i)
Dimensions in plan
- 6mm to +12mm
-12mm to +50mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 69 of 73
All the fixtures shall be fixed to the wall at identified locations with wooden cleats
and CP Brass screws including cutting walls, making good the same etc. complete.
(E)
Glazed Chinaware Sink

This shall be white glazed vitreous china Lab sink/kitchen sink of 610mm x 450mm
x 250mm size conforming to IS : 2556, Part-V. It shall be fixed with approved
quality M.S./C.I. brackets conforming to IS : 775. One 15mm dia CP brass bibcock,
15mm dia PVC connection, C.P. brass chain with 40mm dia GI pipe connected to
floor trap with unions shall be provided. All exposed metallic surfaces shall be
painted with 2 coats of approved shade and quality synthetic enamel paint (ICI or
approved equivalent) over a priming coat of approved quality red oxide zinc
chromate. All necessary cutting of floor, walls, counter etc. shall be made and then
finished etc. all complete.
(F)
Stainless Steel Sink

The stainless steel Kitchen/Laboratory sink shall be of approx. size 610mm x
450mm 200mm and made of min. 1mm thick stainless steel sheet of `Salem Steel'
or equivalent. It shall be supported on M.S. brackets conforming to IS: 775. One
15mm dia C.P brass long body bib cock (if fixed to wall) or swivel type pillar cock (if
fixed to counter) shall be provided. 15mm dia PVC/ G.I. connections to floor trap
with unions shall be provided. All exposed metallic surfaces shall be painted with
min. 2 coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make and shade over a coat of
red oxide zinc chromate primer. All necessary cutting of floor, walls, counter etc.
shall be made and then finished etc. all complete.
1.2.9
FALSE CEILING, FALSE FLOORING. UNDERDECK INSULATION ETC.

A)
Aluminium Lineal False Ceiling

Aluminium lineal false ceiling shall consist of:(a)
Panel Carriers:-
These shall be roll- formed out of coated steel/ 0.95mm thick aluminium alloy;
32mm wide and 39mm deep with cut-outs to hold panels in a module of 90mm/
100mm; all complete as per manufacturers standard details and specifications.
When two or more carriers are to be joined, they shall be joined together by means
of carrier splices which will clip on to holes in the sides of the carriers and hold
them firmly in place while maintaining the required module. The carriers shall be
suspended from roof by 4mm dia. galvanised steel wire rod hangers, with height
adjustment springs of stainless steel. Hangers shall be fixed to roof by J hooks
and nylon inserts. Edge profiles shall be L shaped roll- formed out of 0.6mm
aluminium alloy with coating.
(b)
Panels:-
Panels shall be 84mm wide, 16mm deep, roll formed out of 0.5mm aluminium alloy
5050 or 3005. The aluminium panels shall be chromatised and stove enamelled
(coil coated) on both sides in approved shade. Panels shall be factory cut in
lengths upto 5 metres to suit site dimensions. As per air- conditioning requirements,
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 70 of 73
for return air, (wherever required) perforated panels shall be used, which shall have
2mm dia holes at 5mm centre to centre staggered in uniform pattern and
symmetrically located in the middle of the panel face.
The ceiling shall be erected in continuous manner as per approved manufacturers
recommendations, specifications etc. The false ceiling shall have perfect levels,
linearity etc. as required. Necessary cut outs for Electrical, AC and other fixtures
shall be provided as per drawing and in co- ordination with relevant construction
activities.
(B)
Cavity (False) Flooring (with Particle Board)

The False flooring system shall consist of
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Pedestal base plate made of galvanised Mild steel and shall be of 100 mm
x 100mm size and 8mm thick.
Pedestal stud 30 mm dia made of galvanised mild steel seamless pipe and
having threads at top and bottom for attaching the top head attachment and
fixing to base plate.
Top head attachments made of pressure die cast aluminium alloy of shape
and thickness as per drawing; and shall be provided with check nuts at
bottom portion for attaching the top head threads in the stud allowing for
adjustment upto 25mm up & down.
Channel stringers made of galvanised, machine cut, cold rolled mild steel
channels of size 40 mm x 40 mm and 3.15 mm thickness.
Floor panels of size 610 mm x 610 mm in general and of 35 mm thickness;
made of unveneered, 3 layer flat pressed, teakwood particle board
(conforming to IS :3087 bonded with BWP type phenol formaldehyde
synthetic resin conforming IS: 848 and categorised as class-I for `Surfaces
of very low flame spread' as per IS-1642); finished on the underneath side
with 0.05mm thick Aluminium foil turned up and extended by minimum
12mm along the perimeter; finished on top with 2mm thick high pressure
laminate and along four sides with hard PVC lipping as per drawing. 12mm
x 12mm x 75mm long, 2mm thick Aluminium channel cleats shall be
provided on middle of four sides of the panels for lateral stability.
False flooring pattern shall be as per approved drawing. Pedestal base plates
shall be fixed to the base floor by 6mm dia, 40mm long dash fasteners as per
the grid.
The pedestal stud locations shall ensure the grid work as per flooring pattern
which in general shall be of 610 mm x 610 mm dimension. The length of the
pedestal studs shall be such that clear cavity between false flooring and base
flooring is of desired depth.
The top head attachments shall be inserted into the studs and shall be adjusted
to obtain proper level of the finished floor panels by means of the adjustment
nuts.
Stringer channels then shall be fitted onto the top heads in position to form the
supporting grid work for the floor panels checking the level once again by
adjusting the nut position if necessary. Now the check nut shall be finally
tightened to secure the final level. Floor panels as specified shall be placed
over the stringer channels.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 71 of 73
Each floor panel shall be marked with positional numbering on the underneath.
The finished floor panels shall be perfectly leveled, aligned without any gaps in
between the panels.
Each individual panel shall be removable maintenance purpose.
Necessary cut-outs shall be made in the panels for cable routing, control panel
fixation etc. as per drawing.
Necessary ramps, slopes, steps etc. shall be also provided for as per drawing.
Around a control panel/ rack, the residual space left out shall be filled up with
cut panels of uniform size as required to fully close the gap between the
adjacent full panel and the control panel base channel. In this case the part
floor panel shall extend upto the full width of the base channel and the cut size
shall be determined accordingly. An additional row of jack pedestals shall be
provided along the cut out on which the edge of the floor panel shall rest and
over which the base channel of control panel shall be placed. It shall not
directly rest on the jack head pedestal or grid channels.
The cavity between false flooring and base floor shall be properly cleaned and
made dust free. The floor shall be finally coated with polyurethane based
coating
The finished false flooring shall be able to serve for a distributed load of 1250
kg/Sq.M.
(C)
Underdeck Insulation
a)
Phenolic Foam Underdeck Insulation:Phenolic Foam Underdeck insulation shall be of rigid slab of 25mm
thickness and approx. 1000mm x 500mm size as specified and shall
conform to IS: 13204. It shall have density of 32 kg /Cu. Mtr. and K Value of
0.034 w/mk at 53 deg. mean temperature. The insulation shall be classified
as ` Non Combustible ' as per BS 476, part 5 and >Class I= for surface
spread of flame as per BS 476 ,part 7. It shall be prelaminated on both
sides with kraft paper.
The entire soffit of slab and beams shall be thoroughly cleaned. Bituminous
primer or zinc chromate primer shall be applied evenly @ 0.5 kg/m2 over the
entire surface. Hot bitumen or CPRX adhesive shall then be applied on the
insulation panel @ 1.5 kg/Sq.M. The panels shall be pressed in position
and further secured by dash fasteners.
b)
Polyisocyanurate Foam Underdeck Insulation

Polyisocyanurate foam (PIR) shall be rigid slabs of size 1000 x 1500mm
and thickness of 30mm conforming to IS:12436 having density not less than
32 kg./ Cu. M., thermal conductivity (K- value) not more than 0.023 w/mk
measured at 10 deg. C. The slabs shall be covered on one side with glass
fibre tissue/ Aluminium foil having 50mm overlap. The insulation shall be
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 72 of 73
classified as >Non Combustible= as per BS 476, part 5 and >Class I= for

surface spread of flame as per BS 476, part 7.
First, holes in R.C.C. slab/ beam shall be drilled and nylon rawl plugs of size
8 x 25mm shall be inserted (5 nos. for each slab- One each at 4 corners
and one at center). Entire R.C.C surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
dust, dirt and loose particles by wire brushing. Then a coat of bituminous
primer @ 0.5 Litres/ Sq.M. shall be applied to bare R.C.C.surface and
allowed it to dry. After the primer has dried, hot blow grade bitumen of 85/25
grade or cold adhesive CPRX shall be applied on R.C.C.surface and to the
two surface of each PIR panel and shall be pressed in position while the
bitumen is still tacky. The PIR panels shall be secured in position with the
help of G.I. screws (No. 8 x 75mm long) fixed into rawl plugs and G.I
washers 25mm dia. Facing side of the panels shall be the one covered with
fibre tissue/ Aluminium foil. The overlaps shall be covered with approved
quality sealing compound (MAS-94 or equivalent). Chicken wire mesh 24G
x 19mm shall then be fixed to G.I screws and tightened with lacing wire.
1.2.10. MISCLLENEOUS ITEMS
(A)
Plinth Protection (Without Drain)

The plinth protection (all round the buildings- without drain) shall consist of a layer
(150mm thick) of compacted sand and over that 100mm thick M-15 grade concrete
top layer laid to slope. The top concrete layer shall be trowel finished, cured etc.
complete. The work also includes carrying out the necessary excavation, disposal
of surplus earthwork etc.
(B)
Cinder Filling
All the sunk R.C.C slabs shall be provided with cinder filling comprising of:-
(C)
(a)
Plastering the R.C.C. slab top, sides etc. with 18mm thick cement plaster
1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand by volume) mixed with approved waterproof
compound @3% of cement by weight and finishing with a floating coat of
neat cement slurry @ 2.75 kg. per sq. Mtr, finishing, curing etc. The work
includes preparation of base surface as described in Plastering item.
(b)
Filling with Cinder concrete 1:10 (1 cement : 10 cinder of 12mm and down
grade) including consolidating, finishing, curing etc. complete.
Sealing of Expansion Joints

All expansion joints (25mm wide) of the building shall be sealed with premium
grade Silicon sealant (SILPRUF of GE Silicons or equivalent) consisting of the
following:(a)
The surfaces over which it is to be applied shall be totally dried and cleaned
of all dirt, oils, mortar droppings, all loose material etc. by vigorous wire
brushing and wherever necessary by grinding and blast cleaning (sand or
water).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Page 73 of 73
(b)
A backup material or joint filler tapes (as per approved manufacturers

specifications) shall be fixed in the expansion joint.
(c)
A coat of primer as per approved manufacturers specifications (specially

developed for use with Silicon sealant material) shall then be applied over
the surface.
(d)
Silicon sealant shall be applied by means of cartridge- type caul gun, either
hand or air pressure activated. The sealant shall be applied in a continuous
operation, horizontally in one direction and vertically from bottom to top of
joint opening. The sealant shall be applied in excess so that a positive
pressure adequate to properly fill and seal the joint is created. The sealant
shall be struck with light pressure to spread the material against the back up
material and the joint surfaces properly. The sealant shall be tooled to
slightly conclave surface. As the work progresses, the excessive sealant
shall be removed. The masking tape shall be removed immediately after
tooling. The sealant shall be cured as per approved manufacturers
recommendations.
Entire work shall be carried out as per as per approved manufacturers

specifications and recommendations.

Sct1375 Technical Spec

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sct1375 Technical Spec

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TENDER SPECIFICATION

BHEL PSSR SCT 1375

BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICALS LIMITED

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

JOB SPECS & DATA SHEETS

C-3.2 STRUCTURAL & ARCHITECTURAL

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT

MANGALORE REFINERY AND PETROCHEMICALS

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD.

ISSUED FOR BID PACKAGE

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

REFERENCED STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS

DESIGN CRITERIA- GENERAL

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS

FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN

SITE SPECIFIC SPECTRA FOR MANGALORE

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

In case of any variation/contradiction between the provisions of BIS codes and

Detailed list of drawings/documents [including design calculations, design drawings,

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

Construction of units/structures identified for design/drawing review (as referred in

Conformance of general arrangement of the structure to already reviewed

Overall framing of the building/conceptual foundation system.

Irrespective of the identified structures requiring review, the Contractor shall

Structural design/drawings for any structure/foundation shall be submitted for

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

Incomplete, unchecked, unsigned and unstamped documents/drawings and

Owner/Owners representative reserves the right to review any/all or none of the

Structural layouts, orientation, elevation of structural members.

Internationally accepted commercial software viz. STAAD, STAADPRO, COSMOS, GT

Complete print out of input and output files.

Relevant sketches with node and member numbering, loading, etc.

Summary of member end forces, support reactions, stress ratio, deflections,

Reviewing of designs/drawings is not obligatory on the part of Owner/Owners

Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL

REFERENCED STANDARDS & PUBLICATIONS

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL